TAMIL NADU IRRIGATED

AGRICULTURE MODERNIZATION
PROJECT

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

October 2017

Multi‐Disciplinary Project Unit

WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC WORK DEPARTMENT
GOVERNMENT OF TAMIL NADU

1
 Acronyms/Abbreviations

ABPF Agriculture Business Promotion Facility

ADH Director of Horticulture
AE Assistant Engineer
AEC Agriculture Extension Centre
AED Agricultural Engineering Department
AHD Animal Husbandry Department
ARAI Authority, Responsibility, Accountability Issues
ATMA Agricultural Technology Management Agency
ASCI Administrative Staff College of India
AWD 'Alternative Wetting and Drying'
CAG Comptroller and Auditor General of India
CBIGO Community based Interest Group Organization
CCWM Community Collaborative Water Management
CEC Centre of Excellence for Change Management
CeSA Centre for Sustainable Aquaculture
CIDR Controlled Internal Drug Release
CQ Selection based on Consultant’s Qualification
CSO Civil Society Organization
DC Direct Contracting
DDH Deputy Director of Horticulture
DDO District Development Office
DIGs Dairy Interest Groups
DLCC District Level Coordination Committee
DoA Department of Agriculture
DoF Department of Fisheries
DPR Detailed Project Report
EA Environmental Assessment
EIMS Enterprise information management system
E‐in‐C Engineer in Chief
EMP Environment Management Plans
ESA Environmental and Social Assessment
ESMF Environmental and Social Management Frame Work
FA Force Accounts
FAO Food and Agriculture Organization
FCSCs Farmer Common Service Centers
FIGs Farmers Interest Groups
FOs Field Organizers
FPOFarmer Producer Organization
FTC Farmers Training Centers
GHG Green House Gas
GIS Geographic Information Systems
GO Government Order
GOTN Government of Tamil Nadu
2
GRS Grievance Redress Service
IAMWARMP Irrigated Agriculture Modernization and Water‐bodies Restoration and Management
Project
IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
ICB International Competitive Bidding
ICR Implementation Completion Report
ICT Information and Communication Technology
IMTI Irrigation Management Training Institute
IPF Investment Project Financing
IPM Integrated Pest Management
IWS Institute for Water Studies
JDA Joint Director of Agriculture
JDH Joint Director of Horticulture
LCS Least Cost Selection
MAITRI Multipurpose Artificial Insemination Technicians of Rural India
MDPU Multi‐Disciplinary Project Unit
MI Micro irrigation
MIDH Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture
MIDH Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture
MIS Management Information System
MSMEs Micro, Small and Medium Agri Based Enterprises
MTS Mobilization and Training Specialists
NABARD National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development
NCB National Competitive Bidding
NGO Non‐Governmental Organization
O&M Operation and Maintenance
OFD On Farm Development
PCU Project Co‐ordination Unit
PDO Project Development Objective
PIM Participatory Irrigation Management
PIMW Participatory Irrigation Management Wing
PMSKY Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana
PPP Pubic Private Partnership
PRA Participatory Rural Appraisal
PSC Project Steering Committee
QBS Quality‐based Selection
QCBS Quality and cost based selection
S Shopping
SAR Synthetic Aperture Radar
SBDP Sub‐Basin Development Plan
SFB Selection under a Fixed Budget
SFAC Small Farmers Agri Business Consortium
SG&SWRDC State Ground Water and Surface Water Resources Data Centre
SMP Social Management Plans
SMS Short Message Services
3
SRI System of Rice Intensification
SS Single Source Selection
SSI Sustainable Sugarcane Initiative
SWaRMA State Water Resources Management Agency
SWIKCs 'Single Window Information and Knowledge Centers’
TANUVAS Tamil Nadu Veterinary and Animal Sciences University
TC Territorial Constituency
TFL Truth Fully Labeled
TIP Technical Input Provider
TNAU Tamil Nadu Agricultural University
TNFMIS Tamil Nadu Farmers Management of Irrigation System
TNFU Tamil Nadu Fisheries University
TNIAMP Tamil Nadu Irrigated Agriculture Modernization Project
TNIMTI Tamil Nadu Irrigation Management Training Institute
WRD Water Resources Department
WTC Water Technology Center (TNAU)
WUA Water User Associations

4
Chapter 1: Introduction ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 12
1.1 About the State of Tamil Nadu …………………………………………………………………………………. 12
1.2 Water Resources Scenario ………………………………………………………………………………………… 12
1.3 Agro Climatic Features ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 12
1.4 Characteristics of Agriculture Sector …………………………………………………………………………. 12
1.5 Status of Irrigation ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 13
1.6 Scope of Project Implementation Plan ……………………………………………………………………… 13
Chapter 2: Project Description ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 14
2.1 Project Development Objective ………………………………………………………………………………… 14
2.2 Key Results Indicators ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 14
2.3 Project Beneficiaries ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 14
2.4 Project Scope and Area …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 14
2.5 Project Components …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 14
2.6 Project Financing ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 15
Chapter 3: Component A – 1 : Irrigation and Water Management …………………………………. 17
3.1 Component Objective ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 17
3.2 Sub‐Component A‐1: Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building of Water
Management ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 17
3.2.1 Strengthening of Water Resources Department (WRD) …………………………………………. 17
3.2.1 A OM by WRD and WUA ………………………………………………………………………………………… 18
3.2.2 Strengthening State Ground and Surface Water Resource Data Centre
(SG&SWRDC) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 19
3.2.3 Strengthening Institute for Water Studies (IWS) ……………………………………………………. 19
3.2.4 Strengthening SWaRMA ………………………………………………………………………………………… 20
3.2.5 Strengthening Tamil Nadu Irrigation Management Training Institute ……………………. 20
3.3 Sub Component A – 2: Irrigation System Modernization …………………………………………… 20
3.3.1 Modernization at tank level and in command area ………………………………………………… 20
3.3.2 On Farm Development (OFD) Work ……………………………………………………………………….. 21
Steps to Operationalize OFD Contract ……………………………………………………………………………. 22
3.4 Sub‐Component A‐3 Participatory Irrigation Management ………………………………………. 23
3.4.1 Intervention 1 : Establishing Central and Regional WRD PIM Wings ………………………. 23
3.4.2 Intervention 2 : Conducting Election for Existing WUAs & Pilot on Empowering
WUAs on Water Management and O&M Practices ………………………………………………………… 24
3.4.3 Intervention 3 : Formation & Capacity Building of new WUAs in TN IAMP Tanks …… 25
3.4.4 Intervention 4 : Reform of TNFMIS Act ………………………………………………………………….. 27

5
3.5 Sub Component A‐4 : Converged Service Delivery …………………………………………………… 27
3.5.1 Objective ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3.5.2 Steps to operationalize ………………………………………………………………………………………… 27
Chapter 4 : Component B: Agriculture Productivity Enhancement, Diversification, 30
Livelihoods, Marketing and Value Addition ……………………………………………………………………..
4.1 Overall Objectives …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 30
4.2 Sub‐Component B‐1: Agriculture Intensification and Diversification …………………………. 30
4.2.1 Construction of Farm Ponds …………………………………………………………………………………… 30
4.2.2 On‐Farm Technology Assessment, Validation and Mainstreaming ………………………… 32
4.2.3 Enhancing Productivity and Climate Resilience of Crop Farming …………………………… 38
4.2.4 Horticulture Development …………………………………………………………………………………….. 48
4.3 Sub Component B‐2: Improving Alternative Livelihood Sources through Livestock
and Inland Fisheries ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 54
4.3.1 Livestock Interventions ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 54
4.3.2 Inland Fisheries Development ……………………………………………………………………………….. 69
4.4 Sub Component B‐3: Agriculture Marketing Value Addition and Post‐Harvest
Management ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 86
4.4.1 Improving Farmer Access to Markets …………………………………………………………………….. 86
4.4.2 Promoting Agri Enterprises ……………………………………………………………………………………. 93
4.4.3 Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building …………………………………………………. 97
Chapter 5: Component –C : Project Management Support ……………………………………………. 98
Chapter 6: Project Implementation Processes ……………………………………………………………… 99
6.1 Sub Basin Level Convergence …………………………………………………………………………………… 99
6.2 Sub Basin Project Processes ……………………………………………………………………………………… 101
6.3 Overall Project Implementation Frame Work …………………………………………………………… 102
6.3.1 Common Activities of All Agencies ………………………………………………………………………… 108
6.3.2 Mapping of Water Resources Department Activities …………………………………………….. 110
6.3.3 Mapping of Tamil Nadu Agricultural University Activities ………………………………………. 113
6.3.4 Mapping of Sub‐basin Activities by Agriculture Department ………………………………….. 118
Model Activity Chart ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 127
Feedback and Reporting …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 127
6.3.5 Mapping of Sub Basin Activities by Horticulture Department ……………………………….. 128
6.3.6 Mapping Sub Basin Activity by Agriculture Marketing Department ……………………….. 132
Chapter 7 : Implementation Arrangement ……………………………………………………………..………. 137
7.1 Overall Implementation Arrangement ……………………………………………………………………… 138
7.2 Institutional Model for Coordination and Monitoring (MDPU) ………………………………… 138
7.3 Empowered Committee …………………………………………………………………………………………….
6
7.4 Multi Disciplinary Project Unit (MDPU) …………………………………………………………………….. 139
7.4.1 Administration Support Wing ………………………………………………………………………………… 140
7.4.2 Information & Monitoring Support Wing ………………………………………………………………. 140
7.4.3 Project Support Wing …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 140
7.5 Implementation Arrangement for Sub Component A1, A3 and A4 …………………………… 140
7.5.1 Project and Procurement Cell ………………………………………………………………………………… 141
7.5.2 Participatory Irrigation Management Wing .………………………………………………………….. 141
7.6 Implementation Arrangement for Sub Component A2, Component B ……………………… 144
7.6.1 Sub Basin Level Coordination ………………………………………………………………………………… 144
7.6.2 Organogram for TNAU …………………………………………………………………………………………… 144
7.6.3 Organogram for Department of Agriculture ………………………………………………………….. 145
7.6.4 Implementation Arrangement for Horticulture …………………………………………………….. 147
7.6.5 Implementation Arrangement for Agriculture Marketing ……………………………………... 148
7.6.6 Implementation Arrangement for Animal Husbandry ……………………………………………. 149
Implementation Arrangement at TANUVAS ……………………………………………………………………. 151
7.6.7 Implementation Arrangement for Fisheries ………………………………………………………….. 152
Chapter 8: Financial Management Arrangement …………………………………………………………… 154
8.1 Overall, project financial management arrangements …………………………………………….. 154
8.1.1 Building …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 154
8.1.2 Funds Flow ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 154
8.1.3 Accounting & Internal Control …………………………………………………………………………….. 155
8.2 Finance Staffing ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 155
8.3 Financial Reporting ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 155
8.4 External Audit …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 155
8.5 Internal Audit …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 156
8.6 Disbursement Arrangement …………………………………………………………………………………….. 156
Chapter 9 : Procurement ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 157
9.1 Procurement Methods for Works and Goods ……………………………………………………………. 157
9.2 Procurement Methods for consultant’s services ……………………………………………………… 157
9.3 Procurement of works ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 157
9.4 Procurement of Goods and Equipment ……………………………………………………………………. 158
9.5 Selection of Consultants …………………………………………………………………………………………… 158
9.6 Systematic Tracking of Exchanges in Procurement (STEP) 159
9.7 E‐Procurement System …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 160
9.8 Procurement Capacity ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 160
7
9.9 Procurement Planning ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 160
9.10 Procurement Training …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 160
Chapter 10: Environment and Social Safeguard ……………………………………………………………… 161
10.1 Environmental Safeguards ……………………………………………………………………………………… 161
10.2 Social Development and Gender …………………………………………………………………………… 174
10.3 Social Safeguards ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 175
10.4 Grievance Redress Mechanism ……………………………………………………………………………….. 175
10.5 Bank Grievance Redress …………………………………………………………………………………………. 176
10.6 Recommendations of ESIA ……………………………………………………………………………………… 176
Chapter 11 : Result Monitoring and Evaluation …………………………………………………………….. 179
11.1 Monitoring and Evaluation System Methods and Tools …………………………………………. 179
11.2 M&E Staffs ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 179
11.3 Monitoring Mechanism …………………………………………………………………………………………… 179
11.4 Project Reporting Mechanism ………………………………………………………………………………… 180
11.5 Project Result Monitoring ………………………………………………………………………………………. 180
11.6 Base line and Periodic Surveys ……………………………………………………………………………….. 181
11.7 Internal Evaluation …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 181
11.8 Concurrent Evaluation …………………………………………………………………………………………… 181
11.9 Implementation Completion Report (ICR) …………………………………………………………….. 181
11.10 Documentation and Knowledge Management ……………………………………………………. 181

8
 List of Tables

Table 2.1: Number of tanks and command areas to be achieved

Table 2.2(a): Project Cost By Components (USD Million)
Table 2.2 (b): Project Costs By Components (INR in Crores)
Table 3.1: Peer Training to WUA
Table 3.2: Budget Details for Implementation of CCWM in Select Model Villages(800 WUA’s

Table 4.1: Details of Seed Farmer Interest Groups

Table 4.2: Agricultural Implements to be provided
Table 4.3: Tentative cost towards creation of Hatchery facilities
Table 4.4: Total cost involved (Rupees in Lakh)
Table 6.1: Operational Processes for Project Implementation
Table 6.2: Overall Sharing and Convergence of Project Implementation Responsibilities
Table 6.3: Shared Common Project Implementation Activities
Table 6.4: Sub Basin Level Scheme Cycle
Table 6.5: Example of Conducting Field Days ‐ SRI in Rice (Seasonal Crop) Revised with 3 crop
system (GM‐SRI‐RFP)
Table 6.6: Model for mobilization of inputs
Table 6.7: Model Activity Chart for Major crops (for 1st season crops)
Table 6.8: Format for Tabulating Sub basin Level Details
Table 6.9: Sub basin Marketing Plan Model
Table 7.1: Composition of Project Level and Sub basin level TNAU Cell
Table 8.1: Project Audit Arrangement
Table 11.1: Project Monitoring Mechanism
Table 11.2: Project Reporting Mechanism
Table 11.3: Project Reporting Calendar

9
 List of Figures

Figure 4.1. Design of a Farm Pond

Figure 4.2. Linkages among Technology, Productivity and Profitability
Figure 4.3. Implementation Arrangement for Fisheries
Figure 4.4. Implementation Arrangement with Tamil Nadu Fisheries University
Figure 4.5. Implementation Strategy for Fisheries
Figure 4.6. Implementation Strategy
Figure 6.1. Sub basin level project processes
Figure 6.2. Overall Implementation Structure
Figure 6.3. Livelihood frame work for Horticulture
Figure 6.4. Convergences of Sub Basin Level Project Activities
Figure 7.1. Overall Implementation Arrangements
Figure 7.2. Overall MDPU Organizational Structure
Figure 7.3. Organization of WRD
Figure 7.4. Composition of the PIM Wing
Figure 7.5. Organogram for TNAU Project Cell
Figure 7.6. Implementation setup for Horticulture
Figure 7.7. Implementation setup for Agriculture Marketing
Figure 7.8. Implementation arrangements for Livestock development
Figure 7.9. Implementation Arrangements for TANUVAS
Figure 7.10. Implementation Arrangements for Fisheries

10
 List of Attachments (Annexure)

Attachment 2.1 Mapping of Project Sub basins

Attachment 2.2 List of Project Sub basins
Attachment 2.3 Component wise costs
Attachment 3.1 WUA Sample Contract for OFD
Attachment 3.2 Organogram of WRD PIM Wing
Attachment 3.3 Roles and Responsibilities of Staff within PIM Wing

Attachment 3.4 Job descriptions for Mobilization and Training Specialists and Field

Organizers

Attachment 4.1 Detailed Guidelines for Organizing and Monitoring On‐farm Demonstrations
Attachment 4.2 Cost norms to be followed in Demonstrations
Attachment 4.3 Guidelines on Implementing Horticulture Demonstrations
Attachment 4.4 Cost Norms for Horticulture Demonstrations
Attachment 4.5 Project Implementation Plan by TANUVAS
Attachment 6.1 Format / Checklist for preparation of DPR/Sub basin Development Plans
Attachment 6.1A Contingent Emergency Response
Attachment 6.2 Mapping of Sub basin Activities by Water Resources Department
Attachment 6.3 Mapping of Sub basin Activities by Tamil Nadu Cultural University
Attachment 6.4 Summary Mapping of Sub basin Level Activity by Agriculture Department
Attachment 6.5 Summary Mapping of Sub basin Level Activity by Horticulture Department
Attachment 6.6 Summary Mapping of Sub basin Level Activity by Agriculture Marketing
Department
Attachment 6.6 a Template for release of grants to FPO
Attachment 6.6 b Template for grants to women entrepreneurs
Attachment 11.1 Results Framework and Monitoring
Attachment 11.2 Results Chain

11
 Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 About the State of Tamil Nadu
Tamil Nadu is the 11th largest state in India having a total geographical area of
130.33 Lakh hectares (4 percent of the land area of India) and is home to 72.14 million
people (2011 census) which is 5.96 percent of India’s population. Located in the extreme
south of Indian sub-continent, the state is bounded by Indian Ocean to the east and south, the
state of Kerala to the west, Andhra Pradesh to the north and Karnataka to the north-west. The
literacy rates are 80.09 percentages with a lower female literacy at 73.45. The density of
population in the state is 555 per square kilo meter, higher than the national average. The
share of people living in rural areas is 51.60. Tamil Nadu is the second largest state economy
in India, the GSDP growing at a faster pace of 9.2 percent per annum over the past 3 years.
The share of agriculture and allied sectors is 11 percent of the GSDP. The average capita
income of the state is INR 61,500 (at 2010-11 constant prices) which is 42 percent higher
than the national average.
1.2 Water Resources Scenario
Tamil Nadu is one of the water starved states in India endowed with only 3 percent of
the water resources in India. The state located in the rain shadow region of the Western Ghats
is receiving limited average annual rain fall of about 925 millimeters, lower than the national
average 1200 millimeters. The per capita availability of water in the state is about 750 cubic
meters per annum compared to the national average of 2100 cubic meters.
There are 17 major river basins, 89reservoirs, about 41,948 tanks and about 3 million wells.
The total surface of water potential of the state is 24,864 MCM which has already been
heavily taped primarily for irrigation. 24 lakh hectares are irrigated by surface water which is
about 90 percent utilization. The utilizable ground water recharge is 22,423 MCM and the
current level of utilization is about 60 percent. There has been a general decline of the ground
water level owing to complete desaturation of shallow aquifers. The total irrigated area is 3
million hectares which is 54 percent of the total cropped area. Irrigation canals supply water
to 30 percent of irrigated area, tanks provide 21 percent and the wells irrigate 49 percent.
1.3 Agro Climatic Features
The states Agro climatic conditions range from hot tropical through sub-tropical to
temperate climate. The major soil types are red, black, alluvial, loamy and sandy loam, highly
suitable for growing a variety of crops. There are 7 agro climatic regions in the state based on
rainfall distribution, soil characteristics cropping patterns and other physical- ecological
characteristics.79 percent of the land area is suitable for cultivation.
1.4 Characteristics of Agriculture Sector
Agriculture provides livelihood to nearly 40 percent of the people. The total cultivated
area is 5.57 million ha while the net areas sown is around 4.82 million ha (2009-10) and the
cropping intensity is 114%. (Thegross cropped area is 5.57 million ha).Agriculture still
employs 40 percent of the workers in the state. In recent years the state’s agriculture sector
has grown modestly at less than 3% per annum compared with 6-9% growth of the state’s
economy. The performance of agriculture sector below its potential is due to multiple factors
including increasing water shortages, stagnant crop yields, low level of diversification, rigid
mindset of the farmers in refusing to accept the improved technologies, weak market
development, high rates of post- harvest losses, and increasing climate change threats.
A wide range of crops such as cereals, pulses, oil seeds, fruits, vegetables and other
crops are cultivated under varied agro-climatic conditions in the state. The state accounts for
nearly 6 percent of area under fruits and 4 percent of the area under vegetables in India. The
livestock population is sizable and there is good potential for boosting production of milk and

12
meat in the state. The raising of crops mainly depends on successful monsoons and the low
and uncertain rain fall including skewed most often affect production and productivity. There
are large number of marginal and small farms challenging full adoption of scientific farming
and production techniques. Nearly 75 percent farms are smaller than one hectare.
Diversification of agriculture has huge potential to enhance farm incomes. Rice accounts for
about a third of total gross crop and nearly 60 percent irrigated area in Tamil Nadu. The state
is endowed with 4 percent of inland fish production in India.

1.5 Status of Irrigation

Agriculture is the single largest consumer of water in the state, using 75% of the
state’s water. Out of 40000 tanks only 14098 Tanks are under the maintenance of the Water
Resources Department with the rest under the Panchayat unions. Irrigation through a
combination of canals, wells and tanks increases the reliability and availability of water for
farming and is essential for cultivating crops in much of state. About 3 million ha of land (54
percent of the total crop land) is under irrigation.
An Expert Committee on “Development and Management of Water Resources”
observed that bringing additional area into cultivation is remote but the challenge is how best
to bridge the gap in cultivation by reducing demands, by effective water management and by
adoption of modern agricultural techniques (Micro Irrigation etc.) The Committee
recommended Integrated Water Resources Management & convergence of various
Departments for development and management of water resources in Tamil Nadu.
With Agriculture sector facing major constraints due to dilapidated irrigation
infrastructure, coupled with water scarcity (both quantity and quality) and growing demands
from industry and domestic users, long term growth in agriculture and rural income depends
in large part on increasing efficiency and effectiveness in the use of water. Concomitantly
increased agricultural diversification and private investments in higher value processing are
likely to generate new rural non-farm employment opportunities and raise rural incomes.
Increased availability of water and greater efficiency of water use through improved water
management and widespread adoption of drip and sprinkler irrigation could enable
cultivation of crops over larger area, year round, providing employment in agricultural
production and processing, benefiting the rural poor.
It is important to ensure that the ultimate outcome of irrigated agriculture is food
security and improved farm incomes.
The four major areas of focus present themselves:
(i) Improved infrastructure
(ii) Crop diversification
(iii) New technologies for productivity
(iv) Market participation
It is, with this back ground, the Irrigated Agriculture Modernization (IAMP) Project is
prepared through the convergence of all Line Departments.
1.6 Scope of Project Implementation Plan:
PIP is a dynamic document to be reckoned for Guidance and Implementation
mechanism. As the project is extending for 7 years, it should not be rigid and changes will be
inevitable owing to the prevalence of different Agro-climate conditions in the State and the
possible mind set changes of the farmers in acceptance of the new technologies. However in
line with overall objective of the project remaining unaltered, changes in subcomponents can
be carried out in field level implementation and design by the respective implementing
agencies only in consultation with MDPU. For any significant changes that can negatively
affect the implementation of the project World Bank will be consulted through MDPU.

13
 Chapter 2: Project Description
2.1 Project Development Objective
The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to: “enhance productivity and climate
resilience of irrigated agriculture, improve water management and increase market
opportunities for farmers and agro-entrepreneurs in selected sub-basin areas of Tamil
Nadu.”
2.2 Key Results Indicators
The key results indicators to assess project outcomes are:
(i) Area provided with improved irrigation and drainage services 1 (resilience, water
productivity);
(ii) Increase in agricultural productivity (productivity);
(iii) Increase in areas cultivated by non-paddy crops (diversification and value added);
(iv) Area under climate-resilient technologies and practices (resilience);
(v) Share of selected commodities sold through new marketing channels (increased
market opportunities); and
(vi) Total number of project beneficiaries (including number of female beneficiaries).
2.3 Project Beneficiaries
The main project beneficiaries are farmers, water users associations, farmer producer
organizations and other entrepreneurs.
2.4 Project Scope and Area
The project will cover rehabilitation of about 4778 tanks in 66 sub basins. The total command
area to be covered will be 5, 43,000 hectares. The number of tanks to be covered and
command area to be achieved is shown in table 2.1.
Table 2.1: Number of tanks and command areas to be achieved
Description Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Total
Number of Tank Systems to be covered 150 200 750 900 1000 1000 800 4800
Command area benefited(ha) 17047 22729 84244 102281 113646 113646 88417 543000

The detailed map showing the sub basins to be covered under the project is given in
Attachment 2.1. The list of Project sub basins are given in Attachment 2.2.
2.5 Project Components
The project activities are grouped into three components:
(A) Irrigation and Water Management;
(B) Agriculture Productivity Enhancement, Diversification, Improved livelihoods,
Marketing and Value Addition; and
(C) Project Management Support.

The individual components are described in detail below.

Component A: Irrigation and Water Management

The objective of this component is to address irrigation and water management,
covering both supply and demand aspects. It consists of four inter-related sub-components:
(i) Institutional strengthening and capacity building for water management ;(ii) Irrigation
systems modernization; (iii) Participatory irrigation management; and (iv) Convergence for
improved service delivery. The support envisaged under the project would cover policy and
institutional strengthening.

1
Reduction in partially irrigated and Gap areas
14
Component B: Agriculture Productivity Enhancement, Diversification, Improved
Livelihoods, Marketing and Value Addition
Component B activities will be spatially linked with investments under Component A
for improving productive use of water. Agriculture interventions will form an integral part of
sub-basin WRD DPRs for rehabilitation and modernization of tanks and irrigation water
delivery systems. Commodity groups of farmers anchored in WUAs will be mobilized and
federated as producer association/companies for undertaking commercial activities. These
groups will be the focal points for dissemination of improved technologies for increasing
crop, horticulture, livestock and fish productivity.
The component consists of 3 sub-components: (i) Agriculture Intensification; (ii)
Improving alternative livelihood sources through livestock and inland aquaculture; and (iii)
Agriculture Marketing, value-addition and post-harvest management. The implementing
agencies are Departments of Agriculture, Horticulture, Agriculture Engineering, Animal
Husbandry, Fisheries and Agricultural Marketing, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University
(TNAU), Tamil Nadu Fisheries University (TNFU), and Tamil Nadu Veterinary and Animal
Sciences University (TANUVAS).

Component C: Project Management Support

The Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit (MDPU) established under the IAMWARMP
will serve as the management and coordination unit for the project, with need-based
modifications. The MDPU will be coordinating for preparation and catalyzing departments in
implementing of respective project budget, sub basin development plans and implementation
project supports. The MDPU will provide knowledge support on M&E, social, environmental
safeguards, procurement and fiduciary related actions of the departments/implementing
agencies involved in the project besides capacity building exercises of the staff of MDPU and
organizing orientation trainings to update field officers on various Project issues.

2.6 Project Financing

The project will be financed through Investment Project Financing (IPF) over the
period of seven years. The total project cost is expected to be around US$455.75 million, of
which the Bank will finance $318.00million (70% of total project cost) through IBRD loan
and the GoTN will finance the remaining US$ 136.73 million. An IPF was selected as the
lending instrument given that the investment is well-defined and will be implemented over a
finite time period. The project will also finance on retroactive basis, ESMF study,
rehabilitation and modernization of tanks and other irrigation infrastructure damaged by
November/December 2015 floods, project consultancies, MDPU operating cost (including
staff) and also other activities associated with agribusiness development for the projects. The
Component wise project cost and financing are given in Table 2.2. The detailed cost tables
are given in Attachment 2.3

15
Table 2.2 Component wise Project Cost and Financing (including Physical and Price Contingency)
Project Costs By Components (INR in Crores) In Million Dollar
Sl.
Component Outlay IBRD GOTN Outlay IBRD GOTN
No.
1 A. Irrigation and Water Management
A1- Inst Strengthening
&Capacity Building on 52.00 36.40 15.60 7.88 5.516 2.364
Water Management
A2- Irrigation System
2165.00 1515.50 649.50 328.03 229.621 98.409
Modernization
A3-Participatory Irrigation
81.79 57.25 24.54 12.39 8.673 3.717
Management
A4- Institutionalizing the
Convergence
(Converged Service
30.55 21.39 9.17 4.63 3.241 1.389
Delivery at Grass Root
level and ICT on Water
Management
Sub Total of
2329.34 1630.54 698.80 352.93 247.05 105.88
Component A
Agriculture Productivity Enhancement, Diversification Improved Livelihoods,
2
Marketing and Value Addition
B1- Agriculture Intensification
1. Agriculture 87.91 61.54 26.37 13.32 9.324 3.996

2.Horticulture 220.46 154.32 66.14 33.40 23.38 10.02

3.TNAU 88.85 62.20 26.66 13.46 9.422 4.038
4. AED 15.77 11.04 4.73 2.39 1.673 0.717
B2- Improving Alternate
Livelihood through
Livestock and Inland
Fisheries
5. AHD 41.59 29.11 12.48 6.30 4.41 1.89
6. Fisheries 43.57 30.50 13.07 6.60 4.62 1.98
B3 Agriculture Marketing,
Value addition and Post-
Harvest Management
7. Agri-Marketing 130.98 91.69 39.29 19.85 13.895 5.955
Sub Total for
629.13 440.39 188.74 95.32 65.8 28.596
Component B
C. Project Management

3 MDPU 49.48 34.64 14.84 7.50 5.25 2.25

Sub Total for
49.48 34.64 14.84 7.50 5.25 2.25
Component C
Total of Components
3007.95 2105.57 902.39 455.75 318.00 136.73
A,B,& C

16
 Chapter 3: Component A: Irrigation and Water Management

3.1 Component Objective

The objective of this component is to improve irrigation and water management,
covering both supply and demand aspects. It consists of four inter-related sub-components:
(i) Institutional strengthening and capacity building for water management; (ii) Irrigation
systems modernization; (iii) Participatory irrigation management; and (iv)Convergence for
improved service delivery. The support envisaged under the project would cover policy and
institutional improvements, capacity building and investments in irrigation infrastructure.

3.2 Sub-component A.1: Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building of Water

Management
This subcomponent aims to assist the GoTN in addressing the need for: (i) integrated
water resources planning, decision making and management in a basin context; (ii) enhancing
knowledge base and (iii) improving sustainability of water sector assets. This will be
achieved by strengthening Water Resources Department (WRD) and related agencies for
water resources management, including the State Water Resources Management Agency
(SWaRMA), Institute for Water Studies (IWS) and State Ground Water and Surface Water
Data Center (SG&SWRDC), this will include technical assistance equipment, services and
institutional infra-structure to support data collection and analysis, building a modern
knowledge base development of modern ICT enabled knowledge products and services,
training, policy analysis and partnerships to support awareness building, institutional synergy
and decision support. This will include modernizing Sub basin development planning and
scenario analysis to be used in the design, preparation and monitoring of multi sectoral
investments under the projects. The activities will build upon the earlier IAMWARMP
investments, local and global innovation in ICT and analytical tools and the strong local
expertise available to support these aspects. An e-WRD App will be developed to facilitate
customized access for technical staff, WUA and public access to relevant data services
documents and mapping services that draw upon curated data and real-time information from
in-situ monitoring and earth observations. A pilot for monitoring services will be
implemented to support improved water resources and irrigated agriculture management.

3.2.1 Strengthening of Water Resources Department (WRD).

The project will enhance technical capabilities of WRD, including the design
capabilities and implementation of enterprise information management system (EIMS) within
WRD.
This sub-component focuses on institutional strengthening and capacity building of
various organizations associated with Water Resources Department (WRD) with a view to
strengthen the state’s capacity for multi-sectoral planning, development and sustainable
management of water resources. The design of this component recognizes the fact that the
institutional strengthening and capacity building of any institution is a continuous process,
and should be supported to enable the institution to carry out its mandated functions in an
efficient and effective manner.
The interventions include: (i) expert consultants, and support staff; (ii) goods and
equipment required for labs and technical tools, including hardware and software, and
introduction of new technologies; (iii) field activities related to targeted research and studies;
(iv) civil works related to up gradation of labs and setting up new labs, renovation of office
facilities; (v) conducting field surveys, using remote sensing and GIS techniques; (vi)
preparation of technical reports such as basin and sub-basin reports; (vii)
trainings/workshops/study tours; (viii) mobility improvement through vehicles; and (ix)
incremental operating expenses.
17
3.2.1 A: O&M by WRD and WUA:
By WRD:
O&M of irrigation infrastructure till the sluice is the responsibility of the WRD while
O& M of distribution systems after the sluice is the responsibility of the WUAs. The project
will improve the information and analytical tools and capacity for system operation through
improved system monitoring, use of forecasting information as supported by the National
Hydrology Project and other activities, and tools to enhance decision support as well as
improved maintenance, including improved budgeting in the EIMS, timely
repair/modernization of systems, and enhanced PIM under Subcomponent A.3 to sustain the
service delivery. For the maintenance of the tank system (till the sluice), the GoTN allocates
maintenance funds for it. The GoTN has increased the allocation from INR 50 crores to INR
100 crores per year in 2015–2016, which is considered a sufficient amount. The project will
support the updating of norms for O&M, improved estimation of O&M real needs with actual
allocations, and systems to improve O&M benchmarking under this subcomponent.
The following are the critical items requiring attention of WRD and with the fund
available the items may be prioritized and maintenance work can be taken up:
 Top of bund to be kept at designed level
 Longitudinal and Transverse cracks to be treated properly
 Deficient slopes due to wear and tear shall be brought to standards
 Removing wild bushes and dense vegetation in the slopes
 Removing the trees with girth less than 30 cms
 Replacing grass turfs if any damaged
 Removing and replacing the damaged revetments
 Any leakage of water in rear slopes shall be treated well
 Any Sluice found leaky shall be replaced with suitable shutters and made leak proof
 Provide selective lining in downstream of the sluice if is not there
 Providing new measuring device in place of damaged devices
 Any leakage through Caligula / surplus weir to be addressed properly with skin wall
if required
 Any defects in the solid aprons shall also be attended to
 Periodical Capacity Building exercises to be given to WUA Members on proper
Water management and Maintenance of O.K. Cards etc

By WUA:
A brief guideline for O&M by WUAs is as below:
1. WUAs shall assist the Revenue Department in making assessment of demand for
water charges and collection of water charges from its members as per the rates
notified by GoTN from time to time
2. Undertake management and O&M works of the tank system from the water charges
collected as per the provisions of the TNFMIS Act (2000) covering the following
activities with estimation taking the advice of the Competent Authority if needed;:
I. Desilting (feeder channels, irrigation channels)
II. Jungle clearance in the tank system
III. Minor repairs for the embankment of the distributary channel
IV. Cleaning and oiling of screw gears and gate groves
V. Emergent breach closing works

18
 3. Mobilize community contribution for the project from among the tank users at the rate
agreed during the General body meeting. Contribution in cash will be deposited in the
WUA O&M Account for future O&M activities
4. Prepare a Tank Improvement and Management Plan to carry out restoration and
revival of the tank system
5. Supervise and actively participate the TNIAMP implementation by signing OK cards
6. Organize WUA members meeting to discuss about distribution of water among all the
tank users equitably
7. Create an awareness on economic use of water and promote efficient water use
technologies & practices among the tank users
8. Collectively prepare water use and agricultural plans for each irrigation season
9. Arbitrate and resolve any disputes over distribution of water among the tank users
10. Protection of tank system from encroachment
11. Open and operate joint bank account in any Nationalized Bank and maintain regular
ledgers
12. Every farmers organization shall extend such co-operation or assistance, as may be
required by the competent authority, for carrying out O&M activities.
The project will also assist WRD in pilot-testing the sensor-based big data analytic
platform for automated irrigation management and canal automation. The project will adopt
an integrated approach to planning and management of water resources for multiple sectors,
including incorporation of environmental management practices. To perform this task,
relevant ICT-based modern technologies will be studied and if useful piloted to review data
pertaining to from amongst basin hydrology, agro-climatic conditions, soil profile
characteristics, reservoir levels, inflows into reservoirs, outflows from reservoirs, canal
releases, and analyze them for decision-making. The new IOT framework has now made
available multiple weather proof sensors based systems and data analysis tools that can help
solve the above problems. It is proposed that innovative ICT based tools and canal
automation System (SCADA) will be studied for suitability of deployment, and piloted in
select locations to test their viability for enhancing efficiency.

3.2.2 Strengthening State Ground and Surface Water Resource Data Centre
(SG&SWRDC)
The project will enhance capacity of the State Ground and Surface Water Resource
Data Centre in maintaining data base for ground and surface water quantity and quality, the
project will support technical interventions hitherto not being proposed in the department
under any other program like the assessment of artificial recharge wells constructed under
IAMWARM and pilot Runoff models etc. Related to the above activities, the project will
finance the requirements of subject matter experts/support staff, goods and equipment;
consultancies/studies/trainings; field research, civil works, and incremental operating costs to
a limited extent
3.2.3 Strengthening Institute for Water Studies (IWS)
The project will assist IWS and other wings in producing quality project related
outputs not restricted to
i). Analyzing meteorological, hydrological, socio economic and surface & ground water data
and creation of river basin-wise database
ii). Decision Making (DSS) and design inputs
iii). Assessing present and future sectoral water demand and availability
iv). Preparing river basin master plans
v). applying remote sensing and GIS technologies for water resources planning
vi). Preparing background documents related to state water policies.
19
3.2.4 Strengthening SWaRMA
To enhance the state water policy objectives through state level institutions for multi-
sectoral planning allocation and manage the state’s water resources in a river basin
framework, the project will support mainstreaming SWaRMA into the regular structure of the
GoTN and further strengthen its activities. The project will support SWaRMA to carry out
the following key functions (in addition to its broader mandate):(i) advise GoTN on water
policies for the state, including resource development, regulation and management in a
holistic river basin/sub-basin frame work; (ii) formulate water tariff systems and provide
recommendation to the government for implementation; (iii) advise the government on inter-
state water issues; (iv) develop and maintain a state water allocation database; (iv)
consolidate river basin master plans prepared by IWS ; and (v) appraise and recommend
clearance for construction of newly formulated projects in the context of river basin plans,
based on the availability of surface water. SWaRMA will be mainstreamed as a regular
organization of WRD with assured financing under the state budget, not linked to the life of
the project.

3.2.5 Strengthening Tamil Nadu Irrigation Management Training Institute

The project will also support strengthening of Irrigation Management Training
Institute(IMTI) based in Tiruchirapalli for organizing needs-based training for staff of WRD,
agriculture and related departments, farmers and WUAs in areas of irrigation systems, PIM,
crop productivity, crop diversification etc.

Results Indicators for Sub-Components A1

The main results Indicator for sub components A1 are (i) staff training in water
resources planning and management, improved service delivery within WRD, allied
departments and agencies; and (ii) sub basin development plans jointly prepared, agreed and
under implementation by multiple agencies.

3.3 Sub Component A 2: Irrigation System Modernization

3.3.1 Modernization at tank level and in command area
This sub-component will modernize irrigation infrastructures, including tanks, anicuts
and irrigation canals. The modernization of irrigation infrastructure will focus on improving
the irrigation systems through rehabilitation and modernization of about4,800 tanks, and 477
anicuts and improving water use efficiency at farm level covering about 5,43,000 ha of land
in 66 sub-basins out of 127 sub-basins. Activities under this sub-component will be carried
out based on individual sub-basin DPRs and development plans specifically developed and
tailored to local conditions, and will aim to revive traditional water bodies (tanks) including
supply channels improvement, sluice and weir repairs, and bund strengthening by partially
borrowing suitable soils from the tank. Rehabilitation of tank systems will be supplemented
by on-farm development (OFD) works, that are either part of or outside the state’s irrigation
systems network (System or Non-system tanks). The aim is to improve irrigation water
delivery to farmers to the tail end of the distribution system by empowering WUA farmer
members to directly participate in executive the OFD works. The sub-component will finance
civil works, equipment, consultancies, training and incremental operational costs associated
with modernization of the schemes, and the work will be carried out by WRD, and as
required with direct involvements of WUAs.
The expected works will include modernization of control structures (diversion
weirs), supply channels, cross-masonry structures, construction of recharge well structures
and strengthening and up gradation of tank bunds, installation of flow measurement, up
gradation of distribution systems(OFD), and improvements of irrigation and drainage canals,
and introduction of modern quality testing devices to determine soil compaction parameters
20
as well as the modern quality testing devices for meticulously maintaining the specified cover
to reinforcement steel in the construction of reinforced concrete structures for the long term
durability.
Besides, for environmental water quality monitoring provisions are included.
Under this sub-component, irrigation tanks and structures damaged by floods occurred in
November-December 2015in Kancheepuram, Tiruvallore, Cuddalore and Tiruvannamalai
districts of Tamil Nadu will be rehabilitated and modernized on a priority basis.

3.3.2 On Farm Development (OFD) Work

The main aim of the OFD works is to improve irrigation water delivery to farmers, to
the tail end of the distribution system by empowering WUA farmer members to directly
participate in executing works. The works will be carried out either through WRD or by the
qualified WUAs under Direct Contracting arrangements. A majority of the work that will be
executed by OFD contract is at the entry point, where a WUAs responsibility with in an
irrigation system in their command area begins and the WRD jurisdiction ends for
operational maintenance of the tank system. Therefore the WRD aims to entrust these works
to selected WUA’s who volunteer to implement the construction works. WUA’s that meet an
agreed performance criteria will be selected to participate in this program. The purpose of
this activity is to encourage WUAs to take ownership and work in partnership with the WRD
to supply irrigation services below the head sluice to farmers in the command area without
incurring water losses and to understand the need for regular upgrading and maintenance as
well as to increase knowledge of WUA farmers on the amount of water available in seasonal
irrigation cycles. These improvements will be combined with WRD’s efforts to improve
water management, rehabilitation of existing infrastructure, and improvements in O&M
practices including timely water distribution in the tank systems.

Eligibility Criteria for Participating WUAs:

WUAs who volunteer to participate and enter into a direct contract with WRD to
carry out OFD works are required to meet the following eligibility criteria:
 All WUA operating positions should be filled and all four of the WUA sub-
committees should be active and functioning with key office bearers’ performing their
roles and responsibilities as stipulated in the TNFIMIS act.
 WUA president, Territorial Constituency members and a percentage of the general
body members have undergone initial orientation training as well as intensive water
management and O&M training.
 A minimum of 50% of the WUA members are contributing membership fees as per
the provisions of the TNFMIS act.
 WUA’s works and water sub-committees are active in carrying out O&M practices in
their command area including WUAs preparing and Implementing Rotational Water
supply plan, conducting regular water distribution, participating in joint walk through,
preparing asset maintenance budget and collecting membership fees to execute
regular asset maintenance activities.
 WUA is conducting regular financial and social audits.

Scope of Work:
The OFD contracts will comprise constructing concrete lining of irrigation channels
in a short reach downstream of the irrigation sluice, desilting irrigation channels, construction
in concrete of a measuring device of cut-throat flume type, concrete lining of the channel in a
short reach beyond the measuring device and in short reaches of the main and off-taking

21
channels at the off-take locations as well as in the vulnerable reaches restricting the total
lined length to about 35 meters.

OFD Direct Monitoring Program:

The Competent Authority will monitor progress of the agreed works of each
respective WUA regularly on a designated day at every stage of the work in partnership with
the WUA President and Works Sub-Committee Convener. The Competent Authority shall
hold a meeting once in a month preferably during the WUA Managing Committee meeting
where the WUA President or the designated member of the Works Sub-Committee will
submit the latest information including progress report duly counter-signed by the President
of the WUA. The regional PIM wing social scientists will also regularly monitor progress of
the works including submitting regular monitoring reports to the PIM wing at the E-in-C
office. WUA members participating in the program will be given access to ICT tools to both
submit feedback on the progress and also raise any grievance or issues directly with the
regional PIM wing staff.

Steps to Operationalize OFD Contract:

Step 1: Once TNIAMP WUAs have been elected in the first phase and tank
rehabilitation works have been completed upstream of the head sluice, and IMTI in
partnership with CEC has completed the initial orientation and intensive O&M and water
management trainings of the 800 WUAs, then the PIM wing will carry out a WUA
performance assessment of all WUAs in the first phase. Based on the results of the first
performance assessment, WUAs will be selected to participate in this program. Only WUAs
who meet all of the eligibility criteria will be invited to participate in this program. Step one
will be implemented in year 3 or 4 of the TNIAMP, depending on progress made on the
rehabilitation works on the tanks and the trainings for the WUAs. Subsequently other phases
will follow the same procedure and steps as phase one WUAs.
Step 2: WRD will approach selected WUAs to offer them the opportunity to
participate in the activity. WUAs that agree to enter into an agreement with WRD will be
signatories to the direct contract to execute the agreed works. The format for a sample WUA
contract is given in Attachment 3.1.
Step 3: The respective WRD Competent Authority for the WUAs that have signed
direct OFD contracts with the farmers will provide the farmers all of the required documents,
technical drawings and specifications of the works to be carried out including providing
guidance notes on specific engineering procedures to complete the works.
Step 4: The WUA works sub-committee convener head and committee members will
begin by marking the works detailed in the OFD works with the assistance of the competent
authorities and conducting a joint survey.
Step 5: The WUA will execute the agreed works as per the specifications detailed in
the contract based on the agreed timeline of execution as well as the agreed schedule of
payments to the WUA for completing the activities.
Step 6: After completion of the works by the WUA, the WRD Competent Authority
will engage in quality checks of the works and ensuring agreed works are completed
according to requirements. The WRD will assist the WUA President to prepare bills for
making payments for the agreed works and submitting necessary bills to the WRD for
reimbursement against the agreed schedule of payments as detailed in the OFD contract.
Step 7: Upon successful submission of bills and satisfactory quality check reports, the
WRD will transfer final payments to WUA bank accounts.

22
Results Indicators for Sub Component A2
The main results indicators for the sub component A2 are: (i) tank irrigation system
modernized; (ii) WUAs undertaking OFD works; and (iii) WUAs conducting rotational water
supply or other water management practices.

3.4 Sub-Component A3 Participatory Irrigation Management

Building on the achievements of TN IAMWARMP, the project will work with the
WUAs to strengthen the decentralized irrigation service delivery by improving farmer’s
participation in irrigation management focusing on operations, water management and minor
maintenance. The project will finance equipment, expert consultants, consultancies, training
and operating cost in order to support: (i) Mainstreaming of PIM approach within WRD; and
(ii) Establishing new WUAs under TNIAMP and strengthening their capacities.

3.4.1 Intervention 1: Establishing Central and Regional WRD PIM Wings

The main vision and aim of the WRD PIM wing as a permanent division within the
WRD is to monitor, manage, and support the development of Water User Associations
throughout the state of Tamil Nadu. This wing will lead PIM activities in the state beyond the
scope of the project and ensure operational and successful WUAs throughout the state. The
PIM wing will be instrumental in coordinating the TNIAMP activities including serving as
the nodal with to monitor and report on the implementation progress of all TNIAMP
interventions.

Steps for Operationalizing the PIM Wing:

Step 1: Approval of Government Order for establishing the permanent PIM wing at
the Engineer-in-Chief office by allocating responsibilities related to PIM to specific staff
based on the Figure given in Attachment 3. 2.
Step 2: Development of detailed roles and responsibilities for each staff member in
the PIM wing at the E-in-C office and the four regional WRD offices as well as finalizing the
Terms of Reference for hiring the contract staff for the PIM wing. The detailed roles and
responsibilities of contract staff within PIM wing is given in Attachment 3.3.
Step 3: Recruitment of contract staff for the PIM wing for the duration of the
TNIAMP based on detailed Terms of Reference for 2 social development specialists at the E-
in-C office, and 4 social development specialist (1 for each of the 4 regional WRD offices).
In addition, 6 data entry operators will behired (2 for the E-in-C office and 1 for each of the
regional offices). These staff will be hired for a 7 year contract based on an agreed Terms of
Reference. The Engineer-in-Chief will assume overall responsibility for ensuring that all
recruitment is carried out in a timely and efficient manner. Each of the regional offices,
respective Chief Engineers will be responsible for the recruitment for the PIM staff to be
hired.
Step 4: Procurement of vehicles, computers and scanners for the PIM wing at the E-
in-C office and the 4 regional offices. Procurement rules of the World Bank will be followed
and the PIM wing staff will oversee the purchasing and utilization of these items.
Step 5: PIM wing to create a detailed WUA performance and monitoring program to
be implemented by the PIM wing staff during the TNIAMP. This program should include key
parameters for measuring performance, inclusion of IT/mobile tools for measuring
performance, how results will be monitored, timelines, and roles and responsibilities for
nodal officer for performance and monitoring.

23
 Step 6: Social Development and Social Safe Guard activities will be carried out
periodically during the entire project period.
Step 7: IMTI and CEC to conduct 1 day PIM staff orientation training of new social
development specialists and all PIM wing WRD staff at IMTI on their roles and
responsibilities, their reporting responsibilities and their Terms of Reference for the PIM
activities related to PIM.
Step 8: PIM wing to coordinate 2-day training for all data entry officers on how to use
the EIMS platform to enter data on WUA performance assessments, PIM staff reporting, etc.
Step 9 Conduct training of WRD authorities, Competent Authorities, PIM WRD staff
who will be a core group of WRD activities who are aware of PIM activities and the
TNFMIS Act, etc. In order to conduct the training of the WRD officers, PIM wing should
obtain the required Government Order for sanctioning the trainings and providing adequate
funding support for the trainings.
Step 10: Hiring of field-level officers for WUA for other TNIAMP related activities.
See activity 3 details.

Budget for Intervention 1:

The total cost required for the intervention is Rs.796.80 lakh
3.4.2 Intervention 2: Conducting Election for Existing WUAs & Pilot on Empowering
WUAs on Water Management and O&M Practices
Intervention objective:
This activity will focus on conducting elections for WUAs that were formed under the
TNIAMWARM project but whose tenures have expired. This activity will also aim to launch
a pilot for existing WUAs to undergo intensive training on asset maintenance, operation and
management of canals within their command areas. This pilot is important to ensure
sustainable WUAs that focus on operation and maintenance of their canals including
secondary and tertiary canals as well as incorporating their traditional practices of asset
maintenance with new approaches to water management and O&M. This pilot will serve as a
model for building the capacity of WUAs to autonomously ensure sustainable operation and
maintenance of the irrigation systems below the sluice within their command areas in
Government of Tamil Nadu PWD irrigation tanks. These 12 WUAs will eventually be
selected and trained to become champions as well as peer trainers of new WUAs that will be
formed in the TNIAMP areas.

Steps for Operationalizing Intervention 2:

Step 1: PIM wing staff at the E-in-C to prepare a Government Order (GO) for
conducting elections for 2800 WUAs formed under the TNIAMWARM project. The WRD
E-in-C is responsible for obtaining the GO from GoTN. The GO will provide administrative
sanction will allocate funds for conducting the elections.
Step 2: E-in-C to request regional WRD Chief Engineers to complete preliminary
activities and obtain required forms from the WUA Competent Authorities at each of the sub-
basin offices of the WRD.
Step 3: Each of the regional WRD offices should be responsible for hiring local field-
level support for conducting the elections. The regional PIM staff especially the regional
social development specialists and the Assistant Engineers should support the hiring of local
staff and monitoring the progress of conducting the elections for 2800 WUAs. 2400 WUAs
will be elected in the first and second years of the project and a balance 400 will be elected in
the third year.
24
 Step 4: IMTI in partnership with Center of Excellence for Change Management
(CEC) to conduct classroom orientation training for newly formed WUA management
committee members for 3 days on PIM activities. This will include their roles and
responsibilities in the WUA. This will include 1 WUA president and 4 sub-committee
members who will attend the training. A total of 2800 WUAs will be provided this
orientation training. This will occur over three years as each of the WUA members once they
are elected will attend this training in conjunction with the time they get elected.
Step 5: The PIM wing at the E-in-C office should request each of the regional PIM
wings to select three high performing WUAs in each of their regions to participate in the
water management and O&M pilot. There will be a total of 12 WUAs that will be part of the
water management and O&M pilot.
Step 6: Regional PIM wings to conduct a baseline WUA assessment to understand the
status of WUA operations and activities of the 12 WUAs that will participate in the pilot.
This baseline WUA assessment report will be prepared for each of the 4 regional PIM offices
(3 WUAs per region) and shared with the E-in-C office for sharing with GoTN and the
World Bank.
Step 7: The 12 selected WUAs will be provided technical training on water
management, O&M for three days by IMTI/CEC. On an average 25 WUA members (1
president and All Territorial Committees and sub-committee members) will be selected from
the WUA to participate in the training. The target group will be given 2-day classroom and 1-
day field training on specific technical aspects related to water distribution, rotational water
supply plan, joint transact walk, preparing O&M budget, collecting WUA subscription fees,
carrying out maintenance activities on command area. Following the trainings, e-groups will
be created using farmer mobile devices and using ICT mobile app for sharing videos for
WUAs to learn best practices around water management and operation and maintenance.
Subsequently, farmers from the pilot group of WUAs will be utilized to share best practices
with farmer members of WUAs in the newly formed WUAs under TNIAMP tank areas.
Step 8: The regional PIM wing social development specialists should conduct WUA
performance assessment exercise of the 12 WUAs that participated in the pilot to assess the
results of the pilot and determine whether WUAs have improved from the baseline
assessment and are now engaging in O&M and water management activities. Specific
indicators to conduct this assessment should be developed by the regional and central PIM
wing staff.
Step 9: Selection of lead farmers from the 12 WUAs to take on role as champion Peer
Trainers for training new WUAs on O and M practices. Also the top 3 best performing
WUAs out of the 12 are selected to present awards utilizing funds from the ‘Kudimaramath’
Government Order or other appropriate awards from PIM wing.
Budget for Intervention 2:
The budget requirement for the intervention is Rs. 760.00 lakh
3.4.3 Intervention 3: Formation & Capacity Building of new WUAs in TNIAMP Tanks
Intervention objective:
This intervention will aim to conduct elections to form 3200 new WUAs in the
TNIAMP tank areas. This intervention will include capacity building of these 3200 WUAs
adopting a new WUA Peer Training Model to build the capacity of these WUAs to conduct
water management and take ownership of operation and maintenance of the field channels
below the sluice(in the command area). This intervention will also adopt an On-Farm
Development contract that will allow the newly formed WUAs to take ownership of lining
field channels up to 35 meters from the sluice and for providing measuring devices as part of
the On-Farm Development works.

25
Steps for Operationalizing:
Step 1: PIM wing staff at the E-in-C to get the Government Order (GO) for
conducting elections for 3200 WUAs formed under the TNIAMWARM project. The WRD
E-in-C is responsible for obtaining the GO from GoTN. The GO will provide administrative
sanction that will allocate funds for conducting the elections of new the WUAs. The elections
will be conducted in a phased manner. From the second year to the fifth year of the project
800 WUAs will be elected for a total of 3200 WUAs.
Step 2: Hiring of Mobilization and Training Specialists (MTS) and Field Organizers
(FOs) to support WRD Competent Authorities in conducting elections for formation and
capacity building to WUAs. A total of 160 MTS and 640 FOs will be hired for assisting the
four regional PIM wings to elect, form and implement the WUA Peer training model for the
3200 WUAs.
Step 3: Providing capacity building to MTSs and FOs through IMTI and CEC at IMTI
on their roles and responsibilities, their reporting responsibilities as per their Terms of
Reference for the PIM activities related to PIM in implementing' Peer Model'.
Step 4:-MTSs and FOs to identify one potential 'Peer Trainer' for each WUA based on
the stipulated criteria. Additional Peer Trainer farmers from the 12 WUAs that participated in
the intensive O&M to be reviewed and also assessed for participated as ‘Peer Trainers’.
Step 5 :- Providing capacity building T.O.T training to selected Peer Trainer Farmers
through IMTI and CEC at IMTI for providing regular WUA capacity building training to
farmers. The Peer Trainers will also undergo intensive water management training including
how to teach other farmers about O&M, asset maintenance, water management, fee
collection, etc.
The Peer Trainers will provide a number of trainings to WUAs once they have
completed their WUA Peer Farmer training program. The details are summarized in
Table 3.1.

Table 3.1. Peer Training to WUA

Number
Year
of Trainees
trainings
Peer trainer to WUA President, all Territorial Constituency
Year 1 24
members, and at least 50% of General Body members
Peer trainer to WUA President, all TC members, and at least 50% of
Year 2 12
General Body members
Peer trainer to WUA President, all TC members, and at least 50% of
Year 3 12
General Body members
TOTAL 48

Step 6:- CEC in partnership with IMTI will provide two rounds (2 days + 1 day) of
intensive trainings to WUA President and Conveners of 4 Sub-Committees on Water
Management particularly on preparation of 'Rotational Water Supply Plan ' and on 'Operation
and Maintenance'. In order to continue this training, the Peer Trainers will incorporate this
training (including some champion farmers from the 12 WUAs) into their regular WUA
trainings. For this operational guidelines will be developed by CEC on O&M practices for
WUAs and also on asset maintenance that Peer Trainers can give to farmer members.

Budget for Intervention 3

The budget requirement for carrying out the intervention is Rs. 4452 lakh.

26
3.4.4 Intervention 4: Reform of TNFMIS Act
Intervention 4 Objective:
The TNFMIS Act has been enacted during 2001 and Rules have been framed during
2002.The WUAs have been formed as per the Act only during 2004.While implementing
certain provisions of the Act ,difficulties were experienced which necessitates revisit of the
provisions of the Act and to bring in amendments in order to provide more clarity and to
suggest appropriate actions .Hence it is proposed to prepare the requisite amendments to
make the ACT more clear and incorporate the learning’s to get over the shortcomings.

Steps to Operationalize Intervention 4:

Step 1: PIM wing to arrange exposure visits for a core group of officials from the PIM
wings to other Indian states which are implementing similar Acts and to collect first-hand
information on how they are implementing the Acts in their respective states. A local
consultant can be hired from Tamil Nadu or other states to advise the PIM wing on the
appropriate amendments to be made in the Act.
Step 2: Arrange for a stakeholder meeting within the four regional PIM wing offices
and to obtain feedback from Competent Authorities and other officials of WRD including
water users to ensure a collaborative process of implementing reforms.
Step 3: Prepare the detailed amendments based on learning from exposure visits,
stakeholder meetings and inputs from WRD officials. Consultant will lead efforts to prepare
all new articles to be submitted to the Government for approval and incorporation into the
new and revised TNFMIS Act.

Budget for Intervention 4

The total cost for the intervention is Rs. 25 lakh
3.5 Sub Component A 4: Convergence for Improved Service Delivery:
3.5.1 Objective
For efficient and effective service delivery to farmers in the project, interventions of
eight participating line departments and agencies will converge not only at the top level, but
also at the grassroots level. The departments involved in the water sector need to collaborate
for effective service delivery to farmers. Model villages will be established in each sub basin
for focusing convergence of 8 Departments on Project Interventions and Other Government
schemes in operation for the benefit of the farmers. This convergence for service delivery
will be promoted through establishing and strengthening 'Single Window Information and
Knowledge Centers’ (SWIKCs), and facilitating 'Community Collaborative Water
Management (CCWM) at village level'.

3.5.2 Steps to operationalize

Step 1:-Formation of Model Villages:
Identifying and forming the Model Villages through 'Entry Point Activities' taking
into consideration the presence of multi -departmental interventions under the project and
which requires convergence for effective service delivery to the farmers.
The Model villages are identified and selected in a phased manner (250
Villages/Phase) as and when the new WUAs are formed. The interventions of multiple
departments are essential in order to take up 'Community Collaborative Water Management'.
For this, the interventions of WRD who are the provider of water and the consumer of water
viz., Agricultural Departments' interventions are very much essential. The scope of the
agriculture and related departmental interventions vary as per the field conditions of the
village. Similarly the livelihood departments including the Animal husbandry and the
Fisheries will implement their interventions in these model villages subject to field

27
conditions. The targeted farmers in these model villages will be the water users of WUAs.
The total target of farmers will be the entire water users of 3200 WUAs. Since the formation
of WUAs will take place in a phased manner during 2018 to 2021, the interventions of the
line departments will be after the formation of WUAs.

Step 2:- Establishment of SWIKC:

In the selected model villages, a place for convergence of officials and the community
need to be identified and established which will function as 'Single Window Information and
Knowledge Centre (SWIKC).The SWIKC building will be on rental basis and the rent will be
paid from the project. The names of the model villages cannot be identified at the first
instance, as the identification and selection of model villages are possible only after the
‘Entry Level’ Activities’ have been completed. Similarly the total target numbers of farmers
are also based on the number of WUAs (General Body Members)

Step 3:-Implementation of Community Collaborative Water management (CCWM):

CCWM will sensitize the community about the water situation in their local village
and enable them to draw up a community level plan for optimum use of water and equitable
distribution of water in their villages for all water users. The Competent Authorities
(AES/JES) of WRD will be in charge of the above trainings. CEC will provide the requisite
skills both for the community and to the WRD.

Steps to Implement CCWM:

Step i: 'Awareness Creation' about Water Resources, the need for optimum use of
water in the village, equitable distribution of water and thereby water conservation of water.
Step ii: 'Conducting 'Water walk' with the cross-section of the people in the village
with the active participation of all the people to assess the conditions of the water bodies
including drinking water distribution system, taking in to their ideas, observations priorities
etc., for sensitizing the community on the prevailing situation in the water scenario of the
village and to chalk out water management strategies with their involvement
Step iii : Conducting Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA)
Step iv: Development of Village Vision.
Step v: Water Budgeting- Assessment of water resources available in the village and
the demand for various sectoral uses to assess status of the water balance .This is done by the
community themselves by demystification of Science.
Step vi: Development of' Decision Supporting System’ to suggest various cropping
patterns and to assist in decision making by the community in choosing the suitable
cropping pattern for the season based on water balance.
Step vii: Implementation of the finalized cropping pattern as the 'Operation Plan for
that season.
Step viii: Training of 'Community Change Management Group (CCMG) for the
sustainability of the process. CCWM will be implemented in all the model villages.
Step ix: Capacity Building on CCWM, Convergence, Team Building, line
departments' interventions based trainings will be given to both officials and the community

Budget
The total budget for the sub component is Rs. 30 Crores. The detailed budget for the
study on implementation of CCWM in selected model villages is given in Table. 3.2.

28
 Table 3.2 Budget Details for Implementation of CCWM in Select Model Villages
(800 WUAs)
Sl.
Description Quantity Rate Amount
No.
1 Salaries and Wages
Key Professionals
i) Mobilization and Training Specialists 12 Months 30000 /month 36,00,000
(MTSs)10 Nos @ 1 MTS for 80 WUAs
Sub Key Professionals
ii) Field Organizers(20 Nos) @ 1 FO for 40 12 Months 10,000 /month 24,00,000
WUAs
Sub Total 96,00,000
II Travel Expenses
Key Professionals
12
i) Travel Expenses for 10 MTSs @20 days / 5000 /day 6,00,000
Months
month = 240 man days
Sub Key Professionals
ii) Travel Expenses for Field Organizers 12 month 2000 /month 4,80,000
20nos x 12 month = 240 man months

Sub Total 10,80,000

III Other Costs and Contingencies
Designing Base line Questionnaire 5 man
i) 5 days 5000/Day 25,000
days
ii) Designing IEC materials 5 days 5000 /day 25000

iv Conducting Base line survey 250 villages 5000 /village 12,50.000

Organizing Awareness Programs / villages
including logistics, community mobilization,
v) 250 villages 20,000 /village 50,00,000
Water Walk, PRA, Water Budgeting, DSS
and Operational Plan preparation etc.
vi) Establishment of SWIKC Centers 250 villages 10,000 /village 25,00,000
Wall Painting Charges (Painting of village
vii) 250 villages 15000 /village 37,50,000
vision, Water Budgeting),
250
viii) Documentation Charges 5000/village 12,50,000
villages
ix) Sundries and unforeseen items LS 5,20,000
Sub Total 1,43,20,000
Total 2,50,00,000

Grand Total (For 4 Phases) 10,00,00,000

For I Phase ,1,25,000; For II Phase 1,25,000; For III Phase; For IV Phase 1,25,000:
Totals 5,00,00,000
The job descriptions for Mobilization and Training Specialists and Field Organizers
are given in Attachment 3.4.

Results Indicators for Sub-Components A3-A4

The main results Indicator for sub components A3-A4 are: (i) staffing and
operationalizing PIM wing in EIC office and regional office; (ii) operational water uses
association created; and (iii) number of new WUAs formed and capacity built.
29
 Chapter 4: Component B: Agriculture Productivity Enhancement,
Diversification, Livelihoods, Marketing and Value Addition
The component activities converge on spatially linked investments within the
command area of irrigation tanks made under Component A for improving productive use of
water. Agriculture interventions will be spatially and temporally linked with rehabilitation
and modernization of tanks and irrigation water delivery systems.

4.1 Overall Objectives

The interventions of this component are aimed at increasing productivity of key crops,
promoting diversification of agriculture production systems, enhancing resilience and
improving farmer access to markets in project sub-basins. The project will adopt climate-
resilient approaches that promote sustainable use of land and water resources.
The component consists of 3 sub-components: (i) Agricultural intensification and
diversification; (ii) Improving alternative livelihood sources through livestock and inland
aquaculture; and (iii) Marketing, value-addition and post-harvest management. The
implementing agencies are Departments of Agriculture, Agricultural Engineering,
Horticulture, Animal Husbandry, Fisheries and Agricultural Marketing, Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University (TNAU), Tamil Nadu Fisheries University (TNFU), and Tamil Nadu
Veterinary and Animal Sciences University (TANUVAS).

4.2 Subcomponent B.1: Agriculture intensification and diversification

Sustainable intensification and diversification of agriculture production systems will
be achieved through a large scale program of awareness creation and on-farm demonstrations
on new seeds and promising technologies, capacity building and training activities; and by
leveraging private sector investments in water management and farm mechanization. Climate
risk resilience will be built into crop and horticulture production systems by:(a) promoting
cultivation of short duration, high yielding, drought-, pest- and disease-tolerant
crops/varieties of pulses, maize, oilseeds, millets, vegetables and fruits; (b) installation of
micro irrigation drip and fertigation systems; and (c) promoting water saving agronomic
practices like the system of rice intensification and the sustainable sugarcane initiative. For
linking production with market demand, farmers will be supported and trained to grow those
crops and commodities for which there is market demand, including shift from paddy to low
water requiring crops in which Tamil Nadu is deficient. ICT-based activities like e-Velanmai,
Farmer Cropping Advisory, etc. will be introduced and expanded.

4.2.1 Construction of Farm Ponds

Farm ponds are constructed by Agricultural Engineering Department (AED) to
harvest rain water from smaller catchments of about 2 to 5 hectares which form the land
holding of a single farmer and provide supplemental irrigation at critical stages of crop
growth mainly as a “lifesaving irrigation’ to save the crop without wilting. Since the farm
pond is constructed in farmer’s land, the conveyance loss is minimized. Under suitable
conditions, whenever the water can be stored for more than 4 months, fish culture can be
encouraged to get additional income. Among the eight agro climatic zones in Tamil Nadu,
Cauvery Delta Zone and North Eastern Zone have high potential for the construction of farm
ponds due to mild slope factor of the lands and clay/alluvium soil which holds water for a
longer time from seepage and percolation losses. In the remaining zones wherever the soil
conditions permit storage of water with less seepage and percolation, the farm ponds have
been proposed, viz., Southern, North Western, South & Western Zones. In Hilly and High
Rainfall Zones the land area is terraced and is not conducive for constructing farm ponds. The
seepage and percolation losses are more in the upper reaches and at valley point there is no

30
need for ponds as the water is always at surface level. It is proposed to construct 521 farm
ponds in the Phase-I and of it 80 percent are proposed in the Cauvery & North Eastern Zones.
AED has proposed to execute 2800 farm ponds in TNIAM Project in the total project period.
Selection Criteria:
The beneficiary for the construction of farm pond is selected as per the following
criteria based on the land owning farmers with preference to small farmers, who are willing
to provide an area of approximately 1000 sq meters for farm pond:
 The farmer should be willing to construct the farm pond as per the technical
specifications mentioned in the design.
 The Farmer should be willing to contribute 10 percent of the total cost of Rs.60, 000
per farm pond for general category farmers and 5 percent for SC/ST farmers as
labor/material/cash contribution.
 The topography of the land should be such that there is sufficient catchment area for
the farm pond to harvest rain water.
 Farm pond will be constructed at the lowest portion of the farmer’s land to receive
maximum runoff water.
 The soil should be non-porous so that there is not much seepage and percolation
losses and thus rain water can be stored for longer days for making use of it during
critical stages of the crop period.
The Executive Engineer (AED) of the district/Nodal Officer of the sub basin will
finalize the list of Beneficiaries at the district level/sub basin level.
Design and unit cost:
The average size of the Farm Pond is 26.5 m x 26.5 m x 1.5 m with a capacity to hold
about 1000 cubic meters. The average cost for this size works out to Rs.60, 000 per Farm
Pond. The size depends on the catchment area and quantity of runoff water in principle. But
most important factor is the willingness of the farmer to use his land for the construction of
farm pond. Sometimes depth can be increased to accommodate more water storage.
The design of the Farm Pond is depicted in Figure 4.1
Figure 4.1. Design of a Farm Pond

31
 Unit: Rs Lakh
Indicative Project Farmer’s
No. of Farm Total Cost
No. of Contribution Contribution
Ponds
farmers
2800 1680.00 1500.00 180.00
2800

4.2.2 On-farm Technology Assessment, Validation and Mainstreaming

As focus is shifted from production centric agriculture led by farm technologies and
innovations to the market oriented agriculture because of rapid urbanization, rise in income
levels, change in consumer preferences etc., the farm profitability is dictated by markets.
Still, 66.14 per cent of the rural households in Tamil Nadu have to depend upon farming as
the main livelihood supporting activity. In view of this, the Tamil Nadu Agricultural
University (TNAU) formulated interventions will support testing, demonstration and
dissemination of promising crop husbandry practices and water management technologies.
The project would give special emphasis on enhancing crop production to have better market
access, crop diversification, value addition and climate resilient agriculture in the sub-basins
of Tamil Nadu.
TNAU will look after the spread of technologies demonstrated in all the sub basin
areas. The focus will be on how precision farming and improved production technologies
could lead to enhanced productivity and production of crops and therefore higher income to
farmers as conceptualized in Figure 4.2.
Basin farmers are now have a narrow choice of crops and face both production (due to
variable monsoon rains and other factors) risks and price risks. They will be supported to
respond to market signals so that when the signals are positive, the farmers should reap better
profits and at the time of negative signals, they should minimize the risks. Hence delivering
and disseminating market intelligence at appropriate time, especially two months before the
sowing of a crop, will help the basin farmers to make informed decisions about growing
appropriate crops based on price forecasts for the key crops before the sowing season. TNAU
will also share the real time marketing intelligence data generated by Domestic and Export
Market Intelligence Centre (DEMIC) with Agriculture, Agricultural Marketing and
Horticulture Departments for wider dissemination to farmers in project sub basins.
Figure 4.2 : Linkages among technology, productivity and profitability

32
Technology demonstrations
The technology demonstrations are aimed at increasing crop productivity through Best
Management Practices and Innovations (IPT Demos) covering an area of 37,750 ha. The technologies
to be covered in TNAU demonstrations are those which are at an advanced stage of development
and require on‐farm validation and refinement before mainstreaming through the state extension
system.
The number of demonstrations and other interventions, unit costs given in Attachment 2.3
and the following sections are only indicative. These will be appropriately modified during
implementation in view of the ground realities, emerging priorities and changes in costs of inputs,
implements, etc.
The demonstrations conducted on Farmers Field School (FFS) mode, will follow the
integrated crop management approach from land preparation to harvesting of the crop, giving
special attention to high payoff interventions. The resultant increased yield in demonstrations
encourages the nearby farmers to adopt these improved practices in a wider area. Funds will be
provided to cover the material and incidental costs of Improved Production Technology (IPT) crop
demonstrations on paddy, pulses, millets, minor millets, supply of critical inputs such as quality
certified seeds, hybrid seeds, bio‐fertilizers, micro nutrient mixtures and other inputs with additional
support to INM, IPM and organic farming techniques and IEC/CB activities, etc.

Productivity Enhancement in Paddy

Paddy is the main staple crop grown in all the sub‐ basins where in there is still scope for
improving the productivity as the yield gap varies from 1.2 ‐ 1.6 MT/Ha both in first and second
seasons (Samba and Navarai). The TNAU will analyze the constraints in each sub‐basin by conducting
Improved Production Technology ‐ Paddy Crop Demonstrations (IPT demo 15,000 ha) and suggest
suitable interventions.
System of Rice Intensification (SRI): TNAU will analyze the constraints in each sub basin and
suggest suitable interventions viz. seeds of improved varieties, supporting transplanting and
application of required fertilizer inputs. Seeds are sown non‐densely in a seedbed with good soil
structure. Each plant has space to grow, and roots can develop easily and will not get entangled with
each other. Transplanting young seedlings will be done at the 2 leaf‐stage. Seedlings should be
replanted quickly and carefully, at a shallow depth of only 1‐2 cm deep, ensuring that the roots are
not dried out or damaged. The seed of improved varieties are provided to the farmers.
Growing Green Manure Crops: Green manure crops will be grown especially for their organic
matter and ability to improve the soil which can dramatically build up poor and exhausted soils and
maintain the fertility of better ones. It boosts land’s organic matter level. It keeps nutrients from
leaching down beyond reach of crops, provides food for soil microbial life, helps legumes fix nitrogen
in their root nodules and helps the soil produce good structure and maintain the air‐pore spaces
essential to good crop health. Green manure is less expensive than animal manure and is
practically free of antibiotics and growth hormones. Poor and exhausted soils get rich in nutrients
through green manures. Green manure crop will be introduced as pre‐season rice crop in areas
where water supply is available and soil type is clay in texture.

33
 Reducing Irriggation Water Application: 'intermitten nt irrigation' or 'Alternatee Wetting annd
Drying' (A AWD) will be e promoted. The drying p period create es aerobic co onditions allo
owing roots to
t
better deevelop and to o enhance thhe absorption of externally applied n nutrients. Thee WUE will be
b
enhanced d by the reduced usage of water. ‘Safe AWD’ is the new technolo ogy developeed by TNAU foor
the areas with reduced d water usagee. In all the rice growing re egions, flooding shall be avvoided and th
he
water levvel beneath thet surface maym be moniitored initiallyy thro’ field water tubes installed @ 5
tubes/ha for standarrdizing the safe s AWDI level.
l Then the frequen ncy of irrigattion could beb
recommended based on the numb ber of days fo or each regio on and soil tyype. This techhnology will be
b
initially te
ested in the Cauvery
C and Southern
S zonee. This will bee further up scaled by the Department of
Agriculturre.

Direct Sow
wing of Rice (DSR)
Im
mproved prod duction techn
nology on DSR R will be impllemented as rresilient practice in Cauvery
delta zonee during delayed supply off canal water and shortagee of irrigation
n water.

Rice Fallo
ow Pulses
Thhese are sowwn as a relay crop before the t harvest of o paddy. Theese rice falloww areas offerr a
huge pottential niche for short seasons pulse crops thus exploiting tthe residual moisture an nd
nutrients.. It enhances the soil fertility status for the next crop
ps due to nitrrogen fixation
n.

Productiion of Pulsess
Th he focus of pulse produ uction prograam will be on productio on of Truth Fully Labeleed
(TFL)seed (IPT Demoss: 2,500 Ha) and expanssion of area and raising productivity of pulses (IP PT
Demos: 5000 Ha.)
In
n the river bassins, pulses are grown nexxt to rice as faallow crops. They
T are the main source of
plant prottein for achieeving the nuttritional securrity of the rural household a as the soil ‐
ds and also act
nutrient enhancer
e by the
t way of fixxing atmosph heric nitrogenn. Current yieeld levels are merely 50 peer
cent of thhe potential yield
y and the state is the net importerr of pulses. Po oor seed replacement ratte,
non‐availaability of quuality seeds, uneven and poor plant population, terminal strress and non‐
availabilitty of mineral nutrition, im
mproper pest managemen nt practices, ppoor post‐harvest practicees
etc., are the
t major con nstraints to inncrease the productivity.
p The focus off demonstrations will be on
o
addressing these consttraints. TNAU U will interven
ne with produ uction and suupply of quality seeds undeer
farmer’s participatory approach an nd disseminaation of imprroved producction technologies. Keepin ng
this in vieew TNAU will undertake quality seed d production in pulses in sub‐basins underu farmerr’s
participattory approach h. The TFL seeds
s producced will be appropriately labeled and used to cover
15000 ha in sub‐basin areas over 7 years. Underr crop diversiffication, blackk gram and grreen gram) will w
be introdu uced with pro
oper technolo ogy packages,, including usse of quality seed
s produced by TNAU.
Fo ormation of pulse
p commodity groups, FFPO and markket linkages
Pulse commod dity group willl be formed w which in turn
n will be federrated to FPO (seed to salees)
and linked d with Agricu
ultural Markeeting Departm ment (AMD). In addition processing
p nd branding of
an
pulses will be done in n collaboratioon with AMD for value ad ddition activitties. To achie
eve this, TNA
AU
proposes the value ad ddition of pu ulses by prom moting secon ndary agriculttural practicees by cleaning,
3
34
grading, branding and labeling. Pulse commodity groups will be formed and federated to Farmers
Producing Organization and linked with major pulse handling companies in Tamil Nadu. This activity
will be implemented in collaboration with Agricultural Marketing Department.

Promotion of Red gram (Tur Dhal)

The area and productivity of red gram is low in Tamil Nadu and the state is the largest
importer of red gram. Cultivation of red gram will be introduced in the vegetable‐based cropping
systems. The productivity enhancement of red gram under precision farming techniques including
IPM approach will be attempted on 1000 Ha through area expansion and by introducing new
hybrids/varieties, seedling transplantation, and drip fertigation. This activity will be implemented in
North western zone of Tamil Nadu. The split up cost and farmers share details are furnished below.

Unit: Rs in Lakh
Total Drip
Indicative
Demo Materials & Project Farmers
Crop No. of
Area installation Contribution Contribution
farmers
(in Ha) costs

Red gram 1000 2470 856.00 642.00 214.00

Demonstrations on Oil Seed Crops

Under oil seeds, demonstration of improved production techniques for groundnut and
gingelly will be undertaken to promote crop diversification (IPT Demos: 600 Ha.). These
crops will be revived by promoting better crop husbandry practices and by linking the
farmers with markets.

Sustainable Sugarcane Initiative (SSI)

Sustainable Sugarcane Initiative (SSI) will be promoted in sub basins under precision
farming approach by scaling up SSI through joint venture with the nearby sugar mills. TNAU
will act as Knowledge Partner for SSI by Sugar Mills (IPT Demos: 750 Ha.). TNAU will
demonstrate SSI by providing young pro tray seedlings, improve water and fertilizer use
efficiency with sub surface drip fertigation system and water soluble fertilizers for optimal
utilization of nutrients. Although SSI will be up scaled on mission mode in all the sub basins,
focused attention will be paid in Northern zone and Western zone.
Unit: Rs in lakh
Total Drip
Indicative
Demo Materials & Project Farmers
Crop No. of
Area Installation contribution contribution
farmers
(in Ha) costs
Sugarcane 750 1853 642.00 481.50 160.50

The SSI was successfully demonstrated in TNIAMWARM increasing productivity, improving

cane quality and enhancing water use efficiency. Capitalizing on these benefits, the sugar mills in
Tamil Nadu promoted SSI in 22500 ha by investing Rs. 18000 lakh in drip fertigation.

Production of vegetable and banana through precision farming

To promote precision farming by adopting of IPM concept, production of vegetables and
banana will be undertaken (IPT Demos: 1500 Ha.). The productivity of vegetables and banana and
water use efficiency will be increased by adopting drip fertigation in conjunction with improved
seeds/seedlings and crop management practices. This technology was successfully implemented by
TNAU under TNIAMWARM and will be expanded in all sub basins.
35
 Unit: Rs in lakh
Total Drip
Indicative
Demo Materials & Project Farmers
Crop No. of
Area Installation contribution contribution
farmers
(in Ha) costs
Banana 300 988 219.40 164.56 54.85
Vegetables 1200 2964 1200.00 900.00 300.00

Fruits Crop Demonstrations

New technologies in fruit crops will be promoted by demonstrating new technologies
like TNAU high density planting with drip fertigation in mango, guava, pomegranate, etc.
(IPT Demos: 400 Ha.) Fruit crops are the better choice for the sub basins, wherein crops like
mango, guava and pomegranate can be suggested. Interventions like better nursery practices,
high density planting, micro irrigation facilities, intercultural operations, optimal mineral
nutrition, pruning practices, post-harvest practices, packing and grading, branding,
conducting trainings and awareness programs, precision farming, raising pesticide free fruits
etc., will be promoted.

Unit: Rs in lakh
Total Drip
Indicative
Demo Materials & Project Farmers
Crop No. of
Area Installation Contribution contribution
framers
(in Ha) costs
High density
planting 400 988 146.24 109.68 36.56

Monitoring GHG Emissions (Portable GC, Field Glass Chambers and DNDC module)
Agricultural activities are associated with the emission of greenhouse gases, notably
methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O).Methane (CH4) is a major greenhouse gas (GHG).
Rice cultivation has been recognized as one of the major anthropogenic source for CH4
emissions. Methane emission from rice fields is a microbe-mediated anaerobic activity,
favored by the flooded condition. Owing to its role in food security, rice will continue to
play a major role in methane emission and apparently in increasing trend of atmospheric
methane concentration. Thus it is necessary to estimate the methane emission from rice fields
in the context of a strong inter-relationship between agriculture and climate change. Land-
surface temperature is one of the MODIS land products which can be used to determine
methane emission from paddy fields using different algorithms. TNAU will estimate GHG
emissions from different land use systems in all sub basins. The impact of demonstration
technologies on GHG emissions will be assessed using satellite data combined with EX-ACT
model spatially. MODIS data will be acquired and analyzed for GHG emissions. At ground
level, portable GC will be used to analyze GHGs collected through field glass chambers.

Remote sensing and GIS application for Impact Assessment

The impact on water resources and crop area and diversification will be studied using
Remote Sensing and GIS. For effective assessment Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) data
from Sentinel 1A and RISAT will be utilized along with optical data during the cropping
season. Besides, infrastructure rehabilitation and modernization activities in the PWD tanks
and interventions by line department viz., Agriculture, Horticulture, etc., will be Geo-tagged.
A mobile based application will be developed for monitoring progress of technology

36
demonstrations and impact in TNIAMP area. During the implementation phase, the following
activities will be carried out:
(i) Estimation of water spread area and duration in the PWD tanks using satellite data.
(ii) Assessing the expansion of irrigated area and monitoring the changes in area cropped
(Rice) and crop diversification in each tank command area through microwave remote
sensing.
(iii) Developing user friendly mobile application to Geo-tag interventions and
demonstrations by line departments and host web interface to enable data access,
analysis and report preparation.
The main activities to be undertaken under Remote Sensing and GIS are : (i) Satellite
data acquisition, analysis and interpretation; (ii) Mobile application development for ground
truthing; (iii) Generation of maps and statistics on water spread and crop cover, and their
validation; (iv) Geo-tagging the progress of interventions/demonstrations; and(v) Web portal
development, management and maintenance.

Crop Diversification in Cauvery Command

In Cauvery Command, growing of rice in the first season (June-September) is
uncertain due to delayed release of water. Research results show that growing of maize and
sesame as first crop can increase cropping intensity with less water consumption. Hence, crop
diversification in Cauvery Command will be attempted by introducing new cropping
patterns/promoting hybrid maize production (IPT Demos: 5,000 Ha.). In the Cauvery basins,
maize is grown mostly with traditional varieties. Now, it is proposed to shift from traditional
varieties to hybrids to increase the yield potential by conducting Improved Production
Technology Maize Crop Demonstrations incorporating: (i) Use of high quality, high yielding
hybrid seeds;(ii) Crop diversification from paddy to maize to increase water productivity;
(iii) Spraying with maize growth promoter (TNAU promoter) - Maize Maxima; and (iv)
Adopting the technologies like Integrated Nutrient Management (INM), Integrated Weed
Management, Integrated Water Management (IWM)–including the use of drought mitigation
substances and Integrated Pest Management (IPM).
Model Bio-Villages
Growing pesticide-free vegetables in sub-basins through climate resilience activity
will be undertaken in model bio-villages. National Institute of Plant Health Management
(NIPHM) model will be implemented. Farmers will be supported to produce their own bio-
pesticides and supply to other farmers (IPT Demos: 5000 ha). The project aims to transfer an
elite, novel, low cost and eco-friendly pest management technology like Ecological
Engineering, Agro-Eco System analysis (AESA) based Plant Health Management and
promote the “On farm Production” techniques for bio-control agents. The bio-control agents
are excellent alternatives for chemical pesticides besides being eco-friendly and farmer
friendly.
In this regard, the farmer groups/clusters will be supported for production of bio-
control agents and bio-pesticide son their farms which can enhance the use of these bio-
control agents and promote adoption of Ecological Engineering and AESA-based Plant
Health Management, thereby reducing the cost of cultivation, production of residue-free
crops, creating eco-friendly environment, and improving economic status of farmers.

Agricultural Implements:
For controlling weeds, farmers will be provided manual Cono weeder and power
operated weeder. Mechanical weeding has multiple functions and benefits: incorporation of
weeds into the soil, where their nutrients are recycled, superficial tillage improves soil
aeration, and root growth is stimulated through some root pruning and soil aeration.
37
Other activities
TNAU will also implement a set of other activities which include:
(i) Training of farmers and line department staff,
(ii) Studies on development of compact and efficient value chains of selected
commodities in project sub-basins,
(iii) Strengthening of e-Velanmai platform for two-way farmer-scientist interaction
covering crops, horticulture, livestock and fish production (jointly with TANUVAS
and TNFU) and promoting its extensive use by farmers through Departments of
Agriculture, Horticulture and Agricultural Marketing. The proposed concept of e-
agricultural extension advisory system will address the issue by harnessing the
potential of ICT and build an e-agricultural extension advisory system that is
transferable to sub basin farmers. The proposed system will involve Krishi Vigyan
Kendras (KVKs) of TNAU in the technology transfer process. A user friendly
Android App will be developed and loaded onhttp://agritechportal.tnau.ac.in for
wider use by farmers in the state.
(iv) Use of remote sensing and GIS application for monitoring pre- and post-project
impact, geo-tagging, concurrent monitoring and impact assessment of project
interventions at regular intervals.
(v) Assessing carbon balance of TNIAMP, using EX-ACT model developed by Food
and Agriculture Organization.
4.2.3 Enhancing Productivity and Climate Resilience of Crop Farming:
The activities aiming at enhancing productivity and climate resilience of cropping
systems to be implemented by the Department of Agriculture will include (i) increasing
cropping intensity and productivity, (ii) promoting diversification to low water requiring
crops, and (iii) promoting use of improved farm implements and tools. The focus will be on
providing better livelihood to farmers through improved water delivery for increasing
productivity of agriculture. The twin focus will be on agricultural intensification and
diversification.
It is proposed to effect shift from high water requiring crop to less water requiring
crops like pulses, millets and oil seeds. Moreover, shift is made from productivity and
production enhancement agriculture to market-led agriculture. The prospects of
diversification to other crops from paddy would be disseminated to farmers for further
expansion of area under diversification crops.
The TNIAM Project would lay special emphasis on enhancing crop production to
have better market access, crop diversification, value addition and climate resilient
agriculture in the sub-basins of Tamil Nadu. The Department of Agriculture (DoA) would
address all these tasks in co-ordination with Tamil Nadu Agricultural University (TNAU)
with the following interventions for the crops grown in 4778 Tanks, 477 Anicuts of 66 river
sub- basins (Total registered ayacut 5,43,340 ha) in Tamil Nadu. The Department of
Agriculture (DoA) will implement the interventions in 4278 Tanks (Total registered ayacut 4,
86,480 ha) leaving about 500 tanks (Total registered ayacut 56,860 ha) to Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University (TNAU) for implementation.
The farmers who are members of Farmers Interest Groups (FIGs) would be organized
into Farmers Producer Organizations/Companies by the Department of Agricultural
Marketing and Agribusiness as per details in component B.3 Agriculture Marketing. Those
farmer members of FPOs would be given priority for demonstrations. The demonstration
farmers will be provided with market-led extension packages based on marketing intelligence
information provided by the Tamil Nadu Agricultural University through DEMIC on price
forecasts before the sowing of crops.

38
Technology Demonstrations:
Technology demonstrations will be aimed at increasing crop productivity through best
management practices and innovations Improved Production Technologies (IPT Demos:
78,000 Ha.). Total area of about 78000 Ha is planned to be covered under demonstrations.
Each demo will have an area of about one acre. The total number of demos will be about 1,
90,000. Approximately about 45 demos per tank will be spread over a period of 7 years. The
demonstrations conducted on FFS (Farmers Field School) mode, will follow the integrated
crop management approach from land preparation to harvesting of the crop, giving special
attention to high payoff interventions. Focus will be on dissemination and adoption of
improved crop husbandry and irrigation water management technologies for increasing
productivity and enhancing diversification to less water requiring and climate resilience
enhancing crops (pulses, oilseeds, millets, maize, etc.).
The number of demonstrations and other interventions, unit costs given in Attachment
2.3 and the following tables and sections are only indicative. These will be appropriately
modified during implementation in view of the ground realities, emerging priorities and
changes in costs of inputs, implements, etc.

Sl. Unit Physical Total Finance

IPT Demonstrations Unit
No Cost Target [ Rs. in lakh]
1. Green Manure crop-SRI-Rice Ha 0.100 40,500 4,050
Fallow Pulses[ 3 crop sequence]
2. Maize Ha 0.050 7,500 375
3. Ragi Ha 0.050 1,000 50
4. Minor Millets Ha 0.040 10,000 400
5. Pulses Ha 0.050 12,500 625
6. Oilseeds[Groundnut, Gingelly, Ha 0.050 6,500 325
Sunflower etc.]
Total 78,000 5,825

Since the average size of demo will be about 1 acre during the project period, the
number of demos. is about 1.90 lakh.
Funds will be provided to cover the critical off-farm inputs and other incidental
expenses of Improved Production Technology Crop Demonstrations on paddy, pulses,
millets, minor millets, including supply of critical inputs such as quality certified seeds,
hybrid seeds, bio-fertilizers, micro nutrient mixtures and other inputs with additional support
to INM, IPM and organic farming techniques and IEC/CB activities etc. The extra cost on the
demonstrations wherever applicable will be borne by the demonstration farmers. The
management practices and innovations to be demonstrated are described below.

Selection Criteria for Demonstration Farmer:

 A progressive small or marginal farmer from the community/sub basin would be selected.
It would be ensured that he has the capability and resources to follow the instructions
provided by the experts in a timely and complete manner.
 He should also be capable of and must agree to disseminate the demonstrated
technologies to fellow farmers in the village(s) and the adjoining areas.
 He must provide labor for carrying out all operations for preparation of land, adoption of
complete package practices (sowing, fertilizer application, water management, pest and
weed management, etc) up to harvesting and marketing of the crop in a timely manner.
 He must use all the inputs provided by the project (like seed, fertilizer, IPM, etc.) for the
demonstration plot only, and should neither sell nor divert these on his other land.
39
 In case of self-pollinated crop demonstrations, he should agree to sell/exchange the seed
produced from the demonstration plot to other farmers in the village/adjoining villages on
the agreed terms. This may include the prevalent rate in the village plus small additional
amount in view of the good quality of the new variety promoted in the demonstration
thereby benefitting the fellow farmers.
 He must grow a small control plot by following the farmer’s practice in the area. This is
required for comparison of results with the improved package of practices followed in the
demonstration plot.
 He should preferably be a progressive small or marginal farmer.
 Different farmers will be selected for different demonstrations, ensuring that the project
benefits do not go only to a few farmers.
 He must own the land for organizing the demonstration which meets the followings the
selection criteria.
 Preference will be given to members of Farmer Producer Organization.
Selection Criteria for demonstration site:
 The plot selected for the demonstration should preferably be on the road side or main path
used by villagers and should be easily accessible. This is necessary for organizing
trainings and field days at the demonstration site as well as for showing the benefits to the
farmers who pass by the demonstration site.
 The soil type of the selected plot should be representative of the area, including head,
middle and tail regions of the tank command area.
 The exact area of the demonstration plot should be known and should have boundary
bunds.
 The plot should be leveled and should have access to irrigation water.
 The unit area for demonstration will be decided according to the site conditions.

Organizing a Field Day/Farmer Meet:

It would always be kept in mind that an on-farm demonstration is a powerful tool to
demonstrate the benefits of improved technologies to the farmers and not an end in itself. The
objective would be to use the on-farm demonstrations for disseminating improved
technologies to large number of farmers in the tank villages by organizing field days at
selected demonstration plots as per following details:
 The field day would be conducted for cluster of demonstrations.
 Preferably, common date for Farmers Meet/Field Days may be fixed by the sub-basin
implementing officers, after consulting all the line Department officers, aggregating all
the farmers of the tanks for conducting the field days.
 Since seeing is believing, a field day would be organized at the site of demonstration for
showing the benefits of adopting the improved technologies to the farmers. This would be
done at a stage when marked differences in crop condition and expected yield between
the demonstration plot and the control plot are clearly visible. Normally the appropriate
time for organizing the field day is shortly before the harvesting of the crop or during the
harvest.
 The date of the field day should be decided well in advance and this should be given wide
publicity in the tank village (s) and the adjoining villages.
 Traders of the area who procure the demonstration commodity from the farmers should
also be invited to the field day.
 Steps would be taken to ensure that large number of farmers attend the field day.

40
 On the field day the famers would be shown the control and demonstration plots and
encouraged to discuss the likely benefits from the demonstrated technologies. A training
session would be organized by the project staff to educate the farmers about what has
been done in the demonstration plot which is different from the practice normally
followed by them; when was it done, how and why; what are the likely benefits; etc.
Relevant brochures and handouts should also be distributed to the farmers on the field
day. Special attention should be given to educate the farmers about the critical inputs,
operations and practices which they would follow to obtain highest productivity levels. In
addition to short lectures covering specific aspects by the subject matter specialists,
famers would give free time for interaction so that it is more of an interactive session
rather than a lecture by an expert.
 Special attention would be given to ask the farmers if they would like to adopt the
demonstrated technologies in their farm during the next crop season, where from they can
obtain various inputs like seed, fertilizer, plant protection and weed control materials,
how they should carry out all the operations at the optimum stage of the crop, wherefrom
they would obtain technical guidance, what are the difficulties they are likely to face in
procuring the required inputs and adopting the improved practices, and how these can be
addressed.
 Since seed is a critical input and acts as a catalyst in the adoption of other practices, in
case of self-pollinated crops, facility for exchange of seeds among farmers will be
arranged to distribute the seed of the demonstration plot to other farmers in the
village/adjoining villages on payment of agreed price.
 The date of crop cutting, which would take place sometime after the field day, should be
announced in the field day. The farmers would be invited to come on that day so that they
can actually see the increase in productivity as a result of adoption of improved
technologies demonstrated in the plot.
 Facility for exchange of seeds among farmers will be arranged.
Guidelines for Organizing and Monitoring Demonstrations:
The criteria for selection of demonstration sites, selection of demonstration farmers,
process steps in organizing demonstrations and evaluating success of demonstration are
summarized in Attachment 4.1. The cost norms to be followed while conducting
demonstrations are summarized in Attachment 4.2.
Productivity Enhancement in Paddy (IPT Demos: 40,500 Ha):
Paddy is the main staple crop grown in all the sub-basins in all the five zones in the
project area wherein there is still scope for improving the productivity as the yield gap varies
from 1.2 - 1.6 MT / Ha both in first and second seasons (Samba and Navarai). The DoA will
analyze the constraints in each sub-basin and plan demonstrations to address these constraints
as per details given below:
Introduction of three crops sequence of green manure – SRI paddy – rice fallow pulses:
Green Manures: Growing green manure crops improves soil fertility. Green manure
can also help create vital soil in areas with little or no top soil due to water runoff. Green
manure crops will be grown before planting SRI paddy.
System of Rice Intensification ensures saving of seed and water as it requires in lesser
quantity. Greater root growth due to planting of 3rd primordial young seedlings and wider
spacing produce more tillers, more grains and higher yield. There is reduction of cost due to
labor saving through the usage of power weeder, fertilizer saving through usage of Leaf
Color Chart and lesser pest and disease incidence through IPM practice.

41
 Rice Fallow Pulses will be sown as a follow up crop after the harvest of paddy using the
residual moisture in the proposed cropping sequence. These rice fallow areas offer a huge
potential for short season pulses. It enhances the soil fertility status for the next crops due
to nitrogen fixation.

In Ramanathapuram, Sivaganga, Pudukkottai and Virudhunagar areas, paddy nursery

is grown at different time intervals [staggered nursery] and the seedlings suited to the rainfall
time are used as nursery. The remaining seedlings are left in the field. In these direct paddy
sown areas, modified SRI will be introduced using seed drills.
Mechanized SRI planting will be encouraged in the labor shortage areas. Usually
manually operated Cono weeder and markers are used in SRI Paddy cultivation. They
demand manual labor, cover less area and cause shoulder pain. Hence, the power operated
weeder will be promoted.
Innovative latest technologies, viz., Integrated Nutrient Management (INM),
Integrated Weed Management, Integrated Water Management (IWM) including the use of
drought mitigation substances, Integrated Pest Management (IPM) will be promoted in these
demonstrations.
Promotion of Hybrid Maize Production (IPT Demos: 7,500 Ha):
In the river basins, maize crop is grown mostly using traditional varieties. It is
proposed to shift from traditional varieties to hybrids to increase yield. Since the poultry
industry is concentrated in Southern and Western zones and maize is the main poultry feed
ingredient; the thrust would be given on maize in these zones. However, it would also be
promoted in other zones, wherever possible. The Department of Agriculture and TNAU
would discuss with the poultry industry to promote cultivation of those hybrids which are
preferred by the poultry industry to ensure good marketing options in co-ordination with
Department of Agricultural Marketing and Agribusiness. In these demonstrations the focus
will be on the followings:
(i) Use of high quality, high yielding hybrid seeds;
(ii) Crop diversification from paddy during second season especially to maize to increase
water productivity;
(iii) Spraying with maize growth promoter (TNAU promoter) - Maize Maxim; and
(iv) Adoption of IPM, Integrated Weed Management, IWM including the use of drought
mitigation substances, and IPM, where ever possible.
Stabilizing Area under Ragi and Minor Millets: (IPT Demos on Ragi: 1,000 Ha; and
Minor Millets: 10,000 Ha):
(v) The area of cultivation of Minor millets viz. Ragi (Finger Millet), Samai (Little Millet),
Varagu (Kodo Millet), Pani Varagu (Proso Millet), Thinai (Fox Tail Millet) and
Kuthiraivaali (Barnyard Millet) has come down by 50 per cent in last three decades.
The DoA would analyze the constraints in each sub-basin and address these by
conducting Improved Production Technology Minor Millets Crop Demonstrations and
suggest suitable interventions. The thrust would be given in North Eastern, North
Western Southern and Western zones as these are more suitable for these crops. It will
also be taken up in Cauvery delta zone to the extent possible. These demonstrations will
include:
(i) Use of high quality, high yielding variety seeds;
(ii) Diversification of paddy area to minor millets to increase water productivity and
reduce water requirement;
(iii) Large scale demonstrations on minor millets; and
(iv) Use of INM, Integrated Weed Management, IWM, and IPM.
42
Promotion of Pulses Production: Garden Land Pulses (IPT Demos – 12,500 Ha) and Rice
Fallow Pulses (IPT Demos – 40,500 Ha):
In the river basins, pulses are grown next to rice as garden land pulses and rice fallow
pulses. In view of the shortage of pulses vis-à-vis demand, special attention will be paid to
promote cultivation of these two groups of pulses in the project sub-basins. The pulse
production demonstrations will include:
(i) Use of high yielding certified seeds of improved varieties;
(ii) Presoaking of seed for increasing germination;
(iii) Promotion of line sowing for maintaining optimum plant population;
(iv) Balanced fertilizer use including micronutrient mixtures;
(v) Spraying of 2% DAP 25 and 40 days after sowing;
(vi) Promotion of intercropping in groundnut, cotton and maize and also as bund crop;
(vii) Adoption of IWM - including the use of drought mitigation substances and IPM
techniques.
Revival of Oilseed Cultivation (IPT Demos: 6,500 Ha):
Oilseeds are the next target group to be given special focus in the river sub basins of
Tamil Nadu with special focus on North Eastern, North Western and Southern zones as these
are more suitable for oilseed production. However, oilseed production will be taken up in
other zones, wherever possible. The following interventions are proposed in oilseeds: (i) Use
of high yielding certified seeds of improved varieties/hybrids; (ii) Promotion of rice fallow
oilseeds, wherever possible; (iii) Promotion of castor as bund/border crop; (iv) Promotion of
line sowing for maintaining optimum plant population; (v) Promotion of intercropping with
pulses, where ever feasible; (vi) Application of gypsum in groundnut and manganese sulphate
in gingelly and (vii) Adoption of IWM - including the use of drought mitigation substances
and IPM.
Farmer Field Schools (4,500 Nos.):
Farmer Field Schools (FFSs) would be operationalized at Block level in sub-basins.
These FFS would be set up in the field of outstanding or progressive farmers. “Farm Schools”
and “Farm School Trainers” for each sub-basin will be approved by the Nodal Officer.
“Facilitators” in the Farm Schools may be from among progressive farmers, extension
functionaries or experts belonging to Government or Non-Government Sector. One of the
main activities of Farm Schools would be to operationalize Front Line Demonstrations in one
or more crops and/or allied sector activities. These demonstrations would focus on Integrated
Crop Management including field preparation, seed treatment, IPM, INM, etc. Farm Schools
would provide season long technical backstopping/build technical capacity of target farmers
by having an interactive session once at least during each of the 6 critical stages in a cropping
season. About 50% representation would be given to small and marginal farmers while
selecting the trainee farmers. Preference may be given to members of CIGs/FIGs. Trainee
farmers would participate in Farm Schools as per specified schedule or as may be necessary.
“Facilitators would also visit along with trainee farmers as may be necessary. Knowledge and
skills of “Facilitators” would be upgraded on a continuous basis through training at
district/state/national level institutions and/or exposure visits, etc. “Trainee farmers” would
also have the responsibility of providing extension support to other farmers in the respective
village or neighboring villages. Training or exposure visit of about 5 to 6 days of the
progressive/achiever farmer is supported under the Farm School as per norms approved in the
ATMA Cafeteria. Trainings in Farm School would be flexible and non-lecture based with
emphasis on hands-on-experience, observation, analysis and discussions.

43
IPM–Integrated Pest Management Villages (300 Nos.):
The Objectives to be achieved are (i) To impart training to the farmers
groups/clusters for on-farm production of bio-control agents; (ii) To increase the income of
farmers group/clusters; (iii) To increase the use of bio-control agents in agriculture and
reduce the usage of harmful chemical pesticides; (iv) Production of non-toxic food grains
through the adoption of ecosystem based pest and disease management method and ; and (v)
To make farmers self-sufficient in management of crop pests and diseases. The activities
include:
(i) “On farm production and augmentation of Trichoderma viride, Trichogramma sp. and
Reduvid bugs” would be taken up by selected Farmers group / clusters;
(ii) The Department of Agriculture officials would be trained at National Institute of Plant
Health Management, Hyderabad and their knowledge would be utilized to impart
training on this technology for selected farmers groups/clusters;
(iii) Three innovative farmers will be selected from the group for adopting IPM based plant
health management, who would be monitored by trained officers by providing them
with technical skills and biological pest management inputs;
(iv) Bio-control agents that are being produced under this scheme would be distributed
among and within the sub-basins;
(v) Training on “on Farm production of Bio-control agents” by trained Agricultural
Officers would be provided to 10-12 selected farmers from each village at the nearest
KVKs; and (vi) Another 3 farmers would be selected from the farmer groups to get
training on IPM based plant health management and on-farm production of bio-control
agents through simple, effective and economical ways at NIPHM, Hyderabad.
INM–Vermi compost (Silpaulin) Units [@ 5 Nos/ Village] in IPM Village (1,500 Nos):
The farmers in the Integrated Pest Management (IPM) villages are to be demonstrated
growing green manure crops and also with the production of vermi compost with 5 units/
village, so as to train them in production of organic manures for their own use as well as for
other farmers. The preference will be given for women farmers.
Seed Village Program for Pulse, Groundnut and Green Manure Seeds (500 Nos.):
In TNIAM project area special attention is being paid to raise productivity and area of
low productivity crops like green manures, pulses and groundnut. The farmers will be
motivated to cultivate new and improved varieties of these crops for which sufficient quantity
of good quality seeds must be made available. Generally, seed producing farmers would incur
30 per cent to 50 per cent more expenditure compared to production of these crops as grains.
Seed growers have to be extra cautious in post-harvest operations like drying cleaning,
processing and packaging of seed. These seed farmers have to be supported financially.
Hence, a revolving fund is planned to be set up for this purpose.
The farmers will be encouraged to produce the seeds required for their villages on
their own especially for pulse, oilseed and green manure crops. Groups will be formed for the
production of required seeds for the farmers in the village itself. The group members will be
trained in seed village concept and technical aspects of seed production of target crops (Rs.4,
400/group). This will be supplemented by setting up a Revolving Fund for each seed village.
The major objective is to increase the seed replacement ratio of pulses and oil seeds crops.
Salient Features of Seed Village:
Each seed village will have 15 - 20 farmers (not exceeding 20 farmers) from one or
two (not more than 2) villages in the same crop for organizing 20 Ha of certified
(foundation/certified) seed production. All the 15/20 farmers will be raising the same crop
and they will form Farmers Interest Groups. Such groups will be either organized new by the
44
Agriculture Department or may be the existing groups. About 10000 farmers will be trained
in seed production technology by way of organizing one day training program.
Selection Criteria:
 The seed village member should be a progressive farmer.
 He should preferably be a small or marginal farmer.
 He should have the capability and resources to follow the instructions provided by
the experts.
 He should be willing to share the seeds produced among the fellow farmers in the
sub basin/tank.

Revolving Fund:
The production and handling processes are different for seed than that for grain which
demands additional financial and technical resources for better seed production. Hence, it is
proposed to assist the seed producing farmers with revolving fund to help them come out
with good seeds of the target crops. The seed village farmers will be helped to get required
funds from the revolving fund for seed production and will be required to replenish the funds
after selling of seeds. This process will be continued during the entire project period.
It is proposed that each seed village farmer will deposit Rs. 250/- and a total of
Rs. 5000/- will be collected from 20 farmers in each group per year. An account in any
nationalized bank will be opened by each seed village group by depositing Rs 5000 in the
bank account. Then, on request, the revolving fund of Rs. 50,000/ will be deposited in each
group’s account from the project fund. The seed farmers have to replenish the fund after
selling of seeds. For five years each member farmer will be required to contribute an
additional amount of Rs 250 every year. In this way each Seed Village Group will have a
corpus of at least Rs 75,000 (Rs 50,000 project contribution and Rs 25,000 farmer members’
contribution) after five years. The monitoring of this activity and replenishing of funds every
year shall be monitored by the block ADA concerned.

Rs Lakh
Total Indicative Total Project Farmer
No. of Seed Villages No. of Revolving Fund Contribution Contribution
Farmers
500 10,000 375.00 250.00 125.00

Moreover, there is provision of Rs.4400/- for training the seed village farmers for
every group. TNAU may ensure the priority in the supply of breeder/foundation seeds to the
seed village farmers as a special measure. The Seed Certification Department will be
involved in certification process. The Tamil Nadu State Seed Development Agency
(TANSEDA) of the Department of Agriculture may be requested to procure the seeds
produced by the FIGs.
Agricultural Implements (6,300 Nos.):
In the TNIAM project, it is intended to give three types of implements such as the low
cost hand operated and power operated sprayers which will help the farmers in cultivation of
crops.

45
 Rs Lakh

Indicative
Total Project Farmer
Sl.No. Details No. of Total Cost
No. Contribution Contribution
Farmers
Hand operated
1 2,650 2,650 66.00 33.00 33.00
sprayers
Power operated
2 2,650 2,650 158.00 79.00 79.00
sprayers
Total 5,300 5,300 224.00 112.00 112.00

Beneficiary Selection Criteria:

 The beneficiary should be a progressive small or marginal farmer.
 He should be willing to spare the implements for use by fellow farmers.
It is also planned to give high power operated weeder for SRI cultivation to the paddy
growing farmers as it reduces labor, covers more area in less time.
Rs Lakh
Indicative
Total Project Farmer
Sl.No. Details No. of Total Cost
No Contribution Contribution
Farmers
1 Power Operated
1,000 1,000 300.00 150.00 150.00
Weeder for SRI

Beneficiary Selection Criteria

A progressive farmer from the community/sub basin will be selected as per following
details:
 He should have the capability and resources to follow the instructions provided by
the experts.
 He should preferably be a small or marginal farmer.
 He should be capable of properly maintaining the implement at his own cost.
 He should be willing to share the implement with other farmers in the
village/tank/sub basin.
Regarding the supply and payment for the implements, the farmer has to pay the
contribution amount to the approved firm. The firm on the receipt of the contribution amount
will deliver the implements to the farmer. The project fund will then be released to the firm
by the project implementing officer at the sub basin level.
Shield Awards for Best Farmers (48 Nos.):
Among the sub-basins for SRI, Maize and Pulses, it is proposed to have one award (1
set of Award includes 1st prize and 2nd price to two Farmers) among the Sub-basin level
each year.
Shield Awards for Best Field Officers (18 Nos.):
Among the sub-basins, it is proposed to provide Incentive for Exemplary Extension
Work done by the Extension functionaries. It is proposed to have one award (1 set of first
position to three Extension Officers) among the Sub-basin level each year.

46
Communication Training and Capacity Building:
Trainings and capacity building activities will be organized for 96,600 farmers;
78,000 farmers will be trained in the latest crop production technologies and 900 farmers will
be involved in exposure visits to other states and countries. About 3,300 Agricultural
Laborers will be trained for SRI skills. About 1,980 officers of Department of Agriculture
will be trained in crop production technologies, including exposure visits to other states and
overseas.

Rs Lakh
Sl. Unit Total
IEC/CB trainings Unit Nos.
No. Cost Cost
1 Trainings for SRI skills to 50 No. of
agriculture labourers for 2 days. Total cost: Nos. 0.185 66 12.21
Rs.18,500 x 1 Trainings x 66 sub-basins
2 Farmers training to50 Nos. for 1 day. Total
Nos. 0.210 132 27.72
cost: Rs.21,000 x 2 Trainings x 66 sub-basins
3 Extensional personnel training to 30 Nos. for
2 days. Total cost: Rs.27,500 x 1 Training x Nos. 0.275 66 18.15
66 sub-basins
Total 264 58.08

Change Management Trainings (264 Nos. Total Cost: Rs.58.08 Lakh):.

The capacity building and change management training will be given to the
Agricultural labourers, farmers and extensional personnel viz., Assistant Director of
Agriculture, Agricultural Officers, Deputy Agricultural Officers, Assistant Seed Officers and
Assistant Agricultural Officers. These trainings will be imparted by reputed capacity building
and change management training organizations.
Agriculture Labourers’ Capacity Building Trainings (66 Nos.) for SRI skills:
66 batches, one in each sub basin, of 50 agriculture labourers will be trained at a unit
cost of Rs.18,500 each. The trainings will be organized by the CEC trained agriculture
resource persons, and the total cost is Rs.12.21 lakh.
Farmers Trainings (132 Nos.):
Batches of 50 farmers each will be trained for one day at a unit cost of Rs.21, 000.
The trainings will be imparted by the CEC trained agriculture resource persons and the total
cost is.Rs.27.72 lakh.
Agriculture Extension Personnel Trainings (66 Nos.):
Training for batches of 30 Extension Officers for 2 days will be organized at a unit
cost of Rs.27,500. The trainings will be imparted by the CEC trained agriculture resource
persons and the total cost is.Rs.18.15 lakh.
IEC/CB Activities:
Crop based demonstrations will be organized over an area of 78,000 hectares. These
crop demonstrations will be conducted on FFS mode for which village level meetings,
seminars and village melas will be organized. Publicity materials like leaflets, pamphlets,
posters and banners will be printed and distributed to the sub basin farmers. For these
activities an amount of Rs. 507.00Lakh has been earmarked.

47
4.2.4. Horticulture Development
The horticulture development includes four major interventions (i) Micro irrigation,
(ii) Protected cultivation, (iii) Crop demonstrations, and (iv)Trainings. The horticulture
interventions will be implemented in about 2100 tanks out of a total of 4778 tanks in 66 sub
basins in 30 districts.

Present horticulture scenario in 66 sub basins:

The major horticulture crops grown in 66 sub basins are fruits like banana, mango,
guava and pomegranate; vegetables like brinjal, bhendi, tomato, gourds, onion, green chilies,
tapioca and watermelon; spices like chilies; and flowers like tuberose. The 66 sub basins are
spread over in five agro climatic zones covering 30 districts. Except Cauvery delta zone, all
other zones are suitable for most horticultural crops. Vegetables and mango are cultivated
only in tail ends in Cauvery delta.
Cultivation of vegetable crops will be taken up in all the five zones. Fruits like
mango, guava, pomegranate and banana will be taken up in North Western zone(Krishnagiri,
Dharmapuri, Salem, Namakkal and Perambalur Districts),Western zone(Erode, Coimbatore,
Karur), and
Southernzone(Madurai,Dindigul,Theni,Ramanathapuram,Viruthunagar,Thoothkudi,Ti
runelveli and Sivagangai). The spices like dry chilies will be taken up mainly in Southern
zone. Flower like tuberose will be taken up in Western and North Western zones.
Enhancing productivity and climate resilience of horticulture crops
The focus of horticulture interventions is on optimizing productivity and
diversification of the cropping systems. The project plans to adopt an extensive approach for
optimizing productivity of the existing crops by disseminating improved technologies,
providing need-based adoption support and piloting cultivation of new crops through market-
led extension. The main objective of the programme is to accelerate crop diversification from
high water requiring low income crops like paddy and sugarcane to lesser water requiring
high profit horticulture crops, especially vegetables and fruits through promotion of high
productivity and water conservation technologies.
For laying demonstrations on the farmers’ fields the unit cost will be adopted as per
the norms in Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH) and Pradhan
Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana (PMSKY) which is given in Attachment 4.3
Micro Irrigation for Horticulture Crops
Micro irrigation (MI) will consist of drip irrigation system combined with fertigation
equipment. Sprinkler system will be taken up in smaller areas in Ramnad district(Lower
Vaigai) under micro irrigation, it is planned to cover 11,069 ha at an outlay of Rs.110.00
Crore covering 28,000 beneficiaries. Per hectare project contribution will be Rs. 1.00 lakh for
cost of drip and fertigation materials and equipment for vegetables. The farmers’ contribution
will be in the form of labor for installing drip and fertigation systems approximately @
Rs.15, 000/ha.
The project support will vary based on spacing of the crops. Since most of the
vegetables are grown with the spacing below 1.2 m (4 ft), the project support for one hectare
will be @ Rs.1,00,000/ha for marginal/small farmers. For banana, the project assistance will
be @ Rs.85, 603/ha. In lower Vaigai sub basin(Ramnad district) for vegetables especially for
chilies only sprinkler will be used with the project assistance of 19,542/ha. The actual area
covered per farmer will be about one acre although it can vary depending upon various
factors like availability and suitability of the land for MI.

48
Selection criteria for micro irrigation
 Small and marginal farmers will be given preference.
 He/she should have assured irrigation resources through a tube well/well.
 He/she should have power supply through a functional power connection.
 He/she should give an undertaking to adopt the design of drip and
fertigation/sprinkler system.
 He/she should give an undertaking to maintain the drip and fertigation/sprinkler
system.
The micro irrigation beneficiaries will be selected by the village level Asst.
Horticulture Officers and block level Horticulture Officers under the guidance of block level
Asst. Director of Horticulture (ADH) and Joint Director of Horticulture (JDH)/Deputy
Director of Horticulture (DDH) of the district.
The officer in charge of selection of the beneficiary will get an application from the
farmer. The application along with relevant documents and lay out design will be scrutinized
by the block Horticulture Officer and Assistant Director of Horticulture.
Issue of Work order
Based on the merit of the individual application, design lay out and other documents,
the Joint Director of Horticulture/Deputy Director of Horticulture of the district will issue
work order to the concerned Firm approved by TANHODA Government of Tamilnadu.
Based on the work order, the Firm will install the micro irrigation/fertigation equipment on
the farmer’s field.
Verification and certification
On completion of installation of micro irrigation system to the satisfaction of the
farmer, a verification team comprising Joint Director of Horticulture/Deputy Director of
Horticulture of the district and the concerned Asstt. Engineer (AED) of Agriculture
Engineering Department will verify the installation, properly document and certify the same
for release of funds to the concerned MI Firm by the concerned Joint Director of
Horticulture/Deputy Director of Horticulture of the district.

Rs lakh
Drip
Total Indicative Type of materials Project
Farmer
Crop Area Number of Micro and contributi
contribution
(Ha) Farmers irrigation installation on
cost
Vegetables 10964 27740 Drip 12609 10964 1645
Vegetables 82 200 Sprinkler 16 16 0
T.C.Banana 23 60 Drip 23 20 3
Total 11069 28000 12648 11000 1648

Protected Cultivation of Vegetables and Flowers

Under promotion of climate resilience technologies, construction of poly green houses
and mulching technologies will be taken up.

Poly Green Houses:

The poly green house cultivation is more suited to Krishnagiri and Theni districts of
Pambar to Krishnagiri and Varahanadhi sub basins. In the polygreen house high value

49
horticulture crops like capsicum, cucumber and flowers like Dutch rose will be cultivated.
Under poly green houses, it is planned to take up 6000 sq.mts. at an outlay of Rs. 28.05 Lakh.
This programme will be implemented in selected sub basins ranging from 500 to 1000
sq.mt area per farmer. The provision covers the cost of erection of poly green house structure
including material and labour costs of erection. The approximate cost of erection of 1000
sq.mt will be 10.50 Lakh, of which the project assistance is 4.68 Lakh. The unit cost will be
fixed as per the norms in Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture (MIDH) as
followed in the ongoing programs in the Horticulture Department.

Selection criteria
 Small and marginal farmers will be given preference
 The village/location of the poly green house should be well connected with the
main/approach road
 He/she should have functional power supply with quality water sources from a tube
well/well.
The beneficiaries will be selected by the village level Asst. Horticulture Officer and
block level Horticulture Officer under the guidance of block level Asst. Director of
Horticulture and Joint Director of Horticulture/Deputy Director of Horticulture of the district.
The officer in charge of selection of the beneficiary will get an application from the farmer.
The application along with relevant documents and lay out design will be scrutinized by the
block Horticulture officer and ADH.
Issue of Work order
Based on the merit of the individual application, layout and other documents, the
JDH/DDH of the district will issue work order to the concerned farmer. Based on the work
order, the farmer will construct the polygreen house at the proposed site. The unit cost covers
the cost of material and construction cost.
Verification and certification
On completion of construction of poly green house by the farmer, the verification
team comprising JDH/DDH of the district and the concerned AE of Agriculture Engineering
department will verify the construction, duly document and certify the same for release of
project funds to the farmer by the concerned JDH/DDH of the district as back ended subsidy.
Rs lakh
Poly green house area Indicative Construction Project Farmer
(in sq.mts.) Number of cost contribution contribution
Farmers
6000 9 63 28 35

Mulching
Mulching is another component to be taken up in the project under protected
cultivation. The provision covers the cost of poly ethylene mulching sheets only. This
programme will be implemented in 844 ha of selected sub basins exclusively for vegetable
and banana in upper Bhavani at an outlay of Rs. 135 Lakh @ Rs 16000/ha. The labour for
installing the sheet and other costs will be borne by the farmer.
Selection criteria
 Small and marginal vegetable/banana growing farmers will be given preference.
 He/she should have an already functional drip irrigation system
 He/she should have power supply through a functional power connection.
50
 The beneficiaries will be selected by the village level Asst. Horticulture Officers and
block level Horticulture Officers under the guidance of block level Asst. Director of
Horticulture and Joint Director of Horticulture/Deputy Director of Horticulture of the district.
The officer in charge of selection of the beneficiary will get an application from the farmer.
The application along with relevant documents will be scrutinized by the block Horticulture
Officer and ADH.
Laying of Mulch:
Based on the merit of the individual application and other documents, the ADH of the
concerned block will scrutinize the application and recommend to the JDH/DDH of the
district for approval. After approval, the mulching sheets will be supplied to the beneficiary.
The field level officer in charge of this demo will periodically visit the field and guide the
farmer technically and also about maintaining the sheets properly.
Rs lakh
Area Indicative Material cost Project Farmer
(Ha) Number of contribution contribution
farmers
844 2000 270 135 135

Horticulture crop demonstrations

The focus of horticulture crop demonstrations will be on promoting diversification to
less water requiring, high income and more market-demand horticulture crops like
vegetables, fruits, spices and flowers. The demonstrations will cover an area of 45025 ha at
an out lay of Rs. 90.04 Crores. The size of individual demonstrations will vary from 0.2 to
1.0 acre depending upon nature of the crop – about 0.2 acre for flowers, 0.2-0.5 acre for
vegetables and up to 1.0 acre for fruits.
Based on the performance of the crop under demonstration and the income of the
stakeholder, the farmers nearby will be enthused to take up the crop without expecting any
financial assistance from the project. The required technical guidance will be given from
sowing to harvest of the crop by the technical staff of DoH.
Process and Implementation:
Each horticulture crop demonstration will be provided with inputs from the project
covering improved seeds/quality planting materials, fertilizer and bio pesticides. The demo
plots/farmers will be identified by the concerned Horticulture Officers and the Assistant
Horticulture Officers of the block. These officers will be responsible for conducting the
demonstrations and training of farmers participating in respective demonstrations and review
the adoption in their fields through periodic field visits. They will conduct trainings on
different aspects at the demonstration area at critical stages of crop.
Selection criteria for demonstration plot/farmer
 Easy accessibility on main/ approach road.
 He/she should have assured irrigation resources through a tube well/well
 Soil type is the representative of the majority of soil type in the village.
 The farmer should be cooperative and willing to adopt the complete package of
practices in a timely manner.
The beneficiaries will be selected by the village level Asst. Horticulture Officer and
block level Horticulture Officers under the guidance of block level Asst. Director of
Horticulture and Joint Director of Horticulture/Deputy Director of Horticulture of the district.

51
Selected farmers will be provided project inputs like seed, planting material, fertilizers, bio-
pesticides etc. well before the planting time.
Supervision by technical team members:
The project plans to utilize the existing departmental technical officers’ expertise
present in the districts and also by appointing Technical Input Provider (TIP) based on needs
for which necessary provisions are made in the cost table. The district/block level members
of Horticulture Department will supervise the demonstrations and trainings conducted at
village level. The existing members like Assistant Directors/Deputy Directors and Joint
Directors of Horticulture Department will be associated in supervision of the field activities.
The field level officers in charge of the demo will periodically visit the field and guide the
farmer technically so as to get more productivity and income.
The Horticulture Department at State and district level will play an important role in
supervision and facilitation of the overall process. At state level the Nodal Officer,
Horticulture Project Coordination Unit will monitor and guide the District officers in
implementing the demonstration and subsequent documentation and reporting.

The details of crop wise zone wise demonstrations are given below.

Sl.No. Crop NEZ NWZ WZ SZ Delta Total

I Vegetables
a Brinjal 1500 3500 2850 3150 580 11580
b Bhendi 2000 3000 3500 4400 1164 14064
c Tomato 0 3000 2000 972 28 6000
d G.Chillies 800 1500 1500 1615 385 5800
e Onion 0 200 500 273 27 1000
f Tapioca 0 0 409 0 91 500
g Gourds 450 500 561 800 189 2500
h Watermelon 1000 200 200 50 106 1556
Sub Total 5750 11900 11520 11260 2570 43000
II Fruits
a Mango 31 200 200 143 76 650
b Guava 10 150 163 150 27 500
c Pomegranate 0 75 50 75 0 200
d T.C.Banana 0 77 100 300 23 500
Sub Total 41 502 513 668 126 1850
III Spices
a Dry Chillies 0 25 20 80 0 125
IV Flower
a Tuberose 6 15 10 15 4 50
Grand Total 5797 12442 12063 12023 2700 45025

52
Year wise details of demonstrations

Sl.
Crop Year-1 Year-2 Year-3 Year-4 Year-5 Year-6 Total
No.
I Vegetables 5500 7200 7414 8600 8100 6186 43000
II Fruits
a Mango 60 110 170 110 110 90 650
b Guava 60 85 110 85 85 75 500
c Pomegranate 25 40 45 25 30 35 200
d T.C.Banana 75 85 85 90 95 70 500
a Dry Chillies 20 20 25 20 20 20 125
IV Flower
a Tuberose 8 10 8 8 8 8 50
Grand Total 5748 7550 7857 8938 8448 6484 45025

The project support for these demonstrations will include critical on-farm inputs like
seed, planting materials, fertilizers, etc. All other expenditures will be incurred by the
farmers themselves.
Promotion of reduced pesticide use in vegetable production
This concept is gaining momentum among farming community in recent times. It is
proposed to cover 5962 hectares under reduced pesticide use vegetable production in
clusters with an outlay of Rs 71.54 Lakh @ Rs.1200/ha. This program will be implemented in
300 IPM villages to be selected in clusters by Department of Agriculture.
Under this program, demonstrations are proposed only for vegetable crops. Village
campaigns will be organized in the selected villages to educate the farmers regarding reduced
use of pesticides in production of vegetables. Training strategies will be devised and given
keeping in view of the farmers need, demand for such vegetables and its market potentials.
The cost norms cover the cost of bio pesticides and fungicides only.
Selection criteria
 Vegetable demo farmers will be selected in the 300 IPM villages already selected by
Agriculture Department.
 Demonstration plots should preferably be on the road side.
 The farmer should be innovative and keen to adopt the recommended practices.
The beneficiaries will be selected by the village level Asst. Horticulture officers and
block level Horticulture Officers under the guidance of block level Asst. Director of
Horticulture and Joint Director of Horticulture/Deputy Director of Horticulture of the
District. The selected farmers will be supplied the required bio pesticides by DOH.
Rs lakh
Area(in Indicative Total cost of Bio Project Farmer
Ha) Number of pesticides contribution contribution
Farmer
5962 30,000 238 71 166
The project contribution indicated above is only for the supply of critical inputs. All
other expenditures will be incurred by the farmers themselves.
Capacity building training (IEC/CB)
Under this program, the farmers are provided with the capacity building aimed at
increasing production and productivity. Village level training to farmers on crop

53
diversification and laying of demonstrations will be given well before each season. This
program covers about 13200 farmers at the cost of Rs.26.40 Lakh regarding dissemination of
crop production technologies. Further to enthuse the farmers and to learn the key
technologies/practices being followed elsewhere to reap good harvest, exposure visits (inside
state/outside State) will be organized in all the 66 sub basins at a cost of Rs.66.00 Lakh.
Selection criteria
 Lead farmers who have actual interest in production of fruit, vegetable and flower
crops will be given preference.
 Local farmers who can influence the fellow farmers in the village in adoption of
improved practices will be selected.
 The farmers who have basic education and communication skill in the local language
will be chosen.
Publicity and propaganda activities including village meetings and exhibitions will be
held in all the sub basins to facilitate effective laying of the proposed horticulture
demonstrations in time all at the cost of Rs.360.20 Lakh @ Rs.800/ha. The total cost of all
activities proposed under IEC/CB is Rs.452.60 Lakh.

Activity wise IEC/CB project cost details Rs. Lakh.

Sl.No. Activities Details Unit cost Project cost
1. Village level Training 13200 No. 0.002 26.40
to farmers
2. Exposure visit to 3300No. 0.020 66.00
farmers and officers
within/outside state(66
batch of 50 each)
3 Publicity 45,025 Ha. 0.008 360.02
Total - - 452.60

4.3. Sub Component B.2: Improving Alternative Livelihood Sources through Livestock
and Inland Fisheries
4.3.1 Livestock Interventions
Objectives
Livestock production, in particular dairy sector contributes significantly to the
livelihoods and income generation for millions of small and marginal farming communities in
the sub basin by way of producing high value products. Additional investments in this sector
will provide an opportunity to increase milk production, leading to positive impacts in the
overall socio-economic-nutritional status of smallholder farmers in the project sub-basins.
The main objective of the livestock component is to improve the production potential of dairy
cattle to ensure increased contribution from the livestock to family income and also to
safeguard against potential reductions in yield or crop failure due to climate hazards.

Interventions
The interventions proposed are:
1. Farmer extension and technology dissemination programs through farmers’ group
approach – Dairy Interest Groups (DIG) will be promoted in the sub-basin villages
2. Addressing infertility issues in productive cows and buffaloes
3. Preventive health care and nutrition interventions aimed at improving the survival
4. Fodder development promotion and preservation

54
 5. Strengthening breeding program through strengthening the existing artificial
insemination (AI) network and establishing new AI units by placing a locally
trained youth
6. Infrastructure strengthening for veterinary and disease surveillance units
7. Linking Government of India Animal identification system program to enable ICT
based MIS. Project will supplement this activity by providing Animal cards.
8. Capacity development programs for AHD officers
9. Project documentation and impact assessment

The approach
The project has a focus on formation of Dairy Interest Groups (DIGs) consisting of 25
members of which 30% will be women. Demonstration activities by way of fodder, calf
management, mastitis management and infertility management will be conducted utilizing
DIGs. This activity is expected to demonstrate better dairy farming practices to large number
of farmers resulting in sustained adoption and improvements in milk productivity. Each
farmer of the DIG in turn is expected to horizontally disseminate the advantages of better
animal husbandry practices to other farmers in their village. The problem analysis indicates a
need for breed improvement to bring in change in productivity of animals. The project will
thus make efforts to upgrade the local stock to improve the production potential of the
livestock population owned in the project area by strengthening the existing the AHD AI
centers and also training local youth as AI technicians.
Another important area of attention is the cattle management which needs focused
attention. The cattle owners currently practice zero investment animal husbandry and get very
low returns. They will be provided an orientation on scope and potential of the dairy farming
and will be encouraged to improve the management practices. Orientation of cattle owners on
nutrition management and providing encouragement and support in this area will be another
important intervention.
The project realizes the need for not only long term sustainability but also resilience
of the livestock development efforts. Hence, the veterinarians and livestock inspectors in the
project area will be provided necessary infrastructure and will take up breed development by
performing artificial insemination with high quality semen at the farmer’s door steps. Semen
will be sourced by direct contracting with reputed frozen semen center’s like M/s.SAG, Mega
Semen station, Alamadhi and M/s.BAIF. The Project will support the veterinarians and
livestock inspectors with necessary operating cost for the above work. In addition, to ensure
timely availability of AI services in the villages itself, local youths will be trained on AI and
equipped with AI infrastructures and necessary operating cost for the above work.
Other than breeding coverage, the AHD veterinary institutions functioning at the
village, Panchayat, municipality, taluk and district level will be involved in other activities of
the project like preventive health cover, disease diagnosis, management and treatment. In
addition, their services will also be utilized for training, extension and fodder development
activities to farmers and their livestock.
The services of the field veterinary institutions namely the Clinician Centers,
Veterinary Hospitals, Veterinary Dispensaries and Veterinary Sub centers functioning in the
project area will be efficiently tapped to implement all the animal husbandry inventions of the
project. Further for disease surveillance, prevention and control, the services of Animal
Disease Intelligence Units and for providing the breeding inputs, the services of Cattle
Breeding and Fodder Development Units will be utilized. The project will support to not only
strengthen the above centers but will also appropriately fill the gaps in terms of capacity
building, logistics and consultancy support.

55
Dairy Interest Groups
Farmer training, demonstrations, exposure visits, field days and extension program
will be implemented through organizing Dairy Interest Groups (DIG) in conjunctions with
the activities of Water User Associations. Farmers’ Field School approach will be used to
demonstrate the new technologies. Sub basins will have 1 to 11 DIGs and each group will
consist of 25 members, of which 30% will be women. Organizing the group will follow
consultative meetings in each of the group village followed by one day training and one day
exposure visit. In year two and three the groups will be followed by one group meeting every
year. Besides, continuous interaction will be ensured in DIGs by way of fodder, calf
management, mastitis management and infertility management demonstrations. This activity
is expected to demonstrate better dairy farming practices to large number of farmers resulting
in sustained adoption and improvements in milk productivity. Each farmer of the DIG in turn
is expected to horizontally disseminate the advantages of better animal husbandry practices to
other farmers in their village. It is expected that at least 100 farmers in total will acquire and
adopt improved animal husbandry practices through the project interventions.

Farmer’s Interactive Meetings:

Before implementation of the project interventions, Farmer’s Interactive Meetings
will be conducted at a common place spread over the sub basin. The meetings will help to
know the basic needs of the farmers, planning other interventions and identification of Dairy
Interest Farmers and other farmers who are in need of various inputs that are to be provided
under the project. During the meeting, farmers will be enlightened on the benefits of
adopting good dairy farming practices and will be motivated to adopt dairying in an
entrepreneurial way. A cost of Rs.1,000/- is earmarked for conducting a meeting and 3 such
meetings will be conducted for selection of Dairy Interest Farmers. A total of 25 farmers with
a minimum of 30% women participants will be selected and called Dairy Interest Group
(DIGs). DIGs will be formally grouped and they will meet regularly and maintain meeting
logs. AHD officers will randomly make visits to their groups and discuss on their issues
while undertaking other group activities.
Training of Farmers:
Farmers will be provided one day training on better practices in dairy farming,
importance of balanced feeding, cultivation of fodder crops, feeding of unconventional feeds,
calf and heifer management, diseases generally affecting the livestock, their symptoms and
control measures. They will also be enlightened on the importance of breeding, deworming,
vaccination, mastitis control and clean milk production.

Exposure Visit
Within one month of the training program, they will be taken to an Exposure Visit to
a progressive and market oriented dairy farm adopting good dairy farming practices. The
exposure visit will help the farmers to visualize directly the impacts of better livestock
rearing and also interaction at the field level with the progressive farmer in his farm will
certainly boast the confidence level of the trainee farmers to adopt the improved techniques.
Training will be provided in the nearest veterinary institution or in a common place provided
free of cost in batches of 25. For the training, each trainee will be given Rs.100/day towards
transport cost from their residence to the place of training; logistic expenses @ Rs.100/day
towards working lunch, tea and snacks; training material (note pad, pen and manual) worth
Rs.100/-. To motivate the trainer, a trainer honorarium of Rs.250/- per day will be provided.
In addition Rs.500/- will be provided for miscellaneous and unforeseen expenditure.
Likewise for exposure visit, each trainee will be given Rs.100/day towards transport cost
from their residence to the place of training and logistic expenses @ Rs.100/day towards
56
working lunch, tea and snacks. A trainer honorarium of Rs.250/- per day and Rs.10000/- for
hiring of vehicle will be provided. A total cost of Rs.8250/- towards training and Rs.15250/-
towards exposure visit has been ear marked for training each batch of Dairy Interest Group
consisting of 25 farmers.
Follow-up Meeting for Dairy Interest Groups: To review the progress of the Dairy
Interest Groups and overcome any hitches faced by the group, frequent interaction with the
group by the department is essential This will not only help in accessing the current stage of
the group but will also help in binding the group; apart from providing a platform for
interaction among them. 2 Follow-up Meetings for Dairy Interest Groups at the rate of one
per year during second and third year are indicated to be conducted. A cost of Rs.1,000/- is
ear marked per Follow-up Meeting for a Dairy Interest Group consisting of 25 farmers and
for 2 such meetings, Rs.2000/- is ear marked. Totally Rs.28500/- is ear marked for one Dairy
Interest Group for 3 years.

Demonstrations through Dairy Interest Groups

Calf Management Demonstrations
‘Today’s calf is tomorrow’s cow’. Successful rearing of young calves is the key to the
success of dairy farming enterprise. Calves are future replacement stock for the cows. Calf
care is not only essential for sustenance of dairy industry but also for preserving and
maintaining our good quality germ plasm and ensures early maturity. Farmer’s hardly pay
attention to the younger female animals and invest very little, which results in delayed age at
first calving, non-availability of replacement heifers in sufficient numbers and poor economic
returns. To demonstrate the impacts of better calf management, the genetically improved
female calves born through AI program will be followed through heifer stage by means of
regular deworming and mineral supplementation. Since deworming and growth follow up
requires constant monitoring, one of the female members of the DIGs will be trained in
regular deworming and growth monitoring of the female calves. Around 75 calves are
targeted per year per DIG for five years period under this activity. Important aspects in calf
rearing are health and nutrition management. Calf mortality is mostly associated with
housing, feeding, management practices, weather conditions, external and internal parasitic
infestations and bacterial infections especially those causing septicemia and enteritis. These
lead to economic loss to the farmers in terms of higher calf mortality, poor growth rate,
delayed maturity and poor productivity. Hence it is proposed to improve the health profile
and productive life by better calf to heifer management by demonstration through:
 Periodical deworming
 Distribution of nutrient supplements

Periodical Deworming:
Parasitism in one of the important constraints in better calf rearing in sub-tropics and
tropics, where environment provide near perfect conditions for development and survival of
parasites. This poses a serious health threat and limitation to calf rearing. They cause direct
and indirect impacts. Generally, farmers in the sub basin do not practice the schedule of
periodical deworming leading to increased calf mortality and draining of the high genetic
potential calf, thereby affecting sustainable dairy development. Hence, periodical deworming
will be performed to genetically improved heifer calves in the sub basin by deworming four
times a year with oral tablets/bolus as a demo activity. On birth, they will be administered a
first dose at the age of 7-10 days, followed by second dose at 30-35 days, third dose at 80-85
days and fourth dose at 200-210 days. For this, a cost of Rs.65/- per animal is earmarked for
procurement of deworming medicines required to deworm an animal four times a year. 75
calves per year per DIG will be covered under this activity.
57
Distribution of nutrient supplements (salt mineral licks):
Generally, farmers in the sub basin depend of crop residues for feeding the calves.
These are a poor source of minerals. Further, certain feeds contain anti-metabolites such as
oxalates, silicates, phytates, gossypol which further limit the bio-availability of minerals from
the gastro-intestinal tract. Hence, mineral supplementation needs to be focused. Vitamins and
mineral supplements like Calcium, Phosphorus, Manganese, Magnesium, Zinc, Cobalt and
Sodium are crucial in improving the health profile and productive life of the calves born with
high merit semen. Calcium and Phosphorus are essential for normal bone development.
Manganese is important to improve the fertility. Cobalt is important in ruminants for its part
in Vitamin B12 synthesis. Zinc and Magnesium are essential for normal growth. Salt is an
essential mineral to maintain appetite, weight gain and milk production. At present, the
adoption level of farmers providing vitamins and mineral supplements to their calves is low.
Hence, mineral supplements in the form of salt mineral licks to heifer calves born from high
yielding cows at a cost of Rs.70/- per lick will be provided. Salt lick will be provided from
third month to 18 months at the rate of 1 kg per month. Totally, 7 licks is ear marked per
animal at a total cost of Rs.455/- per animal. 75 calves per year per DIG will be covered
under this activity.
Mastitis Management Demonstrations
Next to infertility, mastitis is the major issue affecting the economics of dairy animal
production. Mastitis is a major management disease that causes serious losses to the dairy
industry due to discarded milk, early culling, drug costs, veterinary costs, increased labor and
primarily decreased quantity and quality of milk and manufactured products. Clinical mastitis
is easy to detect and hence amenable for immediate treatment. Subclinical mastitis on the
other hand is an invisible malady, and routine surveillance and monitoring is necessary for its
detection. In modern dairy management, subclinical mastitis contributes to 20-25% of the
burden of mastitis. While cross breeding programme has increased milk production, the
threshold for susceptibility to diseases has possibly increased the incidence of mastitis. Hence
it is important that farmers need to be cognizant of this fact and need to perform routine
screening of milk samples to device appropriate management practices. This will help in
efficient implementation of mastitis control programs to ensure quality milk production;
thereby increasing the lactation length and profitability of the farmers. The mastitis incidence
in the sub basin is around 30%. The project aims to reduce this incidence to 5% levels by way
of implementing mastitis control program. A mix of control measures using teat dips and sub
clinical mastitis detection kits along with use of modern traditional medicinal systems will be
demonstrated to the farmers that could result in effective control of mastitis, and improving
milk quality and reduction of antibiotic residues in milk. In the project the farmers will be
enlightened on the above points and lactating animals will be regularly screened. The animals
showing sub clinical or clinical mastitis will be treated accordingly. In addition, the farmers
who are regularly affected with mastitis and progressive farmers having 2 or more animals
will be provided with mastitis prevention kits to control the incidence of mastitis. This demo
effect is not only expected to control the incidence of mastitis in their farm but is also
expected to spread horizontally to other farmers, thereby improving the quality and quantity
of milk produced. 90 animals per year per DIG under prevention kit @ Rs.200/- per animal
and 27 animals per year per DIG under treatment kit @ Rs.200/- per animal will be covered
under this activity.
Infertility Management Programs
Around 30% of the breedable animals face some kind of infertility or sub fertility
which directly affects the milk yield, productive life cycle and number of calves born. The
project aims to reduce the level to 15%. The expected reduction in days in inter-calving
58
period due to correction of infertility problem would be 60 days, which is expected to bring
in savings of Rs.3000/- per animal in terms of avoiding feeding during long dry period due to
infertility. Under this intervention, special camps (Fertility cum Health Care Camps) and 3
follow up visits will be organized at a cost of Rs.14000/- and focused fertility treatment will
be carried out. Every DIG will receive 12 infertility camps in a year. Ten animals will be
covered under estrous synchronization per infertility camp to demonstrate the impacts of
controlled breeding and also to reduce the calving interval, thereby bringing better economic
returns to the farmers and the estimated cost saving is around Rs.3000 per animal.

Special Camps: Prior to camp, publicity will be given regarding the village where the
camp is to be conducted and nearby villages. In addition, the day and place where the camp is
to be conducted will be displayed in the Water Users Association building and veterinary
institution. The services of the veterinarians and para-veterinarians working in the Animal
Husbandry Department in the project area will be utilized for conducting the camps. Where
ever possible, the services of Cattle Breeding and Fodder Development Unit will be utilized.
In these camps, various activities like health care, disease prevention, vaccination against
endemic diseases, deworming, castration, pregnancy verification, fertility treatment, etc. will
be carried out free of cost. Prime importance will be given in the camps to identify the
animals for sub-fertility and follow up treatment. A cost of Rs.10,000/- towards procurement
of drugs, medicines, hormones and mineral supplements and Rs.2,000/- towards publicity,
propaganda and miscellaneous charges will be provided for each camp.
Improving the fertility in female bovines cannot be solved by merely conducting the camps
and providing treatment on a single day. But follow up visits can play a vital role in
improving the fertility in bovines thereby improving the overall conception and calving rate.
Hence, provision for hiring the vehicle for moving the LN2 containers, drugs, castrator, etc
on the day of the camp and for three follow up visits at the rate of Rs.500/- per visit or totally
Rs.2,000/- is ear marked. In the follow up visits, a vehicle will be hired and the village where
the camp was conducted will be re-visited and necessary follow up treatment will be provided
to the animals identified for further follow up during the camp.

Programmed Breeding: Repeat breeding, sub fertility and anestrum are the major
stumbling blocks in improving the productive and reproductive potential in bovines and
stands as a limiting factor in milk production. These problems could be due to multi-various
etiology factors and cannot be pin pointed. The estimated loss due to failure in the economic
traits such as inter-calving period, lactation length, lactation yield, service period, number of
services per conception, gestation length, etc can be regulated by programmed breeding with
hormone substitution. Programmed breeding not only regulates the conception, calving and
milk production, but the non-settlers (which have failed to conceive) can also be easily
identified and subjected for further treatment thereby creating a fertile and fruitful zone of
genetically improved cattle. In the sub basins, Controlled Internal Drug Release (CIDR)
containing progesterone will be utilized to increase the conception rate in infertile and sub
fertile cows, thereby creating a zone of fertile, high-yielding dairy animals which can play a
great role in steady milk production.

The methodology will be as follows:

 Veterinarians will identify animals showing anestrus and repeat breeding during the
special camps, animals visiting the veterinary institutions or during visits to perform AI.
 Gross appearance and rectal examination to assess the condition of the genitals will be
done.
 Eligible animals will be first dewormed with oral bolus.
59
  On the same day, one kg of mineral mixture will be provided to the farmer and advised
to feed @ 25 Gms per day. The farmer will be advised to feed the animal well with
concentrates and green fodder.
 After 22 days, the animal will be re-examined for signs of pregnancy. If pregnant, the
animal will be removed from the program. If not pregnant, the cyclical status especially
ovarian status will be assessed and the animal will be selected. Likewise for each
special camp, 10 animals will be selected for programmed breeding.
 Then the selected animal will be subjected to programmed breeding as per the following
schedule:

1. Day 0: Controlled Internal Drug Release [CIDR] device will be inserted intra-
vaginally. Farmer will be again given one kg of mineral mixture and advised to feed @
25 gms per day. Also will be advised to feed the animal well with concentrates and
green fodder and bring the animal back on 8th day.
2. Day 8: Inj. Prostaglandin F2 -Inj. Cloprostenol will be administered to the animal
inserted CIDR and advised to bring the animal next day.
3. Day 9: CIDR will be removed and advised to bring the animal back after 2 days.
4. Day 11: Animal will be examined and observations regarding uterine tone and heat
signs recorded. Animals will be artificially inseminated and advised to bring the
animal next day.
5. Day 12: Repeat artificial insemination will be performed and advised to bring the
animal if the animal exhibits signs of estrum or will be advised to bring after 3 months.
6. Day 30-37: If the farmer brings the animal saying that the animal is showing signs of
estrum, artificial insemination will be performed.
7. Day 90-120: If the farmer brings the animal after 3 months, the animal will be
examined for pregnancy status.

A cost of Rs.1450/- per animal that includes Rs.1185/- towards the procurement of
de-wormers, mineral mixture, hormones and CIDR; Rs.200/- towards hiring of vehicle for 5
visits and Rs.65/- towards miscellaneous cost is earmarked.
Fodder cultivation Demonstrations
Fodder deficit in the sub basin villages is to the tune of 30-40%. The shortfall need to
be addressed by increasing the fodder bio mass by providing improved varieties and
technology dissemination through Dairy Interest Groups. For every DIG, AHD proposes to
undertake fodder development in 15 ha with a combination of seasonal and annual fodder
crops. Tree fodder cultivation will be demonstrated in about 0.4 ha per group. Efforts will be
made to demonstrate the importance of fodder conservation by exposing them to practices
adopted by nearby progressive farmers in the village. To fill the short fall, there is a need to
invest heavily in this activity, but the TNIAMP fodder demonstrations are expected to act as a
stimulating factor to adopt extensive fodder development initiatives of the Government.
TNIAMP fodder initiatives are expected to reduce the fodder gap by around 2% in the project
villages.
Distribution of fodder slips and seeds: In the sub basins, one of the major difficulties
noticed in non-propagation of the practice of fodder cultivation with the farmers is non-
availability of the fodder seeds and slips at the farmer’s door steps. Farmers are reluctant to
transport fodder seeds and slips from distances considering the man hours lost and non-
availability of quality inputs. Hence, to propagate fodder development, fodder seeds and slips
will be supplied free of cost to the farmers at their door steps or nearest to their door steps. In
addition, propagation in cultivation of tree fodder like Agathi (Sesbania), etc. not only in the
60
farmers land but also in the bunds and gap areas available near the house of the farmers will
be explored. These farmers will act as demo farmers for other farmers to take up this
activity.
The types of fodder planned for distribution is as follows:
Financial Financial
Average
cost for cost for Total
Quantity Yield per
Sl. inputs transport cost per
Type of fodder required per hectare
No. per per hectare
hectare per year
hectare hectare (In Rs.)
(In tons)
(In Rs.) (In Rs.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 5+6 = 7
1 Co3 / Co4 / Co5 slips 40,000 slips 250 20,000 4,000 24,000
2 Fodder cholam 40 kg seeds 40 2,500 100 2,600
3 Fodder maize 40 kg seeds 40 2,400 100 2,500
4 Hedge Lucerne 10 kg seeds 125 5,500 100 5,600
5 Cow pea 35 kg seeds 30 3,900 100 4,000
6 Agathi 10 kg seeds 35 4,000 100 4,100

Strengthening mobile Artificial Insemination network

Training of local youth as AI technician and equipping them with mobile AI
infrastructure:
To ensure timely availability of AI services in the villages itself, AHD is planning to
select and train the local youth and equip him or her with AI infrastructures. These centers
will function under the control of respective AHD veterinary institution. AI inputs such as
frozen semen will be procured and given to the AI technicians while liquid nitrogen will be
made available by AHD as practiced for “MAITRI”(AI workers supported by Tamilnadu
Livestock Development Agency (TNLDA)). The cost incurred for the supply of liquid
nitrogen to these AI technicians will be met from project funds. Mobility costs for
performing AI, pregnancy and calf born verification will be provided from the project.
Further, they will be permitted to collect a maximum of Rs.50/- as insemination charges or at
rates fixed by the Government from time to time from the farmer. The local youth will be
selected from the group villages and he/she will continue to stay and provide the service
throughout.

Strengthening Existing AHD AI Centre:

Animal Husbandry Department has 800 AI centers in the sub-basin villages which are
mainly stationary centers. Farmers have to bring the animal to the institutions to carry out the
artificial insemination and they find great difficulties in souring the man power to bring the
animals for artificial insemination. Further, in some areas farmers have to bring the animals
from long distances. All the above factors have a negative effect on the success of AI
program and farmers prefer to have their animals inseminated at their door steps as this not
only saves their man hours but also increases the success rate. On technical ground, timing of
AI contributes greatly to the success. To circumvent the issues of mobility and round the
clock AI services, AHD is planning to convert the existing 800 AI centers into mobile AI
centers by providing mobile AI infrastructures (AI gun, mobile 1.5 liters liquid nitrogen
containers, semen straws, AI accessories), mobility charges to meet the mobility costs and
capacity building for the existing staff on good AI techniques. The input requirement such as
liquid nitrogen will be made available through regular AHD supply.
Infrastructure: Infrastructures are AI guns, 1.5 liter LN2 containers and thawing
flasks. Three 304 grade clip type artificial insemination guns per institution will be procured
61
at a rate of Rs.3,000/- per gun. For carrying out artificial insemination at the farmers’ door
steps, 1.5 liter LN2 containers, thermal strips and thawing flask will be provided to the
stationery centers that are to be made stationary cum mobile at the rate of Rs.10,000/- each
under the project.
Breeding Inputs: Breeding inputs required are frozen semen straws, LN2, disposable
gloves and miscellaneous cost for the transport of frozen semen straws and LN2. A cost of
Rs.15/- is ear marked for procurement per frozen semen straw. The LN2 generally procured
for the regular department activity would be utilized for the project work and no separate
procurement of LN2 will be made under the project. However, a cost of Rs.3/- per frozen
semen straw is ear marked to the Cattle Breeding and Fodder Development Units towards
transport / handling of frozen semen straws and LN2 to the AI centers.
Mobility charges: In the project area, publicity and propaganda will be carried out
that AI services will be available at the farmers’ door steps at rates fixed by the Government
from time to time. The contact numbers of veterinarians and para-veterinarians will be given
to the Water User’s Association, local representatives, etc. On call, the veterinarian or para-
veterinarian in whose jurisdiction the area falls will carry out the artificial insemination at the
farmers’ door steps. He will be permitted to collect a maximum of Rs.50/- as professional
charges or at rates fixed by the Government from time to time from the farmer. Though most
of the farmers will not pay the above charge for the service rendered, it will help in avoiding
unnecessary calls from the farmers as most of the farmers will call unnecessarily if the
artificial insemination is carried out free of cost at their door step. As the veterinarian / para-
veterinarian has to make his own convenience for performing the artificial insemination at the
farmer’s door steps, he will be provided mobility charges @ Rs.20/- per artificial
insemination; Rs.20/- per pregnancy verification and Rs.20/- per calf born verification from
the project.
Presently AI coverage in the sub-basin villages is around 45-50% of the breedable
population, and this project aims to improve the AI coverage by an additional 15%. Over a
period of five years, TNIAMP will perform an additional 1.1 million AI in 66 sub basins.

Piloting of Sexed Semen:

Disposal of male calves born out of crossbred population is of limited use for
agricultural operations and the religious taboos and ban on cattle slaughter poses hurdles in
disposal of crossbred male calves. In addition, the growing dairy sector demands availability
of replacement heifers on faster stride. To circumvent these issues, the project aims to pilot
use of sexed semen which can assure production of 90% female calves against the
conventional ratio of 50%. 2000 sexed semen doses will be piloted in select AHD institutions
having high grade HF and Jersey cow population. Only one AI per animal will be taken up. If
the animal does not settle with first AI, the second AI will be done with regular semen. In this
way piloting will be carried out in 2000 animals. To enhance fertility, GnRH will be
administered at the time of AI. Based on the success rate of sexed semen, the project will
consider expanding in the subsequent phases. Cost of one sexed semen dose along with
GnRH is ear marked at Rs. 1500/- per AI.

Establishing animal identification system by provision of animal card

Identification of the animal is necessary to document the project interventions and to
implement an effective breeding and preventive animal health care interventions. GOI and
GOTN is planning to implement a comprehensive animal identification system and to create
a nationwide digital data base. TNIAMP will link this initiatives of the Government for
identifying the animals, and for project monitoring purpose will provide individual animal
cards for the animals in which AI has been performed, fertility treatment provided, heifer

62
management activities, etc., It will record comprehensive details like species, breed, age,
milking status, pregnancy and calving status as well as owner’s profile like name, village,
veterinary institution, block, district and sub basin. For each card, a cost of Rs.5/- is
earmarked.

Improving the delivery of veterinary services through strengthening essential

infrastructure in the veterinary institutions and diagnostic centers
Strengthening of Field Veterinary Institutions
Well-equipped infrastructure is the key to provide quality veterinary services and
breeding coverage to the livestock in the sub basin. Equipment like sterilizer, refrigerator,
castrator, microscope, milk teat instruments and needle destroyer are essential to carry out the
routine functions of the veterinary institution in an efficient, hygienic and environment
friendly way. At present some of the veterinary institutions in the sub basin do not have the
above equipment or may not be in working condition. The equipment may be beyond repair
and needs replacement. Hence, essential infrastructure like sterilizer, refrigerator, castrator,
microscope, milk teat instruments and needle destroyer will be provided to institutions
functioning in the sub basin which do not have it / or not in working condition at present. 400
such veterinary institutions located in the project area will be assisted with strengthening
activity at the rate of Rs. 45,000 per veterinary institution.

Strengthening of Animal Disease Intelligence Units (ADIU)

Diagnosing the problems and diseases at an early stage will go a long way in not only
improving the health status of livestock in the sub basin but will also help to sustain the
animal productivity, thereby improving the profitability through livestock rearing. At
present, various readymade kits are available to detect not only multi-various diseases but
also to assess the health status of the animal at pre-clinical stage itself. Hence for early and
accurate diagnosis, various diagnostic kits at a cost of Rs.50,000/- per year will be made
available to the veterinary institutions and diagnostic centers providing services in the sub
basin. In addition, high resolution microscope facilities at a cost of Rs.55,000/- is ear marked
to each of the ADIU in project area. 19 ADIUs will be assisted with this activity. 4 ADIUs
will be assisted with new establishment with provision of diagnostic equipment like laminar
flow, vertical autoclave and bacteriological incubator at a cost of Rs.1,25,000 each.

Data Capture on Project Interventions at Field Level

To assess the success or failure of the project interventions carried out under the
Project, it is essential to properly and systemically document all the activities carried out
under the project. For proper data capture, it is imperative to provide the necessary hard and
soft ware. At present the facilities available at the sub basin Nodal offices (Regional Joint
Director’s office) and implementing offices (Divisional Deputy Director’s office) for data
capture is low. More over reports will be called regularly by the Collectorate, Government,
WRO, MDPU and AHD Headquarters. Hence, there is a need to strengthen these offices. To
enhance the efficiency of MIS, Rs.70000/- has been ear marked per sub basin Nodal office
(Regional Joint Director’s office) and Implementing offices (Divisional Deputy Director’s
office) to provide computer facility with printers and 100 offices will be supported in the
project area.

Documentation of the Project Activities

For routine documentation of the project activities at the veterinary institution level,
Rs.500/- per institution will be provided for printing of health card, fodder distribution
register, fertility camp register, follow-up visit register, artificial insemination register, etc.
63
Like wise to maintain records, duplicate vouchers and to carry out miscellaneous and
unforeseen expenditure, Rs.700/- per institution will be provided. 800 institutions will be
supported in the project area.
To conduct impact studies on project interventions at the field level, impact studies
will be carried out on milk production through appropriate sampling and validated
methodologies. For the above purpose, veterinarians / para-veterinarians and farmers will be
involved. Suitable Proforma and guidelines will be developed in consultation with the World
Bank. The selected veterinarians / para-veterinarians will be provided training on capturing
the data at the field level. Each veterinarian / para-veterinarian will randomly select 10
farmers in their jurisdiction and they will enlighten the farmers on the methodology to be
adopted for recording the data and provided suitable formats for recording. The farmer will
record the needed data once in a month on a specified date for a minimum of 5 months. The
veterinarian / para-veterinarian will make periodical visit to the farmer to assist the farmer in
recording the data. After recording the data, the data will be compiled, evaluated and outputs
assessed. The veterinarian / para-veterinarian has to make a minimum of 7 visits per farmer
and a cost of Rs.140/- is ear marked per veterinarian / para-veterinarian to make 7 visits per
farmer. The farmers to provide the data, they will be provided a onetime lump sum incentive
of Rs.100/- per individual after successful completion of the data collection. In addition,
Rs.100/- per veterinarian / para-veterinarian towards data entry at field level and Rs.60/-
towards data compilation at HO level has been ear marked.

Capacity Building for Animal Husbandry Department Officers

Orientation Training on Implementation of the Project:
Two days orientation training to veterinarians, para-veterinarians and staff working in
the sub basin during the afternoon without disturbing the day to day activities of the
veterinary institution will be provided at a cost of Rs.400/- per institution to 800 institutions.

Training to Veterinarians on technical areas:

Veterinarians in the sub-basin will be given training on various technical aspects like
animal feeding, breeding, fertility, animal health, food safety and traditional systems like
ethno-veterinary practices. In addition, they will be permitted to attend important
seminars/conferences/workshops conducted on the above technical areas across the country A
cost Rs.15,000/- is ear marked per individual for 400 veterinarians.

Training to Veterinarians on Disease Diagnosis:

Veterinarians will be given training on morphological, histopathological and
molecular diagnosis of prevailing, emerging and re-emerging diseases of livestock in various
collages / institutes across the country. In addition, they will be permitted to attend important
seminars/conferences/workshops conducted on disease diagnosis across the country. A cost
Rs.10,000/- is ear marked per individual for 100 veterinarians.

International Training / Exposure Visit:

With the gaining in importance of emergent trans-boundary diseases, it is the need of
the hour to have a direct on-field exposure to countries where not only animal husbandry
activities are progressive but also where good disease containment are enforced and where
animal productivity has been enhanced by carrying out simple corrections and techniques.
Developed countries also implement advanced and sustainable breeding programs which may
provide ample opportunities for replication. Therefore, on-field visit to these areas will help
to directly experience and learn the techniques. Also, this will be of great help in extending

64
the platform for bringing in the desired adoptable technologies to our state, which may pave
way for climate resilient and sustainable animal production. A cost Rs.5/- Lakh per official is
ear marked for sending 10 officials to other countries for international training / exposure
visit.

Activities at Project Coordination Unit at AHD office Head quarters - Establishment and
Operation of Project Cell at Head Office
A Project Cell in the Animal Husbandry Department Headquarters will be established
and operated for the entire project period for smooth implementation of the project. This cell
will act as a liaising between the Department, Government, World Bank and Project Office.
Further, this cell will liaise with the Nodal Offices (Regional Joint Director) and
Implementing Offices (Deputy Director) and help them in preparation of the Sub basin
development plan activities. This cell will supervise and monitor the field activities and will
be involved in sub basin wise fund distribution and monitoring the expenditure.
For effective functioning of the Cell, it will be equipped with necessary infrastructure
like computers, printers and peripherals, laptop, UPS, basic furniture, Almira, DSLR camera
and color printer cum copier cum scanner. For connectivity, the cell will be provided with
cell phones and data card for net accessibility. Also, provision will be made under
contingencies for stationeries, miscellaneous and unforeseen expenditure. Hiring charges for
hiring vehicle for carrying out routine field visit to the sub basins and a motor bike for
mobility of the Project Cell staff to MDPU, Government, etc. will be provided. In addition, 2
staffs one for physical monitoring and reporting to WB/MDPU and other for procurement
will be provided at a cost of Rs.20,000/- per staff per month. Totally, Rs.53.95/- lakh is
earmarked at present and further assistance will be provided from the project in the
implementation years on justification and approval of the World Bank.

Role of DAH
It is planned to take up the project interventions in collaboration with the DAH. The
primary role under the collaborative arrangement will be on integrating the animal health
services in project area with a result oriented approach. Concerned district level Joint/Deputy
Directors of Animal Husbandry will work on livestock development sub-component in the
project area where tank rehabilitation is to be taken up. The list of villages falling under the
command area of the tank / ayacut will be provided by the concerned official of PWD. A
district plan in collaboration within the district officials and consolidated to the Sub basin
development plan will be prepared. The support of material inputs, technical backup, training
will be included as part of the proposal.
Monitoring and evaluation will be done as part of the project monitoring and learning
proposed under the project. In addition, the concerned JD / DAH will undertake periodic
reviews of physical and financial progress achieved. Need based support will also be
provided for training and capacity building of field and supervisory staff of Department of
Animal Husbandry.

TANUVAS
TANUVAS will undertake programs for sensitizing farmers On “NUTRITIONAL
SUPPLEMENTAL STRATEGY” DEVELOPED AT TANUVAS TO INCREASE
PRODUCTIVITY IN DAIRY CATTLE AND MITIGATE METHANE EMISSION”
Objectives
a. Demonstrating the impacts of critical nutrient supplementation to dairy cattle to increase
milk production and mitigate methane production

65
 b. Establishment of mineralized salt lick production units using TANUVAS technology for
Dairy Interest Groups
c. Popularizing the technology for adoption.

Planning and implementation Structure

 The Vice chancellor (TANUVAS) shall delegate sanction to the officers for the
implementation of the Project at TANUVAS.
 Director of Research (TANUVAS) shall be the Nodal officer in coordinating with nodal
officer identified by Animal Husbandry department and MDPU for implementation of the
project.
 Principal investigator (Professor, Institute of Animal Nutrition (IAN), TANUVAS) and
Co principal investigator (Assistant Professor, IAN, TANUVAS) shall be responsible for
planning and implementation of the project.
 The staff of the various farms, KVK’s, VUTRC’s, FTC’s will coordinate with Principal
investigator, Co-principal investigator, line department staff (VAS) and farmers for
implementing the project.

Pre Implementation strategies

 On administrative Sanction, Vice Chancellor, TANUVAS will delegate / assign the staff
of VUTRC’s /KVK’s / FTC’s / Farms who will coordinate the work with the Principal
investigator, Co-principal investigator, staff of line department and farmers.
 On administrative Sanction, the principal investigator will prepare the detailed modalities
of implementation and initiate the purchase of the equipment involved in setting up of the
production plant.
 In concurrence with the nodal officer Animal Husbandry, a plan will be laid out in the
selection of beneficiaries.
 The Principal investigator along with Co-principal investigator will chart out the
modalities on data documentation and providing capacity building program for farmers.

Implementation
The following will be the implementation schedule of the project
I. Establishment of exclusive project coordination unit at Institute of Animal Nutrition
(IAN), Kattupakkam, TANUVAS – 0-6 months
II. Orientation for scientists concerned – 0 to 6 months
III. Selection of Lactating cattle, Pre-supplementation data collection and interpretation –
7 to 60 months
IV. Setting up of Production Plant – 0 to 12 months
V. Production and distribution of supplement at free of cost – 13 to 66 months
VI. Post supplementation data collection and documentation – 18 to 72 months
VII. Setting up of mineralized salt lick production units in selected farmers dairy groups
a. Orientation training for farmers - 7 to 18 months
b. Selection of farmers dairy groups - 7 to 18 months
c. Technical training to members of selected groups – 13 to 30 months
d. Setting up of mineralized salt lick production units in selected farmers dairy groups
– 19 to 36 months
VIII. Report preparation and Preparing plant for sustainable production -69 to 72 months

66
I. Establishment of exclusive project coordination unit at Institute of Animal
Nutrition (IAN), Kattupakkam, TANUVAS
The project implementing unit will be set up at Institute of Animal Nutrition,
TANUVAS which lies in the lower Palar sub basin. The unit will be headed by
Professor and Head of the Institution with Technical staff of the unit and Assistant
working at the Institute will provide the administrative support. The following table
provides the cost details for this component.

Cost details for establishment of exclusive project coordination unit at Institute of

Animal Nutrition (IAN), Kattupakkam, TANUVAS
S. No Activity description Amount (Rs)
1 Computers, accessories and peripherals 100000
2 Photocopier with printer 100000
3 Computer Table, chair and storage unit 100000
Total cost 300000

II. Orientation for scientists concerned

Capacity building workshop of one day duration for concerned staff of VUTRC/
KVK /FTC / Departments of TANUVAS will be organized by Institute of Animal
Nutrition, TANUVAS to orient the scientists concerned to the scheme activities.
The cost details for the same is given below.
Cost details for Orientation for scientists concerned
S. No Activity description Amount (Rs)
1 Cost for orientation per scientist 5000

III. Selection of Lactating cattle, Pre-supplementation data collection and

interpretation
 The beneficiaries in the respective sub basins from the dairy interest groups will be
selected. From each dairy interest group 200 animals will be selected based on the
following yardstick. Small holder dairy farmers owning less than four dairy cattle.
 Milking cows fed on low quality crop residues.
 Cows in early lactation
The animals will be grouped as cross bred and indigenous. Pre-supplementation data
will be collected on feeding regimen adopted and quantum of feedstuffs fed to animals, from
1% of the animals to be covered. Data collection will be done by TANUVAS scientists from
the respective VUTRC / FTC / KVK in coordination with the assigned staff from project
implementing unit. The data will be collected one time prior to the intervention viz
supplementation of critical nutrients.
 Milk yield from the selected animals will be documented by TANUVAS scientists
from the respective VUTRC / FTC / KVK in coordination with the assigned staff
from project implementing unit.
 Methane production potential of feeds will be quantified using in vitro techniques
(Menke and Steingas gas production studies) at pre-supplementation period and this
data along with productivity data of animals will be used in conjunction to evolve
regression equations to assess the methane production in the animals specify data
collection costs

IV. Setting up of Production Plant

The following machineries will be procured and installed at Institute of Animal
Nutrition, Kattupakkam, Tamil Nadu Veterinary and Animal Sciences University.

67
 The procurement will be done as per the TNIAMP procurement norms. The
following are the details of the machineries to be purchased.

V. Production and distribution of supplement at free of cost

Raw material for producing the supplement, packaging materials, labeling materials
will be procured adopting purchase norms of project norms. Eight of daily coolies will
be engaged for need basis to produce supplement. Supplement will be packaged and
transported to the concerned VUTRC/ KVK /FTC / Departments of TANUVAS from
where ever it has to be distributed to the beneficiaries in consultation with Divisional
Assistant Director and Veterinary Assistant Surgeons of the concerned sub basins.
Each of the selected animals from the DIG will be provided supplement for five
month period which is sufficient to elicit beneficial effect. Each animal for five
months will require 3 litres of the supplement. The cost of one litre of the supplement
will be Rs 66.66/-

VI. Post supplementation data collection and documentation

Post supplementation data pertaining to milk yield from the beneficiary animals will
be documented. Milk card will be distributed to the selected farmers. The card will
have details to record yield in morning and evening every day. Every fortnight a cross
checking of yield details will be done by the staff of the implementing unit Methane
emission post supplementation will be quantified using by regression equations based
on documented data.
The data on milk yield and methane emission pre and post supplementation will be
validated statistically to arrive at a meaning full conclusion. List of farmers who have
success stories will be prepared and maintained.
The cost involved in data collection is given below.
Cost details for Selection of Lactating cattle, Pre-supplementation data collection
and interpretation
S. No Activity description Amount (Rs)
1 Number of lactating cattle per DIG 200
2 Cost for selection of lactating cattle (Rs. 50/cattle) 10000
3 Pre‐supplementation data collection (Rs.20/cattle) 4000
Total cost for one DIG 14000

VII. Setting up of mineralized salt lick production units in selected farmers dairy
groups
a. Orientation training for farmers - Will be provided to farmers from DIG. From each
group 25 farmers will be selected and training will be given.
b. Selection criteria for DIG –From the training provided volunteering and
entrepreneurial farmers will be identified.
c. Technical training to members of selected groups – The selected farmers will be
provided technical training of hands on nature in the production of mineralized salt
lick.

VIII. Setting up of mineralized salt lick production units in selected DIG – The selected
farmers will be provided basic devices and raw material for setting up the mineralized
salt lick production unit. The cost for setting up of one unit inclusive of hydraulic
press and raw material will be Rs70,000. Cost benefit ratio for converting the unit for
a commercial venture is given below.

68
 S.No Details Cost/No
1 Production capacity of unit (No/day) 100
2 Cost of Mineralized salt lick (Rs/no) 55
3 Raw materials cost per lick (Rs) 20
4 Labour cost per lick (Rs) 10
5 Electric cost per lick (Rs) 5
6 Total cost for production (Rs/lick) 35
7 Total cost for production (Rs/day) 3500
8 Sale of 100 licks (Rs) 5500
9 Income (Rs/day) 2000
10 Cost benefit ratio 1.57

IX. Report preparation and Preparing plant for sustainable production

The last activity pertaining to the scheme will be preparing the plant for sustained
production and interpreting data documented, preparing and submitting report. The
production of the plant will be continued, considering the real time expenditure involved in
production of the supplement a sale price will be fixed. From the receipts through sale of the
supplement expenditure for further production will be incurred. Cost benefit ratio for
converting the plant for a commercial production is given below.
S.No Details Cost/No
1 TNAUVAS GRAND supplementation per cattle (No/month) 10
2 Production cost per unit (Rs) 50
3 Total cost for TANUVAS GRAND supplement (Rs) 500
4 Average milk yield per cattle (ml/day) 500
5 Increase in milk yield for seven months (lit) 105
6 Cost of milk (Rs/lit) 20
7 Total income per cattle (Rs) 2100
8 Income on TANUVAS GRAND supplement (Rs) 1600
9 Cost benefit ratio 3.2

4.3.2 Inland Fisheries Development

Inland Fisheries Development activities to be implemented by the Department of
Fisheries will promote good aquaculture practices (GAP) on currently available aquatic
resources (reservoirs, tanks and ponds) consisting of 25,100 ha effective water spread area
(EWSA) in project areas, and support participation of fish farmers in value chains. The
Project is to be implemented in 66 sub basins of Tamil Nadu. Inland Fisheries development
activities shall be implemented in the sub basins where there is potential for fishery
improvement. Implementation will be taken up sub basin wise in Phased manner. IAMP Cell
established at the headquarters of Department of Fisheries shall coordinate the formulation,
implementation and progress of the project.

Fish culture in irrigation Tanks

The IAMP proposes to rehabilitate about 4800 irrigation tanks in 66 Sub basins of
Tamil Nadu. Suitable tanks to promote improved aquaculture will be identified for promotion
of improved aquaculture. It is estimated that water spread area of 25,000ha of irrigation tank
shall be brought under improved aquaculture. The productivity of water in the irrigation tank
shall be judiciously utilized for producing/culturing fish before it is let in to irrigate
Agriculture and Horticulture crops. Thus, the Fish culture in irrigation tanks well support to
69
achieve the ultimate motto of the project i.e. “More income per drop of water”. The improved
fish production and income shall benefit the stakeholders particularly the fishermen,
fisherwomen, cooperative members, SHGs Water User Association. The share of amount to
be given to WUA of respective tanks from “lease amount from auction of tanks for fisheries”
will help the associations to take up operation and maintenance of tanks.
Majority of the irrigation tanks in the sub basins fall under the classification of
small/minor irrigation tanks considering the total area of individual tank. However the water
retention period in the tanks varies widely. Considering the water retention period tanks are
classified in to
(i) Long seasonal i.e. tanks having water retention period of >6 Months.
(ii) Short seasonal i.e. tanks having water retention period of < 6 Months.
(iii) Perennial tanks i.e. tanks having water throughout the year.
Aquaculture interventions are proposed in long seasonal and short seasonal tanks. It is
noticed that no suitable perennial tank which needs project intervention to promote
aquaculture is available in the sub basins. An estimated effective water spread area of 25,000
ha is to be covered by the end of the project period. Tamil Nadu University will suggest
suitable aquaculture models to be promoted in tanks.

Fish culture in long seasonal irrigation Tanks

It is estimated that about 10000ha of WSA of long seasonal tank with water retention
period of more than 6months will be available in the sub basins for promoting aquaculture.
Carp seeds (IMC, Common Carp, Grass Carp) will be stocked at the rate of 1,500/ha of
Effective Water Spread Area (EWSA). Species combination will be arrived after ascertaining
the quality of water and natural food availability in the tanks. Tamil Nadu Fisheries
University (TNFU) will suggest appropriate culture technology. It is estimated to yield a fish
production of 420kg/ha with a survival rate of 40% and average growth of 700g.
The project will provide quality fish seed at an estimated cost of Rs.3000/-/ha. The
beneficiary/lessee of the tank (WUA/Inland fishers Co-operative Society/Individual /Self
Help Group) will bear the other cost like lease amount, Ward and watch, Harvesting
expenditure etc.).The beneficiary will be trained in good aquaculture practices by the project.
Knowledge and assistance on marketing and harvesting will be provided.

Fish culture in short seasonal Tanks

It is estimated that about 10,000ha of WSA of short seasonal tanks with water
retention period of 3 to 6 months will be available in the sub basins for promoting short
seasonal aquaculture. It is proposed to adapt two different aquaculture models with different
species combination. TNFU shall provide the appropriate production model.

Model 1:
Different combination of species with Indian Major Carp, common Carp and Grass
Carp will be cultured in an estimated area of 10,000 ha of EWSA. Species combination will
be decided with the assistance of TNFU. The stocking density proposed is 2,000 nos/ha. An
average fish production of 320kg/ha with a survival rate of 40% and average growth of
400g.is envisaged.
The project will provide quality fish seed at an estimated cost of Rs.4000/-/ha. The
beneficiary (lessee of the tank i.e. WUA/Inland fishers Co-operative Society/Individual /Self
Help Group) will bear the other cost like lease amount, Ward and watch, Harvesting
expenditure etc.

70
Model 2:
Polyculture model with GIF (Genetically improved Fish) varieties including Tilapia
(GIFT) is proposed to be cultured in 5,000ha of EWSA. The stocking density proposed is
2,000 nos/ha. An average fish production of 400kg/ha with a survival rate of 50% and
average growth of 400g.is envisaged. The project will provide quality fish seed at an
estimated cost of Rs.8000/-/ha. The beneficiary (lessee of the tank ie WUA/Inland fishers Co-
operative Society/Individual /Self Help Group) will bear the other cost like lease amount,
Ward and watch, Harvesting expenditure etc.
The Sub basin Nodal officer will identify suitable tanks (based on the strict criteria as
per above paragraphs) that can be promoted with improved aquaculture and in consultation
with TNFU arrive at the appropriate aquaculture model. Estimate will be prepared by Nodal
Officer and incorporated in the sub basin DPR and sent to HOD. On receipt of approval,
administrative sanction and procurement plan he will arrange to commence the aquaculture
activity by stocking fish seeds. Good quality fish seeds will be stocked in the presence of
WUA/FCS members/lessee/SHG, WRD official and the regional DDF/JDF. The Inspector of
Fisheries shall assist and coordinate in all the process to ADF/NO. The Departments
concerned (Fisheries, WRD) who own the fishery rights shall auction the fishery by
following the existing government procedures. The lessee will be trained on GAP by the
Department and TNFU. He may be taken on exposure visits also.
The Nodal Officer and his staff will monitor the culture and document the activities.
Fortnightly reports on the progress shall be sent to the HOD and the HOD shall send the
progress to MDPU

Selection criteria:
 Tanks for the above activity will be selected primarily on the basis of water retention
period.
 Type of soil, quality of water, catchment area of tank which influences the productivity of
tanks will be considered.
 The classification of tanks based on water feed/receipt of water source as System and
non-system will be important criteria for adaption of type of fish production model.

Fish Farming in cages

With capture fisheries coming under increasing pressure due to various factors that
include over-fishing and environmental changes, the need for innovative methods that help
increase or sustain fishery resources are getting fresh attention. One such method is cage
farming or cage fish culture.
Cage fish culture is a practice of growing fish in confined areas, which facilitate
feeding, harvesting and other management procedures. It has been established as an intensive
fish farming system. Cages made of wood or Galvanized iron / HDPE/LDPE steel frames,
covered with nets are kept immersed in natural water bodies. Little fish, or fingerlings, of
different varieties such as GIF, Pangasius etc. shall be put into these cages and provided with
feed regularly until they grow to marketable size. To demonstrate the commercial viability of
this cage farming of fish, it is proposed that a total of 15 cage units with each cage unit
having 100 sq. m (4 cages 25 sq m each, mesh net in each cage unit) is to be established.

a. Capital Cost @ Rs. 4.00 Lakh per unit: 60.00 Lakh

(Each cage consists of inner, outer, predator and birds nets, Frames, Floats,
Anchor)
b. Operational cost @ Rs. 1.00 Lakh per unit: 15.00 Lakh
(Seed, Feed and Wages) Total: 75.00 Lakh

71
 Community participation (inland fisherman or farmers of WUA) will be encouraged
for implementation. The operation and maintenance will be done through them. Identification
of suitable sites for this farming activity will be done by the Department.

Selection criteria:
 Cage farming protocol developed during the IAMWARM I Project shall be followed
for selection of water bodies where the cages are to be erected
 The protocol details guidelines to be followed right from site selection to harvest of
fish which include ideal water parameters, species of fish, cage maintenance, feeding
method etc.
Promotion of High Value Native Species Channa striatus /marulius:
Murrels constitute a unique group of food fishes that fetches high value because of
their taste, few intramuscular spines and better keeping quality .Though the economic
viability of farming is known to the fish farming community of Tamil Nadu non availability
of adequate seeds is hampering the adaption in a significant way.
The Project proposes to establish a reliable source of seed production technique and
also package of practices for farming. The department has the scope to establish seed
production units with its technical man power and with overseas consultancy. The project
shall also support further technical training and technical support.
An amount of Rs.70 lakh is estimated for breeding, rearing and also to demonstrate
improved farming techniques.

Aquaculture in Farm Ponds:

Available farm Ponds within the sub basins will be selected based on strict criteria
and promoted to undertake advanced aquaculture. Besides farm ponds excavated by the
Agriculture Engineering Department other existing farm ponds in the sub-basins under the
project will be also taken up for aquaculture. There will be joint walkthrough and inspection
along with AED while selecting site for pond. The farm ponds are created primarily for
rainwater harvesting and Storage in the farmer’s field with a Water Spread Area of 1000 m2.
These farm ponds are well suited for aqua farming activity. The aquaculture activity will
pave way for improved income generation to the farmers.
The farm ponds are proposed to be stocked with quality advanced fingerlings (>6cm)
which would grow to marketable size within 4-6 months. Stocking density of 1,500nos/Pond
is proposed. Different fast growing fish combination will be adapted and the species will
include GIFT, Jayanthi rohu, Amur, grass carp, Common Carp and IMC. The TNFU will
assist in arriving species combination and appropriate production Models. Department of
fisheries and TNFU will also provide training to farmers in adapting good aquaculture
practices.
The project will provide fish seed and feed to the farmers at an estimated cost of Rs.
27,000/- It is proposed to cover 1000 farm ponds in the sub basins.
After analyzing the parameter in consultation with TNFU appropriate fish production
Models will be arrived at and accordingly inputs (fish seed and feed) will be given to the
farmer. Immediately after selection of the pond the farmer or his nominee who is to carry on
the culture will be given training on culture technique. One to two persons shall be trained
per pond. Department’s field officials will frequently visit the pond and guide the farmers in
executing Good Aquaculture Practices to get maximum yield and also document the events.
Culture operation note will be provided to each farm ponds in which all the details like soil&
water parameters, pond preparation, Fish species and numbers stocked Feeding schedule,
Growth assessment (trial netting), Harvest particulars with average growth, price sold etc

72
shall be recorded by the farmer. The Department will assess and record the sustainability of
the activity in the subsequent season.
Selection criteria:
 Farm ponds in the field of farmers with additional water source apart from rain water
will be prioritized for implementation.
 Pond bottom having better water holding capacity with less seepage will be preferred
 Farm Ponds owned by women will be given priority.

Fish seed rearing in cages:

The fish seeds should be reared before stocking in water bodies for better survival.
Cage rearing of fish seeds is a common method that can be adopted in water bodies. One unit
of cage system will consist of 3 cages of different mesh size (P 40, 16, P8). Fish Seeds will be
reared from early fry to advanced fingerlings in these cages that will be fixed or floated in
irrigation tank, having water depth of more than 4 feet. These Cages will be owned, operated
and maintained by the farmers / fishermen of fishermen / women cooperative society / SHG.
100units shall be provided to the farmers in the sub basins. The project will provide Cages
(fixed cost), early fry and Feed (operational cost) at an estimated cost of Rs.40, 000/-per unit.
Rest of the cost on cage installation materials like poles and other accessories like Hand nets,
buckets, mugs, brush for cleaning and labor cost on cleaning and harvesting will be
contributed by the beneficiary.

Selection Criteria:
 Farmers who are already doing aquaculture will be preferred.
 Fisher cooperative society, WUA and self-help group will be preferred.

Gift tilapia hatchery

Under IAMWARM 1 Gif Tilapia was introduced on pilot basis. The fish could be
bred successfully at the government farm at Krishnagiri with the support provided by the
project. The culture trials are also encouraging and found to be ideal for short seasonal
culture. Hence to have a reliable source of seed supply it is proposed to establish a GIFT
hatchery.
Fisheries Department will implement this activity with the technical assistance of
Rajiv Gandhi Centre for Aquaculture (RGCA) Vijayawada in close cooperation with TNFU.
The hatchery will be designed with the technical expertise of RGCA and the construction will
be taken up by the Civil Construction Wing (Fishing Harbor Division) of the Department.
Execution of the intervention from sight selection till commencement of operation shall be
guided by Additional DOF (who is looking after the Inland Fisheries),Regional JDF/DDF
with the consent of HOD.

Pure line brood stock maintenance Center:

The objective is to improve the genetic potential of the fish seeds so as to increase the
survival and growth in aquaculture ponds and tanks. Inland fish farming in the State is being
practiced with carps as major contributing species. Due to consumer preference and high
market possibility most of the farmers always prefer to stock Catla and Rohu in their ponds.
Seeds are currently being produced by the captive breeding of the carps. An in-depth look
into this scenario can reveal that there is less control or governance over the quality of the
seeds that seriously impair the fish production in the inland sector. The impacts of the
uncontrolled seed quality are,

73
a. Mostly poor quality seeds are stocked in the ponds in large quantity to compensate the
loss
b. In many instances, inbred seeds are stoked leading to poor growth
c. Production and revenue loss due to poor production
In order to prevent the losses and ensure the quality for long term uninterrupted fish
production in the inland sector, it is necessary to have pure line or genetically
uncontaminated brood stock in the hatcheries. Pure line brooders can help in the production
of good quality seeds, which can be achieved through systematic approach in the brood stock
selection, maintenance, quality improvement, breeding attempts and sperm bank approach.
Keeping the goal of achieving production of good quality seeds, the project is proposed to
contemplate the following objectives:
1. To improve the genetic potential of the fish seeds so as to increase the survival and
growth in aquaculture system.
2. To make available quality seeds in the seed production farms of the Department for
supply to farmers.
3. To educate the hatchery operators for the maintenance of pure line brooders in their farm.

Two farms of Fisheries Department will be designed to carry out the activity.
Facilities for maintaining pure line brooders and multiplication/breeding shall be created.
Technical assistance and collaboration of TNFU will be taken for implementation of this
activity Fisheries Department will implement this activity with the technical assistance of
TNFU and Central research Institutes. The construction will be taken up by the Civil
Construction Wing (Fishing Harbor Division) of the Department. Execution of the
intervention shall be guided by Addl. DOF (Inland), Regional JDF/DDF with the consent of
HOD.

Earthen Fish seed rearing and culture Farm

Stocking of quality fish seeds at the right time in required quantity will ensure
optimum utilization of water for fish production. However the mismatch of the breeding
season of Indian Major Carps (IMC) with that of the fish culture season in irrigation tanks of
sub basin causes sudden spurt in fish seed demand soon after the onset of North-East
monsoon rains. Establishment of fish seed rearing farms to maintain seed stock helps to meet
the fish seed demand at the appropriate season. For meeting the fish seed demand of the sub-
basin it is proposed to establish earthen fish seed rearing and culture farms.
The beneficiaries targeted would be in land fishers cooperatives associated with
irrigation tanks / Water User Associations / Progressive farmers / SHGs / Organizations that
have established management systems and who are involved in community development
activities. The fish seed farm will be established in a land area of minimum 0.40 ha. Having
water spread area of 0.30 ha with an output of 7.00 lakh fingerlings per annum. The rearing
of fish seeds would be taken up in two stages i.e. from Early Fry to Late fry (L.F.) and L.F. to
advanced fingerlings. Ponds will be designed in such a manner to have rearing ponds and
rearing cum grow out ponds with necessary pumping facility. The Ponds shall also be utilized
for culturing fish on completing the seed rearing activity. This will enable the farmer to fetch
additional income by way of producing table size fish.
The capital cost for this farm is estimated as Rs.4.25 Lakh and the operational cost as
Rs. 2.45 Lakh per year. The project proposes to invest in capital cost (4.25 Lakh) and early
fry and Feed (0.75 Lakh). Rest of the estimated operational cost (Rs.1.70) shall be incurred
by the beneficiary.

74
 Capital cost involves civil Work for Creation of earthen ponds, Water supply
arrangements; shed etc. operational cost is for fish seed, feed, electricity charge, Wages for
labor, manure, lime etc.
Department will create awareness of the intervention in the sub basins. Interested
inland fisheries cooperatives / SHG / WUA / Progressive farmers will be identified and their
sites will be inspected. Suitability of the site and critical soil and water parameters to take up
nursing of fish seed shall be studied. If found suitable, the site will be selected for the
execution of the activity. Construction will be taken up by the Civil Construction Wing
(Fishing Harbor Division) of the Department or Public Works Department or by AED. After
selection of the site for the construction of the farm, the farmer or his nominee who is to
operate the farm will be given training on culture technique. One to three persons shall be
trained per farm. Department’s field officials will frequently visit the farm and guide the
farmers in rearing fish seed and documents events. Assistance for marketing the seeds will
also be provided by the Department. The farmer shall record all the details like soil& water
parameters, pond preparation, Fish species and numbers stocked, Feeding schedule, Growth
assessment(trial netting), Harvest particulars with average growth ,price & numbers sold etc
in a register. The Department will assess and record the sustainability of the activity in the
subsequent season.

Selection Criteria:
 Water quality should confirm to the standard hydrological parameters suitable for
aquaculture
 The soil quality should confirm to aquaculture and should have reasonable water
holding capacity.
 The site should have adequate water facility and electricity.
 The farmer shall have sufficient interest in taking up the venture.

Modernization of fish seed Farm:

Two government fish seed farms (Lalpet and Agaram) will be modernized to enhance
the operational efficiency. The quality of seed produced will be enhanced to perform faster
growth in culture systems. Renovation of existing infrastructure and creation of some
additional facilities will be supported from the project. Estimated cost is Rs.2.5 Crores.
Fisheries Department will implement this activity in two of its existing fish seed
farms. A regional team headed by Regional joint Director/Deputy Director of fisheries along
with ADF, inspector of fisheries and an Engineer will assess the requirement and prepare
estimate. This shall be perused by Project cell and on approval by HOD the component will
be implemented. Operational efficiency shall be recorded and analyzed for assessing the
performance of the farm post modernization.

Small scale fish Feed Mill

One Cluster where inland aquaculture activities are intensive has been identified.
These cluster farmers who have formed group/association and are interested in producing
their own fish feed and also desire to market. They will be supported by this intervention. The
department is in the process of commencing a feed mill at Achampatti in Thanjavur District
of Cauvery Delta Sub Basin. The feed mill will be operated by Tanjore District Fish Farmers
Association under a MOU. TNIAMP shall also establish a small scale feed mill which can be
operated by similar arrangement in the same campus/place. The Department will establish the
facility and the operation will be taken up by the Society. The TNFU shall provide suitable
feed formula developed under the Project. The feed mill Campus is a centrally located one
and shall cater to the need of the inland aqua farmers of the state.

75
An estimated cost of Rs.100 Lakh is provided.

Fish kiosk
Lack of hygienic marketing infrastructure in sub-basins has resulted in poor economic
return to the farmers. To provide the nutritionally rich fishes in fresh condition to the
consumer in hygienic manner, it is proposed to establish modern fish kiosk in selected sub-
basins. The activity was well established in the IAMWARM I project and many women self-
help groups were benefited. The fish kiosk will make available the nutritionally rich fish to
the public in hygienic condition and easy accessibility to be ensured. Different value added
products of fish shall be also promoted for sale. Facilities to sell value added products will be
provided.
The capital cost for Kiosk will be Rs.8.00 Lakh / unit. It is proposed to establish a
total of 20 Fish Kiosk in sub-basins. Since 66 sub basins are to be taken, it is assessed from
the demand of the stakeholders that there will be requirement for at least 20 no of Kiosks. All
sub basins will not need the facility of this type and marketing infrastructure shall already
exist in some basins. The Capital cost of 8 Lakh per Kiosk will be provided from the project
and the beneficiary group shall provide land and incur the operational cost. Beneficiary will
be women SHG/fisherwomen/ fishermen cooperative society/WUA. The beneficiary will be
trained in hygienic handling of fish and quality control , fish marketing technique and also in
making value added fishery products like fish cutlet, pickles etc.
The Department will create awareness of hygienic fish marketing and the support to
be provided from the project. On receipt of request for Kiosk, the nodal officer will analyze
the potential of the group to operate the Kiosk and the opportunity of running the Fish Kiosk
in the identified place. The regional JDF/DDF shall also inspect and analyze the chance of
successfully running the Kiosk before selecting the beneficiary. Beneficiary group will be
given training on Marketing and making value added products. Selection criteria:
 Women SHG and cooperative society will be prioritized for giving the project
support.
 Capability of the group on fish marketing will be analyzed.
 The site to be provided will be analyzed for suitability of fish marketing.
 Adequate linkage of fish source for marketing should be available.
 Fish and value added product demand of the area will be assessed
 The beneficiary group should provide the land for establishing the Kiosk.
 Department establish the Kiosk and hand over to the group with a legal agreement to
run the Kiosk/ If the Beneficiary group does not operate the Kiosk in proper manner
the Department has the right to cancel the agreement and re-allot to any other
prospective group.
 The Beneficiary should maintain records of transaction and shall make available it
for inspection of Department on demand.

Overseas/domestic training/exposure visit:

As many of the interventions proposed requires good communication to spread the
information among the beneficiaries and to have greater impact beyond the project
participants, it is suggested to have good communication system established. Needed
communication equipment depending on suggestion and justification by sub basin nodal
officers will be provided on approval of HOD.
Beneficiaries of key activities will be given a short term orientation training of the
activity by the Department

76
 Capacity building of the staff and farmers in the new activity suggested like GIFT
tilapia seed production units and cage farming etc. will be done. Appropriate exposure visit
and training in countries where these activities are widely practiced like Vietnam, Bangladesh
and Thailand will be undertaken.
Exposure visit to Indian States where Inland aquaculture is better off will be made.
Arrangements with Central and State institutes and other State Fisheries Departments will be
made to train the farmers and Department staff after assessing the need and identifying the
field requirement.
The IEC (Information, Education, and Communication) requirement of Sub basins
will be assessed based on the report of Nodal Officers. Based on the need of the sub basin
necessary facilities/funds for IEC shall be provided. Some short term training to exposure
visits shall be given to farmers by the department.(rest by TNFU). The field officials will be
given training/exposure visit (Domestic and Oversea) in the fields related to the approved
activities in the Project. The training and exposure visits will be arranged in the initial years
of the project hence the learning shall contribute to effective implementation of Project
activities.

Documentation, Office Equipment and transport

Effective documentation is vital in the project preparation, implementation and
concluding stage. Hence for effective evaluation of results this has been provided.
Computers, Xerox machine, furniture, handy cam and documentation through video will be
done. For monitoring the stocking, growth of fish, harvesting, providing training to fish
farmers for transport fish seed etc. by the nodal officers transport cost is essential. An amount
of Rs. 70Lakh is provided.

Monitoring support in sub basin and IAMP cell

The activities proposed needs constant technical support to farmers for successful
implementation. Since the Fisheries Department is not equipped with adequate no of field
staff that can constantly support the farmers, it is proposed to employ field staffs on contract
basis. They will support the nodal officer of the sub basin from identifying site of
implementation, beneficiary to documentation of results as well as sustainability of the
activities. IAMP cell at headquarters shall be provided with adequate staff for monitoring and
reporting to WB/MDPU on the implementation and progress. The project shall provide 180
Lakh in financial assistance. Further assistance shall be provided from the project in the
implementation years on justification and approval of World Bank.
On approval of Phase wise DPR, the manpower required to implement the same will
be arrived at by the Cell at HOD office. Accordingly the Field Activity managers (FAM) will
be recruited on contract basis either centrally or at sub basin level. Salary similar to Senior
Research Fellow in TNFU shall be given. The HOD will appoint needed additional staff for
the Cell at quarters either on contract basis or by deploying regular staff by creating new
posts with the approval of Government. The nodal officers shall assign the field work of the
Project to Department staff and FAM. Short term training /orientation shall be given on
Project Implementation FAM. The Cell at Headquarters shall review the Job Chart and
execution.
Implementation arrangements
Project Implementation Cell will be established at the Headquarters to coordinate and
manage project implementation.
 Commissioner / Director of fisheries/HOD will be overall in charge of operating the
budget and project implementation.

77
  IAMWARM Cell at HOD office at Chennai will monitor the progress and
implementation
 Nodal officers at the sub basin level will be in-charge of Sub basin DPR preparation,
action plan and execution
 Field Officers at the sub basins attached to Nodal officer will assist in implementation
 Beneficiaries/Target group will be identified by the sub basin nodal officers
 WUA, progressive Women/men SHG, Fishermen/fisherwomen co-operative,
Farmers, Inland Fishers or existing informal groups in respective tank command will
be the target group.
The organization structure is given in Figure 4.3.

Figure 4.3 Implementation Arrangements for Fisheries

Commissioner of
Fisheries

Additional Director of
Fisheries
(Inland Fisheries)

Regional Joint /
Deputy Director of
Deputy Director of
Fisheries
Fisheries
(Inland Fisheries)
(Coordinating Officers)

Assistant Director of Assistant Director of

Fisheries Fisheries
(TN IAMP Cell) (Nodal Officers)

1. Superintendent
2. Inspector of
Fisheries
3. Jr. Assistant

Working arrangements with Fisheries University

A steering committee will be appointed for providing technical guidance and
monitoring implementation progress. The committee will meet once in two months to review
the technical issues and project implementation progress. Considering the subject
specialization based on project proposed for the university senior officers (level equivalent to
Professor and Joint Director or above) from both agencies (TNDOF and TNFU) respectively
will be nominated as members of the committee. Nominated senior officers should have
expertise in following topics.
 Pure line breeder development
 Fish nutrition and formulated feed development
 Stocking and capture fish production models in reservoir/irrigation tanks
 Fish Seed Production and Advance fish farming in ponds

78
The arrangement with the Fisheries University is given Figure 4.4.

Figure 4.4 Implementation Arrangements with Tamil Nadu Fisheries University

Nodal Officer and Project

Commissioner of Fisheries Management Unit
Department TN Fisheries University

Steering Committee for

technical guidance/support and
monitoring progress
Members represented by senior
specialists from TN DoF and Tn
FU

WUA/FCS ADF/Sub Basin

Fishers/Farmers Nodal Office

Monitoring:
 The Nodal officers in charge of each sub basin will monitor the activities of
IAMWARM on regular basis
 Regional Joint Director/ Deputy Directors will monitor the activities and
review the work on weekly basis (i.e. physical, financial & technical).
 The IAMWARM project cell at Chennai shall review the progress on monthly
basis
Procurement:
 Procurement Plans will be prepared on the basis approved DPR of sub basins
and approval of World Bank will be obtained through MDPU.
 Procurement officer shall be nominated for this purpose for proper
procurement guidance at IAMP Cell.
 Fish seeds and other inputs at sub-basin level procurement will be done by the
Nodal officers in the sub-basins.
 STEP the procurement procedure to get World Bank approval will be
followed.
 Status of Procurement packages will be periodically reported by Nodal officer
of Sub basins to HOD/Project Cell and HOD to MDPU.
Reporting:
 Sub basin Nodal officer shall send fortnightly physical, financial & technical
progress to the IAM Project Cell at Chennai.
 MDPU Cell will furnish all the reports related to finance, physical and
technical to the Project Director, MDPU, Chennai on fort nightly and monthly
basis.

79
  With the reports received from the field officers the Project cell in the HODs
office shall prepare a comprehensive report and send to MDPU which after
perusal shall forward to Government and to World Bank.
Documentation:
All the activities, during the project and post project period will be
documented/video graphed periodically by the sub basin Nodal officers. Copies of
documents will be sent to IAMP cell and a separate server with back up facilities will
be created in the office of HOD. A website shall be created to upload the progress and
activities of this project.
Programs by Tamil Nadu Fisheries University
The programs proposed are in complimentary to the activities to be taken up by the
Fisheries Department. They are proposed with the aim to achieve the overall objective of the
project. Following are the activities to be implemented by the TNFU:

Optimum sustainable production model for irrigation tanks

Inland aquaculture has been practiced in irrigation tanks and farm ponds with lesser
degree of technology adoption. In irrigation tanks, intensive feeding is not possible. However,
the fishes can be grown based on the fertility and management of fertility. A sustainable
production model for irrigation tanks and farm ponds needs to be fine-tuned with field trials
under the supervision of project staff. In addition to the above, the diversification in inland
fish farming is very much limited and almost 90% of the farmers are doing only with carps.
This also one of the reasons for their less production since many carp hatcheries in the State
could not assure quality seeds due to varied reasons. Therefore it is proposed to develop a
model farming practice that can be adopted in the specific locality.
Objectives:
1. To prescribe production models for the irrigation tanks that are sustainable through
scientific intervention in terms of stocking density, species selection, species
combination, water quality management, sampling and harvesting procedures.
2. To advise resilient production models that could stand viable irrespective of the
seasonal variations for farm ponds aquaculture
3. To demonstrate the viable farming model to the aqua farmers.
4. To extend technical support services to the aqua farmers through Farm Service
Vehicle.
Implementation strategy:
This project will be implemented in collaboration with the State Fisheries Dept. for
both irrigation tanks and farm ponds aqua culture. The operation base for this project will be
at Thanjavur CeSA, TNFU and the activities in all the sub-basins wherever this project is
implemented will be monitored by the team based at Thanjavur CeSA. The following are the
steps in the project implementation:
For irrigation tanks,
• This intervention is done simultaneously with the implementation of the irrigation tanks
aquaculture project by the Dept. in TN IAMP.
• Based on the discussions with the field officers of State Fisheries Dept., irrigation tanks
(3 to 6 numbers in each region and per category) will be selected as the experiment tanks
for the adoption of structured culture plan with the adjacent tanks as control for
comparison.
• The inputs involved in the proposed culture plan for the irrigation tanks are listed in Table
3 and the Dept. will supply the needed inputs like seeds for the irrigation tanks
aquaculture and the TNFU will undertake the monitoring of the crop including sampling,
data management, processing and reporting.
80
• While planning the crop, past history of the tanks’ fish production will be taken as base
data and the presence of native species will be considered while deciding the stocking
density. The basic hydro biological data will be recorded for each experiment tank for
correlating the results with the hydro-biological data.
• Optimal stocking density, size of the seeds, species combination will be determined along
with other parameters like species selection and harvesting procedure

For the Farm Ponds aquaculture, the following will be the project plan:
• Selection of farm ponds will be done based on the suggestions from the field officers of
DoF as followed for the irrigation tanks.
• In every zone, 3 to 6 farm ponds will be selected for the study, which may have wider
representation in the particular zone.
• Different species combination (3 or 4) will be studied and best results will be advocated.
• The same ponds will be used for the growth study of the seeds produced through pure line
brooders and feeds developed with locally available ingredients
• The optimal stocking density and feeding schedule will be advocated.
• At the end of the study parameters like – optimum stocking density, species selection,
size of seeds, feeds to be used; feeding regime, sampling process, harvesting process, use
of growth promoters, etc. will be recommended for adoption.

In general, the steps in the project implementation will also have the following:
• Water quality and wet laboratory will be established at 3 places (Thanjavur, Chennai and
Thoothukudi, where the TNFU has the Stations) for the maintenance of fishes and
offering support services to the farmers in the four zones ( pl Ref. the map)
• Educating and training the farmers holding the water body before and during the
experimental crop.
• The low cost feed that will be made through another project of this Directorate will be
supplied to the farmers for the evaluation of the utility and determination of the suitability
in the farming separately.
• Monitoring the culture through regular visits and sampling.
• Collection of all data and documentation.

Measurable parameters for monitoring:

The project can be reviewed based on the measurable parameters like growth of the fishes in
the selected tanks and ponds, survival and production achieved at the completion of the crop.
Enhancement in terms of percentage over and above the normal farming activity can also be
used as a measurable parameter.

Anticipated outcome:
1. The possible outcome is the production models that are suitable for irrigation tanks that
would spell out the entire culture strategy for the irrigation tanks.
2. Strong production model for fish farming in seasonal tanks with species adoptable to our
climate, pond dynamics, fertilization strategy, seed and feed quality.
Formulation of species based fish feed using locally available low cost ingredients.
The project is proposed with the following objectives:
1. To develop a nutritionally balanced formulation for low cost feed production for
various inland aquaculture models after assessing the nutrient requirements of the
species, quality, cost and logistics of the low cost ingredients.
2. To farm test the feeds thus formulated and produced.

81
 3. To educate the farmers for adopting the low cost feeds for their farming operations
through training and demonstration.

Implementation strategy:
The project comprises of two major aspects, viz., formulation and production of the
feed and field testing the feeds for their suitability. In order to achieve the above two goals,
the project will be implemented strategically as below keeping the operation base at TNFU
station at Chennai & Fisheries College & Research Institute, Thoothukudi to utilize the feed
mill available in both the places:
• Screening and selection of the low cost ingredients in all regions
• Recommending region specific optional ingredients for the feed mills
• Regional ingredients availability will be documented and location specific feed
formulations will be developed and proposed
• Formulation of feeds and production for evaluation
• Lab evaluation of the feeds and quality determination
• Field evaluation of the feeds in the farm ponds
• Scaling up the production and supply to the farmers for adoption
• The feed formula will be provided to the feed mill established through State Fisheries
Department for feed production and supply.
The implementation pattern is summarized in Figure 4.5.

Figure 4.5. Implementation Strategy for Fisheries

Identification of ingredients suitable

for fish feed available in various

Formulation of fish feed with the Lab testing of feeds formulated and
screened ingredients (TNFU) produced at TNFU feed mills

Field testing of feeds through supply Refining the feeds by revising the
to the farm pond operators and formulation and making improved
irrigation tanks (DoF) feeds

Supplying the formulations

to the feed mills and feed
making

Anticipated outcome:
1. The key outcome of the activity is enhanced feed conversion, reduction of feed cost,
providing flexibility in the selection of ingredients, nutritional quality and feed safety
in aquaculture.
2. Benefits to the marginal farmers in adopting the low cost feed for their farming.

82
Development and management of pure line inland fish brooders in the brooder farm and
production of good quality seeds
Objectives:
1. To improve the genetic potential of the fish seeds so as to increase the survival and
growth in aquaculture ponds.
2. To make available improved quality seeds in the seed production Centers of the State
Fisheries Dept. for supply to the farmers.
3. To educate the hatchery operators for the maintenance of pure line brooders in their
farm.
Implementation strategy:
This project will be implemented keeping its operation base at Krishnagiri Centre for
Sustainable Aquaculture (Krishnagiri CeSA). The cryopreservation lab available in Fisheries
College & Research Institute, Thoothukudi will be used for the cryopreservation works in this
project. The project will be having the following steps:
• Pure line development will be done for Jayanthi Rohu, Amur Carp, and GIF Tilapia &
Mettur Rohu.
• Pure line brooders available under certified sources from different locations in India will
be procured, base line developed and maintained under bio-secured conditions in the
Govt brooders farms
• The seeds from pure line will be produced and further propagated.
• History of the pure line brooders will be tagged and documented
• Pure line templates (finger prints) for IMC and other identified varieties will be obtained
and used for the identification of the pure line brooders
• Screening of the existing brooders will be done for the identification and segregation of
pure line
• Maintenance of pure line brooders with the feeding and pond management will be done in
the brooder farms (GIFT – Krishnagiri CeSA, Mettur Rohu – DoF Seed Farm at Mettur,
Jayanthi Rohu – DoF Seed Farm at Bhavanisagar & Amur Carp – DoF Seed farm at
Lalpet / Agaram)
• Evaluation of their breeding performance in terms of spawn yield, fry survival, growth
rate of young ones, etc will be taken up and documented. The good breeders identified
will be electronically tagged.
• Spermatology and artificial fertilization for pure line brooder propagation will be done.
• Pure line brooder maintenance and quality seed production will be taken up in the
identified seed production Centres by the DoF by the Dept. The maintenance of the pure
line brooders at Mettur and Bhavanisagar will be done by the Project personnel recruited
by the TNFU for this project, while the watch and ward and support facilities like
watering, feeding, etc… will be provided by the seed farm staff of the DoF.

The implementation pattern is summarized Figure 4.6.

83
 Figure 4.6. Implementation Strategy

Identification of sources for certified

pure line brooders for the identified

Amur Carp – Farm at

Mettur Rohu – Farm at

Procurement and transport to the
Jayanthi Rohu – Farm at
brooder farms identified for the
respective species (TNFU) GIFT - Farm at Baru

Screening of the
existing brooders and
Segregation of pure
line brooders (TNFU)

Spermatology Maintenance of the pure line brooders

studies and and breeding works for the quality
cryopreservation seed production (DoF)
of gametes
(TNFU)

Evaluation of seeds and breeding

performance of the brooders (TNFU)

Propagation of pure line brooders and

establishing the stock (DoF & TNFU)
performance of the brooders (TNFU)
Standard reference qualities (both phenotypic and genotypic) will be documented
beforehand for the individual species selected for this work.
The project will result in the following benefits:.
1. The characters of the pure line brooders and seeds will be prescribed and documented
for adoption in the inland fish farming.
2. The brooders will be periodically subjected to the evaluation based on the selective
scale of their phenotypic and growth performance together with the sperm analysis to
fix their quality.
In order to accomplish this goal, it has been proposed to establish the facilities for
brood bank and sperm bank at selected places.
Anticipated outcome:
1. The major outcome is the high survival (up to 80%) and growth (about 25% more than
the present level) of the fish seeds thereby the production can be enhanced in
aquaculture ponds.
84
 2. Hatcheries in the State can adopt maintenance of pure line brooders and produce quality
seeds.
Capacity building and training of trainers, fishers, fish farmers and entrepreneurs in the
adoption of advanced farming techniques.
The objective is to empower the farmers, fishers and entrepreneurs in the advanced
farming techniques. Trainings in the areas of advanced fish production technologies and
disease prevention will be conducted periodically for the different groups of stakeholders
involved in the fisheries development.
Separate trainer training and entrepreneur training will be undertaken during the project
period in different technical aspects for the empowerment of the people involved in the
implementation of the technologies.
Implementation strategy:
This project will be having the operation base at Thanjavur Centre for Sustainable
Aquaculture (Thanjavur CeSA) and all the Stations of CeSA will take part in this Project in
imparting training. The first approach in achieving the goal is the capacity building in the
advanced fish farming techniques. In this line the project will be having the following
components:
1. The farmers will be selected based on the recommendations of the State Fisheries
Dept. and the direct approach of the farmers to the Directorate.
2. Appropriate training programmer will be scheduled and communicated through all
possible media to attract the farmers for the participation in the training programmer.
3. The training will be having orientation, exposure and learning experience of various
advanced farming techniques like raceway farming, intensive nursery rearing, disease
identification and health management, management of the stock, feed based
aquaculture, nutrient analysis and ecosystem awareness, eco-friendly approaches in
aquaculture, waste management techniques, live-feed culture and use, etc.
4. The trainees will be taken to the farm operations site and feed mills for the exposure
in the particular line.
5. Manuals and booklets will be developed and issued to the DoF, trainees and also
interested farmers.
6. Low priced video lessons also will be developed and shared with DoF at free of cost
in sufficient numbers to distribute to all the field offices.
7. Awareness on different aspects of farming and technical issues will be done
The project can be monitored based on the measurable parameters like number of
trainings conducted, training materials produced, farmers coordinated, field visits arranged,
and feedback from trainees.
Department of fisheries shall inform the need of the group to be trained and subject of
empowerment. Accordingly trainings will be designed. The outcome is the dissemination of
various advanced farming techniques for adoption in the State.
Financial operation of the project will be as in the case of TNAU in the IAMWARM 1
Project. Fund allocation will be done to TNFU as done to other schemes already in existence.
Detailed discussions were already done with Fisheries Department, TNFU and MDPU by a
financial consultant of WB who already visited about fund flow and reporting. Progress on
activities shall be reported through DOF to MDPU since all the components are interlinked in
implementation with the Department activities.
The outlay for TNFU is Rs. 2.5 Crore.

85
4.4 Sub Component B3: Agriculture Marketing Value Addition and Post-Harvest
Management
This sub-component to be implemented by Agricultural Marketing and Agribusiness
Department (AMAD) in coordination with Departments of Horticulture and Agriculture, aims
to enhance farmers’ linkages to markets through (i) Improving farmer access to markets, (ii)
promoting agri-enterprises, and (iii) Institutional strengthening and capacity building.
To improve farmers’ access to market, the project will support (i) Auotmation,
modernization and digitization of regulated markets), (ii) promoting alternative marketing
channels through FPOs, and (e) piloting and expanding the Negotiable Warehouse Receipts
schemes.
4.4.1 Improving Farmer Access to Markets:
The intervention, aims at creating more linkages between farmers and private sector
besides strengthening of farmers’ access to more traditional markets for better price discovery
through reform and modernization interventions.
Support for New Farmer Producer Organization (FPO):
A Farmer Producer Organization is
The main focus of agriculture development program in the past was on increasing the
production and relatively less attention was paid to post-harvest management and marketing.
As a result, the shares of producers receive as a percentage of consumers spending not
commensurate. Similarly, timely availability, price and quality of agricultural inputs (seed,
fertilizers, feed, etc.) were a serious handicap for the farmers. These constraints can be
mitigated by strengthening backward and forward linkages through integrating producers and
markets, and making the value chains compact and efficient. To achieve this goal, project
would organize the producers into FPOs, develop their capacity and skills for post-harvest
management, value addition and marketing to access wider markets; and provide investment
support to these FPOs for the establishing Farmer Common Service Centers (FCSCs). The
project will also finance ‘productive’ demand-driven investments on a grant basis to FPOs for
establishing these Farmer Common Service Centers (FCSCs) and will be available on the
basis of business plans prepared by them.
It is expected that the FPOs will undertake various activities such as bulk purchase of
inputs; and post-harvest management, quality control, grading, aggregation and marketing of
produce. Expected benefits to FPO members are higher farmer prices through the
combination of larger critical mass of saleable produce thereby providing economies of scale,
savings in transaction costs, reaching out to distant markets, and strengthened negotiation
positions, coupled with the added value achieved through cleaning, grading and packing.
FPOs under the project will be formed either as entirely new one or on the production
clusters already formed by the Department of Agriculture and Horticulture. For this, members
of existing Farmer Interest Groups (FIGs)/Common Interest Groups (CIGs) may also be
considered besides new members who will be mobilized to form FIGS and FPOs. A
minimum of 20-25 active farmers from existing or newly formed Farmer Interest Group
(FIGs)/Common Interest Group (CIGs) will be organized and by federating 20-25 such
groups, an FPO will be formed. FPO will therefore have not less than 500 members and there
will not be any upper limit to enroll no of farmers to an FPO.
These FPOs will be guided by principles such as Voluntary and Open Membership,
Democratic Farmer Member Control, Farmer-Member Economic Participation, Autonomy
and Independence, Education, Training and information, Co-operation and networking
among FPOs, concern for the Community, etc.
The project will form a minimum of 80 new FPOs during the project period. The FPO
will have a General Body, Executive Body and Board of Directors and will be managed
86
 professionally by technically trained staff. The process will start with mobilizing and
organizing farmers in the clusters as groups. Once the critical mass in terms of number of
members is achieved, the FPO will be registered legally. The Consultancy firm will be hired
for formation of FPOs along with Department Officers and within 12 months of existence
FPOs will be registered as Farmer Producers’ Company (FPO).The Consultancy firm so
engaged will be selected through competitive bidding. The Consultancy firm will also help in
preparation, execution of the Business Plan of the FPO and increase business turnover of
FPOs which will be approved and evaluated by Agri Business Promotion Facility (ABPF).
The FPO will have a share capital which will be contributed by the member farmers at the
rate of Rs. 1000 per member. The member farmers will collectively perform the various
activities for the benefit of members.
The FPO members will engage in production, marketing, value addition etc. in
collective or in group basis. For improving cohesion among farmers in an FPO and to
perform various activities in collective basis, physical infrastructure will be established at
farmers’ level, which may be called, Farmer Common Service Centre (FCSC). An FCSCs
will be built around farmer producer companies (FPOs) and will be located in production
locations and its primary function will be to improve farmers’ incomes by aggregation, basic
value addition, grading, packing, logistic support and sales facilitation of agricultural produce
and marketing of agricultural inputs like seeds, fertilizers etc.
The process of FPO formation and setting up of FCSC will be completed by
Consultancy firm with the collaboration of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business
Department. The contract period with the Consultancy firm will be for a minimum of three
years (36 months). The project districts will be divided into 5 zones for formation of FPO
and Business plan development. Each of the 5 zones will further be divided into 3 sub-zones
for implementing in 3 phases of the project viz., 2017-18, 2018-19 and 2019-20.
Accordingly, consultancy firm will be hired for 5 zones. Separate FPO guidelines is prepared
for TNIAMP and available in the Department Manual.
Formation of FPO:
Steps for formation and activation of an FPO include formation of Commodity
Groups, aggregation into an FPO, registration under Company Act , taking up commercial
activities, which is envisaged to play a pivotal role in meeting the PDO for diversification,
post-harvest management and value addition. The major steps in formation of FPOs are as
follows:
Mobilization of farmers and setting up FPO
What are all How that should be
Major Steps Time Frame Funds
activities/work done
1. Consultancy services for FPO 1 year 1,92,000
Formation for 1 year
2. Engagement of Mobile 1 year 4,68,000
Training Specialist and Field
Organizers by the Deputy
Directors of Agriculture (Agri
Business) for first year
2.Baseline survey Identification of crops 1month -
with marketable surplus MTS and FOs along
in the selected villages with Department
Officials
3. Preliminary meeting/awareness Conduct awareness By arranging 2 month 2,00,000
campaign @ 2 meetings/10 campaign In meetings in project
villages = 20 meetings consultation with local villages and
bodies and progressive dissemination of
87
 farmers about FPO. successful FPO
Basic refreshment models through audio
charges included visual aids, leaflets,
Campaign to canvas literature to the
individual farmers to farmers, experts
join commodity groups
4. CGs formation Collection of land Creating consensus 3 month 50,000
records- forming and among farmers to join
naming CGs, make them as commodity
ready for opening of groups/FIGs.
bank accounts
5. Conducting meeting with Collection of shares – Pass the resolution 2 month
Commodity Groups/FIGs identifying bank and for opening of bank
opening of bank accounts and
accounts collecting share
amount into bank
50,000
account
6. Identifying members for BOD Nomination of BOD and MTS and FOs along 15 days
and chairman Chairman – getting DIN with Department
(Director Identification Officials
Number) for registration
7. Trust Building/ Business Signing EOI between Through stakeholders 3 months 30,000
Motivation for CGs CGs and Private meeting and interface
company or Traders & workshop
buyers
8. Registration Registering under With auditor 15 days 50,000
Companies act assistance for
registration with
ROC
Total 12 months 10,40,000
Support for Business Plan Development and Administration of FPOs
9. Consultancy services for Collection of data for Specialist in the team 24 months 11,88,000
Business plan development for business plan
2 years preparation, creating
market linkages,
capacity building for
BoDs, CEO, financial
management,
preparation of bankable
projects with banks for
productive investment
10. Startup grant for administrative Management, Manpower 10,00,000
and contingent expenses cost for FPO on
subsidized basis,
capacity building for
BoDs, office rent,
electricity and other
contingencies.
Total 21,88,000
Grand total 32,28,000

88
Methodology:
The methodology of formation and activation of FPOs under the project is a modified
version of the SFAC approach. Given the existing strength of the Department and the of the
project, it is proposed to adopt a flexible method in mobilizing the farmers into Commodity
Groups and aggregation of Commodity Groups into Farmer Producer
Organizations/Companies during the 1st year. The onus of formation of FPOs shall primarily
lie with the Department through DDA (AB) and with support from consultancy firm with
effect from other skills and resources required primarily. However, the role of consultancy
firm is enhances in enabling FPOs in business turn over (viz., Productive/Capital Investment
for FPO), wherein, the role of the Department would be to follow and monitor. This approach
is sought to progressively make a FPOs self-reliant and business initiated.
The Deputy Directors of Agriculture (Agri Business) will form FPOs by engaging
Mobilization Training Specialists (MTS) and Field Organizers (FOs). The MTS and FOs will
be selected by the consultancy firm. However, for administrative norms, the remuneration for
MTS and FOs would be disbursed through DDA (Agri Business). A team led by AAO/AO at
the field level and consisting of 1 MTS for 2 FPO and 2 FOs for 1 FPO will be engaged under
the administrative control of DDA (AB) per district. The team leader or Social Mobilization
Experts from the consultancy firm will work in tandem under the overall supervision of DDA
(AB) to provide technical support to the MTS and FOs in the formation process.
During the 2nd and 3rd year, the consultancy firm shall develop a detail business plan
with a marketing calendar and estimation of working capital, execution support, etc. by
engaging subject expert consisting necessarily, of Agri Business Specialist, Market Executive
and Account Executive for carrying out the above commercial activities, besides the social
mobilization specialist from the first year. The main functions of the Consultancy firm are
a. Training Needs Assessment (TNA) on market linkages and agri business needs of
selected Commodity Groups.
b. Assisting FPOs for collection of share capital.
c. Registration of FPOs as
d. Assisting and facilitation FPOs in overall management.
e. Identification of business activities, prepare commercially viable bankable business plan
and to get bank finance for the business plan.
f. Assist the FPOs to develop and execute the business plan. And also developing and
strengthening the linkages for marketing with other stakeholders.
g. Assisting FPOs in assessment, planning and execution of productive/capital investment.
An work chart with model role defined as follows:
Sl.
Activity/Task Execution Responsibility*
No.
Deputy Directors of
Agriculture (Agri
Business) by
engaging the Consultancy Time
Mobilization firm Schedule
Training Specialist
(MTS) and Field
Officers (FOs)
a) Initiation of Services
1
Interactions with Department of AM & AB  
Officials understand the Project Details. 3 Months
Discussion with District officials to understand 
2 local needs and Field visit to understand
implementation arrangements

89
 3 Design and develop Implementation Plan.  
4 Base line survey 
5 Organizing awareness campaign. 
6 Identification of existing groups. 
7 Designing Methodology for Formation of groups.  
Prepare and submit inception report covering, 
8 baseline survey findings, understanding of field
activities, and outline of the implementation plan
9 Make presentation on inception report  
Formation of Groups / Strengthening of
b)
existing groups
1
Social mobilization & formation of Commodity  
groups:

Identification of particular area and particular
5 months
2 commodities/ activities for formation of groups
under mutual consultation.
(i) Conduct Training Need Assessment and  
prepare training modules and training material
(Notes/CDs/leaflets (including agribusiness
activities). (ii) Prepare calendar of training with
approval from the Deputy Director of
3
Agriculture (Agri Business).(iii) Conduct
Training for the groups on (a) group dynamics,
record keeping, group management (b)
increasing productivity, market led production,
quality improvement.
Submit report of training, list of trained groups 
and Commodity groups land records, Collection
4
of shares – identifying bank and opening of bank
accounts
3 Identifying members for BOD and Chairman  
Handholding and Linkages of Commodity
C
Groups for their Sustainability
Mentoring, backstopping and  
monitoring effectiveness of the groups
on regular basis, revising and adapting
1
planning & implementation
arrangement to ensure sustainability of 4 months
groups.
2 Linking groups with crop production activities. 
Jointly organizing training programs for 
3 Commodity groups on marketing techniques,
market linkages & agribusiness.
4 Registration  
Total 12months
*- These assigned roles an indicative and would be finalized after mutual consultation
between Department and Consultancy firm.

90
Startup Grant to New FPO:
The Project will support for newly formed FPOs with a bridge funding to meet out the
initial expenditure involved in engagement of technical manpower, purchase of office
equipment and to meet out the other contingencies immediately after registration of new
FPOs through start up grant. This grant will be utilized by the FPO from registration to
business take off. Registered FPOs supported by TNIAMP will be eligible. The consultancy
firm will prepare proposal to get start up grant from the project and it will be sent to
Commissioner of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business through Deputy Directors of
Agriculture (Agri Business). The proposal will be scrutinized by ABPF Cell and it will be
approved by TNIAMP Cell. It will be released as grant in aid by Deputy Directors of
Agriculture (Agri Business) through ECS to FPOs to meet out the following expenditure:
1. Honorarium to CEO
2. Honorarium to accountant
3. Purchase of furniture and computer
4. To meet out the initial office rent of the FPO immediately after FPO formation
5. To meet out the contingencies like electricity bill and stationery.
The monitoring will be done by the Deputy Directors of Agriculture (Agri Business) on
regular basis and Head quarter TNIAMP Cell.
Productive/Capital Investment for New FPO on grant basis:
It is proposed that each FPO will have facilities with the main objective of
aggregation of agricultural produce and for providing basic minimum value addition facilities
like cleaning, grading, packing and input marketing. The maximum ceiling amount for this
component is Rs. 60.00 Lakh per FPO. The quantum of support will be based on the business
plan of the FPO. Each business plan will be scrutinized by ABPF consultancy firm who will
prepare well defined criteria for selection in consultation with TNIMAP Cell. The
procurement of goods, civil works will be done by the FPOs according to the Departmental
Procedure.
The Productive investment for New FPO will be released in phased manner as
follows:
1. Grant for new FPO (80:20)
The project will support initial infrastructure development, purchase of post-harvest
equipment/materials to carry out their business activities. An FPO formed under TNIAMP
fund by following the procedure laid down in the TNIAMP and a business plan scrutinized
and approved by ABPF Cell will be eligible for getting grant. The business plan prepared by
the Consultancy firm will be sent to TNIAMP Cell and the business plan will further be
scrutinized by the ABPF Cell and sent to TNIAMP Cell for approval with their objective in
assessment and recommendations. Approved FPOs may avail the grant by contributing 20%
in a Joint Account after which the project would release 80% subject to a ceiling of Rs. 20.00
Lakh to FPOs account through ECS. MoU would be signed between FPOs and the
Department for release of project grant to FPOs. Funds will be released in a phased manner
of 50%, 30% and 20% based on performance appraisal by ABPF. Deputy Directors of
Agriculture (Agri Business) will monitor the performance on regular basis and report to Head
quarter TNIAMP Cell.

2. Business Expansion grant for new FPO (75:25)

A. The project will also support for expansion of business. FPOs who successfully
utilized the startup and grant released from the project will be eligible for availing business
expansion grant of up to Rs. 30.00 Lakh. The business plan for expansion grant can either be
a part of and a progress of the original business plan prepared for availing grant or it may be
fresh business expansion plan in addition to or in deviation of the original Business Plan. The
91
business plan prepared by the Consultancy firm will be sent to TNIAMP Cell and the
business plan will further be scrutinized by the ABPF Cell and sent to TNIAMP Cell for
approval with their objective in assessment and recommendations. Approved FPOs may avail
the grant by contributing 25% in a Joint Account after which the project would release 75%
subject to a ceiling of Rs. 30.00 Lakh to FPOs account through ECS. MoU would be signed
between FPOs and the Department for release of project grant to FPOs. Funds will be
released in a phased manner of 50%, 30% and 20% based on performance appraisal by
ABPF. Deputy Directors of Agriculture (Agri Business) will monitor the performance on
regular basis and report to Head quarter TNIAMP Cell.

B. Supporting Existing Farmer Producer Organizations:

The project will also support expansion of business by way of grant to execute FPOs
registered as per Companies Act provided eligibility criteria framed for such a proposals in
met by the FPOs. Inter alia, the criteria should include condition such as;
1. 51% of the members of the existing FPOs should be from the sub-basin area.
2. Minimum turnover of Rs. 25 Lakh /annum with additional condition of selecting the
existing FPOs based on the annual business turn over from maximum in descending order
to the minimum of Rs. 25.00 Lakh.
3. Minimum 2 years audited balance sheet.
4. Regulatory compliance of FPOs.
5. Credit worthiness of the FPOs
6. Paid up share capital (Rs. 1000/share: proposed

FPO so selected will be supported by the Project through a consultancy firm for 2
years and capital investment (75:25) for expansion of business with ceiling amount of Rs.
40.00 Lakh. The grant will be released in a phased manner.
The business plan prepared by the Consultancy firm will be sent to TNIAMP Cell and
the business plan will further be scrutinized by the ABPF Cell and sent to TNIAMP Cell for
approval with their objective in assessment and recommendations. Approved FPOs may avail
the grant by contributing 25% in a Joint Account after which the project would release 75%
subject to a ceiling of Rs. 30.00 Lakh to FPOs account through ECS. MoU would be signed
between FPOs and the Department for release of project grant to FPOs. Deputy Directors of
Agriculture (Agri Business) will monitor the performance on regular basis and report to Head
quarter TNIAMP Cell.
Template for release of grant to New FPOs/existing FPOs is enclosed as Attachment
6.6.a

C. Smart Agri-Marketing Hub: Next Practices for Modernization, Automation and

Digitization of Regulated Markets
The presence of a robust, vibrant, better performance of regulated market is
mandatory for price-discovery and liberating the farmers from the clusters of private markets.
Many of the regulated markets lack modernized infrastructure due to financial limitations.
It is proposed to implement in 3 Regulated Markets on pilot basis for implementation
of modernization intervention through ICT and up gradation of infrastructures required for
IAMP supported commodities. Proposed infrastructures are integrated pack house, grading,
sorting hall and auction hall, etc., and other post-harvest infrastructures. The investment in
infrastructural up gradation will yield its benefits by increased arrivals of fruits and
vegetables and other commodities, supported by IAMP. To execute the project as pilot basis
through diversification and post-harvest management, the budget provisions on 75:25
matching grant basis are made for

92
 Gap filling Infrastructure Facilities such as drying yard, pack house, godowns, auction
halls and Post-harvest materials, machineries.
 Modernization with automation using ICT tools, app development with 3 selected
Regulated Markets for enabling e-tendering system
 ISO Certification for 3 Selected Regulated Markets.
These interventions will improve the functioning of regulated markets. Infrastructures
will be assessed on the needs and affordability of the Market committee on Capital
investment. The Salient features learned or identified from the pilot study will provide a base
for up scaling of other regulated markets.
Piloting e-Negotiable Warehouse Receipt:
The Department will pilot (e) Negotiable Warehouse Receipt model (e- NWR) for
mitigating price risk to farmers on tripartite agreement among beneficiaries, private and
public sector banks and Collateral Management agencies. Pilot investment is also proposed in
4 selected godowns adopting following 4 different approaches.
1. Existing regulated market 1000 Mt storage godown/PACB (either actual amount or
ceiling of Rs. 15.00 Lakh)
2. New 1000 Mt godown closer to farms as back ended support (70:30 @ Rs. 30.00 Lakh
from project fund)
3. New 2000 Mt godown in Regulated Market/PACB (50:50 @ Rs. 100 Lakh from project
fund)
4. New 1000 Mt godown for agro based entrepreneur as back ended support (75:25 @ Rs.
25.00 Lakh from the project fund)
The pilot investment will be made by adopting the modalities of accreditation of
godowns and also procedure of appointing Collateral Management Agencies.
Based on the success of piloting, the successful models will be expanded for which financial
allocation has been proposed.
4.4.2 Promoting Agri Enterprises:
Agriculture and Horticulture Department has planned for intensification and
diversification of crop production activities, which leads to increased crop production. In this
context, absence of local entrepreneurship, the opportunities in agriculture are benefited by
outsiders, particularly the urban businessmen and traders, leading to exploitation and
deprivation of employment for the farmers. Considering the growing unemployment in rural
areas and slow growth of the agricultural sector, it is necessary to tap the opportunities for
promoting entrepreneurship in agriculture, which in turn can address the present problems
related to agricultural production and profitability.

A. Setting up of Agri Business Promotion Facility (ABPF)

For promoting Agri enterprises, foster backward and forward linkages in the value
chains for agricultural products, facilitate access to finance for Micro, Small and Medium
Agri Based Enterprises (MSMEs) and agribusiness entrepreneurs, the project will establish an
Agri-Business Promotion Facility (ABPF).
ABPF will create a body of knowledge; facilitate the development of a network of
market/producer linkages, Organizing interface workshops, consultative meetings, seminars
with stake holders and banks. Assisting Micro, Small and Medium Agri Based Enterprises
(MSMEs) to prepare proposals to access Government grant schemes and bank financing. It
will encourage PPP mechanism which will facilitate crop based approaches and disseminate
successful business models that emerge from the project's interventions.

93
 The budget provision is earmarked for the following activities:
i. Recruitment of Consultancy firm for five years on contract basis.
ii. Consultant for value chain analysis, Market research studies, other impact studies and
Study on business model of direct farmer to consumer sales through mobile interface.
iii. Facilitating PPP Mechanism includes interface workshop, seminars, conferences,
preliminary consultative meeting with institutions, private sector, publicity propaganda,
etc.
Formation of ABPF Cell at Head Quarters:
ABPF cell will be established in the Department of Agricultural Marketing and Agri
Business. It will be managed and operationalized by the Consultancy firm. The consultancy
firm will deploy required Agri Business consultants for potential zones, for which provision
has been made to have one Agri Business specialist for each zone. The entire work of ABPF
will be supervised by TNIAMP cell.
Consultancy Services:
The Consultancy firm consists of Senior Agri Business Specialist, Banking Specialist,
Agri Finance Specialist, Program Manager, Market Linkage Specialist and supporting staff
like Civil architect, IT Specialist, Data Entry Operator and Record Maintainer and 5 Agri
Business Specialist for 5 zones for the implementation activities of ABPF Cell. The
consultancy firm will be selected by Quality Cost Based Selection method as per the World
Bank Procurement guidelines.
The MoU will be signed with the selected consultancy firm for the following major
activities: a) to assist and provide required guidance to the IAMWARM Cell (IAMP) in
overall co-ordination and implementation of the program; b) TORs preparation for
consultancies for value chains studies, impact studies, marketing research studies, Study on
business model of direct farmer to consumer sales through mobile interface, c) to study and
evaluate business models for Agri Entrepreneurs and FPOs; d) Organizing trainings,
workshops, consultative meetings with stakeholders and banks; e) Bringing the investment
from the private sector under PPP mechanism; f) Training to entrepreneurs g)Business Plan
development for agri-enterprises h)Credit facilitation and business execution support for
agri-enterprises through service providers; i) responsible for achieving the project target for
leveraging of investments from private companies, farmers, banks and Government and j)
Follow up action for the studies should be framed and subsequent interventions for entire
State should be designed as proposals.
The major activities of Agri Business Specialist in the 5 zones are listed below:
1. Organizing trainings, workshops, consultative meetings with stakeholders and banks at
zonal level.
2. Bringing the investment from the private sector under PPP mechanism
3. Business Plan development for agri-enterprises
4. Credit facilitation and business execution support for agri-enterprises through service
providers
5. Responsible for achieving the project target for leveraging of investments from private
companies, farmers, banks and Government and
6. Follow up action for the studies should be framed and subsequent interventions for zone
should be designed as proposals.

Hiring of individual consultants/Specialists for TNIAMP Cell:

The existing organization strength available in the Headquarters of the Department
and also the present Government procedure of promotion and deployment of the senior
officials do not provide an atmosphere of stability and long term association in the TNIAMP
planning and implementation for next 6 years. In order to find the solution for this existing

94
lacuna, it is proposed to immediately recruit individual consultants in a phased manner to
assist TNIAMP cell and also in overall co-ordination and implementation of the program.

The major responsibilities of the consultants are listed below:

1. To execute all preliminary activities before implementation of the project such as
arranging training for field officials in mobilization of farmers into Commodity Groups.
2. Identification of 40 existing FPOs to be funded by the project.
3. Preparation of plan of action for creating Smart Agri-Marketing Hub (Regulated Market).
4. Consultative meeting with bankers and taking up all actions for selected banks (both
private and public) to form consortium to provide project financing, gap financing,
working capital financing to FPOs, agri-entrepreneurs, agri-enterprises etc.
5. Reporting system for all interventions should be developed.
6. To assist TNIAMP Cell in preparation of proposals for administrative and financial
sanction.

B. Consultancy for value chain analysis/ Marketing Research /impact study:

7. Value Chain analysis studies for pulses, maize, vegetables, banana, millets, oilseeds,
chilies, turmeric, cut flowers and mango.
8. It is programmed to conduct study to market the farmers produce directly to the
consumer through online marketing in which main focus will be traditional product
available in the District suitable for online marketing. The outcome of the study
highlighting the issues to be addressed and strategies to be followed for creation of on-
line marketing of the FPO Produce should enable to be handled through separate
agency.
9. Studies should be taken for online marketing possibility in the District as well as State
Headquarters.
10. Actual financial implications involved in marketing the selected agro product through
online marketing.
11. Study of major products marketed through online marketing.
12. Study of forward and backward linkages involved in the online marketing.
13. Comparative study of online marketing followed by different companies and suggest
successful model of online marketing in this project.
14. Studies result should be obtained through the implementation of the online marketing in
the delivery hub as well as from the procurement center.
Facilitating PPP Mechanism:
It is proposed to conduct interface workshops, seminars, consultative meeting and
conferences at State level and District level periodically during all six years project period for
market linkages with stake holders and banks.
Outcome of the PPP Mechanism:
1. No of private companies invested in the project
2. No of private companies signed MoU.
3. Value of the commodities procured by the private companies.
4. Dovetailing of funds to the private companies from Government Schemes.
Publication:
Documentation of various activities under this intervention will be taken out
periodically of the project and the cost will be shared with advertisement charges.
Supporting Agro-entrepreneurs to provide services to farmers:
The TNIAMP emphasis is that the farmers should be benefited through the
strengthening of individual agro entrepreneurs and also up scaling small and medium
95
enterprises in the State. In order to achieve this objective, the following processes of activities
are proposed as follows:
i. Facilitation workshop involving the lead farmers, eligible women, existing
entrepreneurs, new entrepreneurs etc.
ii. Suitable participants will be selected from the workshop for undergoing Training for
Entrepreneurship
iii. The trained entrepreneurs who are selected from above training will be assisted for
Business Plan development
iv. The same entrepreneurs who have availed business plan assistance will be provided with
the Credit facilitation and business execution support through service providers.
Another important target of agri-entrepreneurship development is to focus on women
individual agri-entrepreneur.
Grant for Women entrepreneurs (50:50):
The project will promote agro entrepreneurship by women entrepreneur in the area of
value addition, food processing etc. Women farmer from the sub-basin who have undergone
certificate training to be priority specified and acquired, minimum education qualification
with capacity to invest for the business will be supported up to 50% of the total project cost
or to a maximum of Rs. 5.00 Lakh whichever is less. The business plan prepared by the
Consultancy firm will be sent to TNIAMP Cell and the business plan will further be
scrutinized by the ABPF Cell and sent to TNIAMP Cell for approval with their objective in
assessment and recommendations. Approved women entrepreneurs may avail the grant as
back ended by contributing 50% after which the project would release 50% subject to a
ceiling of Rs. 5.00 Lakh to women entrepreneurs account through ECS. MoU would be
signed between women entrepreneurs and the Department for release of project grant to
women entrepreneurs. Deputy Directors of Agriculture (Agri Business) will monitor the
performance on regular basis and report to Head quarter TNIAMP Cell. Template for release
of grant to women entrepreneurs is enclosed as Attachment 6.6.b
All the proposal will be evaluated by ABPF Cell and reviewed, selected by the
reviewing committee constituted as detailed below:
1. Commissioner of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business
2. Joint Director of Agriculture (IAMWARM)
3. Joint Director of Agriculture (Agri Business)
4. Joint Director of Agriculture (Regulated Market)

Selection Criteria:
1. Agri Entrepreneur should be from farmers’ background and agro enterprise.
2. The Agri Entrepreneur should be registered and produce authenticated documents.
3. The Agri Entrepreneur should have its own share capital or it may have borrowed share
capital or it may have borrowed share capital from bank for the authentication should be
produced.
4. The capital investment of Agri Entrepreneur should be in the range of 5-10
Lakh.
5. The Agri Entrepreneur should have the sufficient fund flow.
6. The Agri Entrepreneur must obtain required license from statutory institutions.
7. Preference will be given for the Agri Graduate starting with new Entrepreneur.
8. The Agri Entrepreneur preferably involved in procurement of produce directly from the
village farmer.
9. The Agri Entrepreneur involved in food processing and value addition of agriculture
produce may also consider for the support.

96
4.4.3 Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building:
The Government of Tamil Nadu Agriculture Marketing and Agri Business department
have significant capacity gaps in agribusiness and agriculture marketing. Build up the
technical capacity of its staff, the project would support technical trainings in agribusiness,
agriculture marketing, supply chain management and other relevant topical issues; exposure
and learning visits (domestic and international) to learn nuances of agribusiness development;
Technical training like Market Intelligence, Reduction of Post-harvest losses, Food
processing and value addition, Agri Entrepreneurship Development Program, Export
promotion etc. through the institutions like MANAGE, NIAM etc.
Selected successful models will be taken for exchange / exposure visit. The
knowledge gained from this model and it can be adapted to our existing model. So that it
become a successful model in the state. These activities will create well educated, intelligent
Agriculture Market environment in the State.

97
 Chapter 5: Component C: Project Management Support
Though the project will be implemented through Water Resources Department in
partnership with other implementing agencies like Departments of Agriculture, Agricultural
Engineering, Agricultural Marketing and Agribusiness, Horticulture, Animal Husbandry and
Fisheries; Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Tamil Nadu Fisheries University, and Tamil
Nadu University of Veterinary and Animal Science, The Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit
(MDPU) headed by the Project Director and located in WRD will provide management
support and co-ordination. Nodal officers have been designated in all the implementing
agencies for coordinating implementation of project activities pertaining to their department
and university.

Individual project components (and sub-components) will be implemented by

Departments of Water Resources (Lead Agency), Agriculture, Agriculture Engineering,
Horticulture, Animal Husbandry, Fisheries and Agriculture Marketing, Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University, Tamil Nadu Veterinary and Animal Science University, Tamil Nadu
Fisheries University..

The Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit (MDPU) established under the IAMWARMP

will serve as the management and coordination unit for the project, with need-based
modifications. The MDPU will coordinate and catalyze departments for preparation and
implementation of annual project budget, sub-basin development plans, and implementation
progress reports. The MDPU will provide knowledge support on M&E. procurement and
fiduciary related actions of the departments/implementing agencies involved in the project.

98
 Chapter 6: Project Implementation Processes
The project will be implemented over a period of seven years. The lead implementing
agency will be the Water Resources Department (WRD) under the administrative jurisdiction
of Principal Secretary, Public Works Department (PWD), Government of Tamil Nadu
(GoTN). Other implementing agencies will be the Departments of Agriculture, Agricultural
Engineering, Agricultural Marketing and Agribusiness, Horticulture, Animal Husbandry and
Fisheries; Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Tamil Nadu Fisheries University, and Tamil
Nadu University of Veterinary and Animal Science. The Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit
(MDPU) headed by the Project Director and located in WRD will provide management
support and co-ordination. Nodal officers have been designated in all the implementing
agencies for coordinating implementation of project activities pertaining to their department
and university. It is important that both at the state level and at the implementation level there
is shared understanding about the different activities to be converging at the sub basin level.
To achieve such a convergence and to ensure smooth implementation of activities in a
cascading and coordinated manner, the project will follow a process approach.
6.1 Sub basin level convergence
The project will converge all its activities at the sub basin level. A sub basin
committee will be constituted by EE (WRD) with all Nodal Officers of line departments as
members at the sub-basin level. The sub basin committee will ensure that all activities of the
line departments converge at the sub basin and farmer level. This committee has powers to
decide on the sub-basin development plans through interactive sessions. In the meantime, the
MDPU will function as the most important coordination hub to help different agency
activities happen around the sub basin. This will be ensured through a cascading set of
activities leading the preparation of a sub-basin development plan (SBDP). The first set of the
activity in the sub-basin will be an assessment of the base line situation which will help
agriculture, horticulture and other departments to explore the scope of various activities.
Important data will be collected for all the sectors will be gathered to decide on possible
interventions. Representatives of the different department along with other stakeholders will
undertake various participatory exercises including joint walk through. Various interventions
including improvements and building of irrigation infrastructure required for the tank system
will also be explored. Parallel to these farmers will be motivated to form Water User
Associations (WUA) and the existing ones will be strengthened. All these activities are
documented into a comprehensive Sub basin development plan. The format/ checklist for the
preparation of DPR/sub basin development plan is given in Attachment 6.1.Thus the project
will follow a process approach which will involve cascading steps of preplanning, planning
implementation and post implementation. Each of the stages has various activities which will
be carried out in a step-wise sequence. The planning stage will result in the Sub basin
development plan which will be accepted by all stakeholders. The Sub basin development
plans developed, because its follows a participatory and convergent process will be
addressing local priorities and geographical needs. Above all the plans will be owned by all
important stakeholders. The planning will cascade into implementation and continued
management. The whole process could be visualized in to a scheme cycle. The time lines in
the scheme cycle and contain of a Sub basin development plan will help the implementing
entities with a shared understanding of the needs and requirements in each sub basin. In
addition the different department will be able to time their activities in sequence and in sync
with the agro climatic and socio economic needs in each sub basin.
The process of preparing SBDPs, covering engineering and agriculture (crops,
horticulture, livestock and fishery) aspects, developed and refined under IAMWARMP will
be followed. The plans are prepared in a participatory manner, with the involvement of the
99
field staff of all the implementing agencies, WUAs, farmers, traders, civil society and other
stakeholders in joint walk through of the irrigation infrastructure and consultation sessions in
several villages in the sub-basin irrigation commands. Requirements of modernization of
irrigation infrastructure are tailored to meet the needs of crop, horticulture, livestock and fish
production. Focus crop, horticulture, dairy and fish production interventions appropriate for
the sub-basin are identified, and the specific agricultural, horticultural, dairy and fish
production, and on-farm irrigation technology options, marketing strategies and other
interventions are prioritized.
Implementation of various activities contained in SBDPs will be the responsibility of
the concerned implementing agency The MDPU will ascertain that an integrated
development plan is being implemented through receipt of monthly and quarterly reports.
MDPU will also ensure that the sub basin development plan are prepared in an integrated
manner and agreed by the respective agencies. The MDPU will also appraise the plans to
ascertain its completeness and have followed due processes. Physical and financial progress
will be monitored at the MDPU by a unit which will also oversee the work of the monitoring
and evaluation consultancy. Monitoring of project outputs and outcomes will be undertaken
by an independent consultant under the guidance and supervision of MDPU in addition to
line agency internal monitoring and reporting systems
Most of the physical investments are of an engineering nature and all engineering
designs will be subject to the technical sanction by the respective Regional Chief Engineer
and the Chief Engineer (Plan Formulation). This process will be facilitated by the project cell
located in the Engineer-in-Chief’s office and the convergence mechanism is
diagrammatically presented in Figure 6.4.
Figure 6.4: Convergences of Sub Basin Level Project Activities

100
 6.2 Sub basin Project Processes
The operational process for implementation of the project at the sub basin level
consists of the different stages and activity types shown in Figure 6.1.

Figure 6.1 Sub basin Project Processes

The main project activities in each of the project process stage, its objectives and
sharing responsibilities for implementing the activities are summarized in Table 6.1.

Table 6.1 :Operational Processes for Project Implementation

Project Stage Main Activity Type Objectives Responsibilities
1. Official Communication Ensure appropriate institutional MDPU, Line Agencies
arrangements to initiate activities at HODs
Sub‐Basin level
2.Information Collection Sub‐basin Committee
Develop initial knowledge base for
(with Sub‐basin Atlas,
stakeholder consultation and
presentation, and fly‐
analysis; develop shared inter‐agency
through finally collated
vision of Sub‐Basin characteristics
I. Pre‐planning by MDPU and CE IWS)
3.Preliminary Stake holder Obtain stakeholder perspectives on Sub‐basin Committee
consultation key issues in improving irrigated with Line Dept& MDPU
agriculture and water productivity to assistance with due
help guide Sub‐Basin planning support from Regional
Chief Engineers and
Functional Chief
Engineers of WRD
1.Training Improve stakeholder awareness of Sub‐basin Committee
project activities (e.g. modern with Line Dept and
II. Planning approaches to irrigated agriculture) MDPU assistance
to build capacity to be partners in
developing Sub‐Basin plans
101
 2. Stakeholder discussion Merge technical analysis and Sub‐basin Committee
and analysis stakeholder views on hardware (e.g. with Line Dept and
construction) and software (e.g. MDPU assistance
capacity‐building) options to included
in the Sub‐Basin plan
3.Sub basin Development Develop appropriate Sub‐Basin Development: Sub‐basin
Plan Development plan to be supported Committee with Line
under the project consistent with Dept and MDPU
project objectives and design assistance

Appraisal: MDPU

Approval: Stakeholders,
Sub‐basin Committee,
line agencies, MDPU,
Project Steering
Committee, World Bank
4.Memorandum of Line departments and project Sub‐basin Committee
Understanding stakeholders agree on what is to be with Line Dept and
implemented, and where, how and MDPU support
when
1.Procurement and Financial Effective and transparent Line Departments, MDPU
Management procurement and financial
management undertaken
2.Capacity Building Capacity‐building of stakeholders to
III. help become partners in project Sub‐basin Committee,
Implementation activity implementation and quality Line Depts. and MDPU
management
3.Implementation Project activities implemented as Sub‐basin committee,
Management designed and any changed agreed Line Depts., MDPU
upon by all parties
1.Documentation and Ensure that activities conducted as Sub‐basin committee,
Evaluation part of the project are well‐ Line Depts., MDPU
IV. Post documented and lessons learned are
implementation captured and used
2. Sustainability and Scaling Ensure sustainability of project Sub‐basin committee,
up activities Line Depts., MDPU

6.3 Overall Project Implementation Frame Work

As the project implementation responsibilities are spread over all participating
departments it is important that responsibilities are clearly earmarked. It is also important that
the activities are converging at the sub basin level and to be orchestrated into a sub basin
level plan. Such a sharing of responsibilities and key actions is being achieved through the
implementation frame work. The Figure 6.2 shows the overall implementation arrangement
showing different entities partnering in the implementation process and the overall sharing of
responsibilities for project implementation is summarized in Table 6.2.

102
 Figure 6.2: Overall Implementation Structure (to be modified)

Empowered Committee

Government and Ministry

MDPU

Public Works Agriculture

Department
Live Stock Fisheries

Engineer-in-
Chief

TNAU TN Fisheries TN
Agri- Horti- Agri. Agri. Animal TANUVAS
Marketing Husbandry Department Fisheries
culture culture Eng. University

District Level Co-ordination Committee (Collector & District Heads) Member Secretary, EE WRD

Nodal Officer and Coordinator – Executive Engineer, WRD

103
 Table 6.2: Overall Sharing and Convergence of Project Implementation Responsibilities
Sub‐Basin Plan Implementing Agency
Stage WRD AED Agri Horti Marketing TNAU Fisheries Animal Husbandry MDPU
 Collate maps, data  Assess the  Collate maps, data on current  Locate and assess  Extent of SRI use in  Current and past  Assess  Frequent
on Sub‐Basin irrigation suitable fields for cropping pattern, soil maps, existing markets for key paddy, and precision production of population and interaction
and drainage promoting Rain suitability for other crops, crop water inputs and Agri/ Horti farming in Sub‐Basin various species of health status and with all
infrastructure, extent water Harvesting , requirements, pesticide, quality seeds outputs, agro  Assess the scope for fish services of line
of irrigation, water Farm Ponds etc and fertilizer use by type, adequacy of processing facilities introducing SSI  Assess current livestock and agencies
potential, quality (incl.  extension service, associated with this  Focus Crops and and potential current milk yields
data from IWS and Sub‐Basin their productivity market potential  Assessing the
SGSWRDC)  Assess markets for issues infrastructure in
 Topo Survey current and potential veterinary
completed crops (in consultation institutions
I. Pre‐Planning  Conduct review with with WUAs,/consumers  Selection of site
Line Department and group if any , traders, for production
share the data on Factories, businesses plant
Irrigation and other line agencies)
Infrastructure with
Ayacut details
TOOLS
 Sub‐basin Atlas – first draft
 Monitoring Arrangements
 Stakeholder Meetings (incl. with WUAs or farmer groups)
 Joint Walkthrough

104
  Assess irrigation  Identification of  Assess the soil  Assess soil  Propose correct  Consult with  Propose  Selection of  Frequent
and drainage farmers and field quality nutrient status market linkages sister departments aquaculture farmers for interaction with all
infrastructure for new  Quantify the  Availability of with reference to on the profitable development in formation of Dairy line agencies
(incl. canal and technologies number of quality seeds for the market and suitable crops adequate number Interest Groups  Consolidation
tank systems)  Collect tank wise demonstrations on hybrid varieties intelligence data that ill suit the of tanks in the  Identify the and appraisal
condition and details INM, IPM,  Promoting Micro  Propose suitable agro‐climatic Sub‐Basin in farmers willing to (technical,
modernization  Prepare Ayacut  Quantify the irrigation with infrastructure for condition consultation with take fodder economic,
requirements and map required inputs fertigation better  Propose the WUAs cultivation environmental,
costs  Prepare Examine like seeds, bio‐  Identification of marketability and adequate large  Different species  Identify areas social) of each
 Water balance the possibility for fertilizer, and farmers field for value addition scale for different Sub‐ for conducting Sub‐Basin plan
studies for supply water harvesting timely supply demonstrations measures demonstrations Basin depending camps  Liaise with
(surface and structures like  Promoting  Suggesting  Promote for SRI in Paddy on the period of  Selection of Empowered
ground water) and farm ponds organic farming cropping pattern contract farming  Propose farmers storage in the youth for training Committee and
demands (under  Establishing  Possibility of and the extent of avoiding third friendly TOT from tanks as AI technicians World Bank for
various cropping quality control utilizing the diversification party interference lab to farm  The  Identifying plan clearance
patterns and other measures services of Agri‐ in marketing  Propose suitable infrastructure sources for
uses) clinics and NGOs  Develop skill for farm implements improvements procurement of
 PIM and Env  Strengthening Agri business and machinery for needed for rearing breeding inputs,
II. Planning /Social Cells the extension entrepreneurship drudgery fingerlings are to drugs, medicines
formulate Plans service by farmers/WUAs reduction to be suggested and equipment
 Designs and achieve increased  Identify centers
costing & vetting productivity for providing
by WRD Regional capacity building
CE, DRCS, PF &  Identify farmers
TNIAMP for distribution of
(IAMWARM II)Cell TANUVAS GRAND
supplement and
Mineralized salt
lick production
unit .
 Detailed Sub‐basin Atlas (for planning)
 Stakeholder Meetings
 Monitoring arrangements – finalize Sub‐basin Baseline
 Training, including TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)Field Day, study tour/awareness visits
 Sub‐basin Committee Meetings to finalize Sub‐Basin Plans in consultation with HODs and District Coordination Committee and sent to MDPU

 MOU agreed (incl. farmer/WUA contribution to their O&M fund)

105
  Procurement  Procurement  Demonstration  Arrange field  Procurement  Layout of  Procurement of  Formation of  Frequent
process for Sub‐ process for fields identified days at critical process for demonstrations cages, gratings, DIGs interaction with all
Basin plan formation of farm and timely supply stages of crops construction of and supply of nets and fish feeds  Conducting line agencies
implementation ponds with of inputs to be and on important godowns, kiosks, inputs to be made to be done various demos  In prior review
initiated (e.g. bid necessary MOU ensured field operations threshing floors, available at all promptly  Initiate cases, MDPU vets
documents arrangements  Procurement  Arrange weighing scales plots  Correct quantity procurement and obtains
prepared,  process to be exposure visits and  Tie up with CII  Number of of fingerlings to be process for timely clearance from
evaluation, followed workshops for and DEMIC, TNAU demonstration on made available for supply on inputs PSC/Empowered
empowered  IPM and INM promoting for promoting SRI technique aquaculture in and equipment Committee and
committee demonstrations to diversification Agri‐business should be more farm ponds and  Encourage World Bank
clearance, agency be arranged  Procurement entrepreneurship with adequate tanks from fish identified farmers
selected, work  Replication of process to with WUAs awareness rearing centers to for quality fodder
initiated…) demonstrations to correctly followed  Product specific creation be ensured production by
be enlarged for input supply and commercial  Drip and  Adequate supplying quality
through media specific grading, sprinkler trainings to seeds
campaigns and collection centers arrangements with farmers/WUAs to  Ensure supply of
publicity materials pack houses to be fertigation etc be arranged medicines, Frozen
made ready should also form  Kiosks at semen in
adhering to quality part of suitable locations adequate quantity
III. Implementation control measures demonstrations to be provided in for improved
 Adoption of consultation with livestock health
mechanized the WUAs  Performing AI
system to be on mobile by AHD
effectively and AI technicians.
demonstrated  Setting up of
TANUVAS GRAND
production plant
and supply of
TANUVAS GRAND
and Mineralized
salt lick production
unit to identified
farmers in DIG.
 Supervision and Quality Management
 Strengthening institutions with computer and IT net work connectivity
 Monitoring progress by all HODs and District level and Sub‐Basin committees
 Training, including TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)Field Day(s), study tour/awareness visits
 Financial Management (incl. reimbursement)
 Completion Report by Agency

106
  Discuss  Develop O&M  The impact of  The spread of  The benefits of  The yield  The farmers  The  Frequent
additional activities plans for demonstration to latest technology improved increase due to themselves should sustainability of interaction with all
required with WUA maintenance of be documented on raising marketability of adoption of SRI to take aquaculture improved cattle line agencies
for sustainability Drip and Sprinkler effectively for the horticultural crops Agri‐ produce to be be quantified and  Kiosks to be run health to be  Prepare Sub‐
 Develop detailed systems with farmers group to in line with the documented and remedial action to by the WUAs ensured through basin ICR with
WRD&WUA O&M WUAs keep it as model NHM to be the WUAs to be be suggested effective assistance of M&E
plan for Sub‐Basin  Ensure that farm for future adoption ensured trained to keep wherever there is awareness Consultants
ponds formed are  Field day  The effect of this process shortages campaigns  Discuss Sub‐
sustainable for meetings to exposure visit for continuing  The tested  Conducting basin ICRs in
aquaculture continue increasing  Maintenance of technology for impact studies on groups with PSC
productivity to be the infrastructure Maize, Groundnut, milk production.
IV. Post‐
made dynamic by by the WUAs to be and vegetables to
Implementation
the WUAs made mandatory be expanded by
through MOUs WUAs
 Lending  The adoption of
Institutions to tie more machinery in
up with WUAs in agriculture to be
Agri –business encouraged
activity through tie up with
lending institutions
 Develop a Sub‐basin ICR and contribute to project Monitoring & Evaluation
 Revision for Sub‐basin Atlas and inputs to next year’s Sub‐Basin Plan
 Adequate trainings on O&M for all WUAs and agencies to be ensured at last for some periods beyond the completion of packages

107
6.3.1 Common Activities of All Agencies
Though individual domains of activities and responsibilities are assigned to different
in implementing agencies, there is a common thread of activities around which all agencies
have to converge their efforts. Such common activities to be shared by all departments are
summarized in Table 6.3.

Table 6.3: Shared Common Project Implementation Activities

Main Activities Expected Output Responsibility sharing

Pre Planning Stage
1.Officcal Communication
Communication to initiate activities in  Official Communication MDPU, Line Agencies
Sub Basin, fill posts, appoints nodal HODs
officers, setup sub basin committee.
Acquaintance with interdepartmental
officers
2.Information Collection
Collect relevant reports, data, maps to  Sub‐basin Atlas drafted (description of different Sub‐basin Committee
assist with Sub basin development aspects of Sub‐Basin and baseline information with (with Sub‐basin Atlas,
planning develop sub basin baseline illustrative maps, charts, photographs, tables), presentation, and fly‐
Initiate surveys including description of physical setting/ through finally
Document Information topography, climate, hydrology, schematics of collated by MDPU and
water network, agriculture/ irrigation/ tank CE IWS)
systems status, cropping patterns, livestock, key
markets, economy, institutions, potential
partnerships
 Presentation on Sub‐basin (with relevant maps,
data, and Google Earth or equivalent fly‐through of
Sub‐Basin showing key features)
3.Preliminary Stakeholder Consultation
Identify key stakeholders (informal and  TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)Awareness Day(s) held Sub‐basin Committee
formal WUAs, Progressive farmers,  Joint Walkthrough Report (integrated across with Line Dept&
women,SC/ST,fisher folk, livestock agencies and indicating a few strategic MDPU assistance with
owners, local Agri‐entrepreneurs) and problems/issues to be addressed in Sub‐Basin and due support from
initiate stakeholder consultation a brief discussion of possible options – represented Regional Chief
Prepare communication materials on on a map wherever possible and with illustrative Engineers and
project (basic project information‐ photographs and video footage) Functional Chief
objectives, types of activities envisaged,  Document list of stakeholders consulted Engineers of WRD
activities initiated/completed elsewhere
under project, environmental and social
management framework summary)
Communicate project information to
local stakeholders and obtain initial
feedback
Undertake joint walkthrough(s) to
determine key issues and options in
consultation with local stakeholders
(formal or information WUAs and other
stakeholders) and using Sub‐Basin
atlas(taking photographs, videos)
Planning
1. Training
Identify immediate capacity‐building  Training/Capacity‐building plan developed for Sub‐basin Committee
needs (technical, administrative, other) planning stage with Line Dept and
Identify appropriate sites for awareness  Awareness visits undertaken (coordinated across MDPU assistance
visits line agencies wherever possible)
Identify appropriate stakeholders (in an
open and transparent manner) for
awareness visits and training activities
Identify stakeholders who could be good
trainers in future
108
2.Stakeholder Discussions & Analysis
Identification of hardware and software  Sub‐basin committee, Line Depts., MDPU Sub‐basin Committee
options (all key options should be Maps with identified sites, options with Line Dept and
considered including a no‐activity option)  Preliminary analysis of options (including cost MDPU assistance
Preliminary identification of sites for estimates, operation & maintenance implications,
project activities in consultation with successful demonstrations elsewhere, etc.)
stakeholders
3.Sub‐basin Plan
Develop Sub‐basin Plan and discuss plan Sub‐Basin Plan consisting of: Development: Sub‐
with stakeholders, line agencies and  Finalized Sub‐basin Atlas basin Committee with
MDPU  Summary of Consultations Line Dept and MDPU
Appraise Sub‐basin Plan from technical,  Summary of Technical Analysis assistance
environmental, social, and economic  Proposed Hardware and Software activities as part
perspectives of Sub‐Basin plan with costing, farmer Appraisal: MDPU
Ensure plan is approved at all levels contribution, and implementation arrangements
 Economic Analysis (overall costs, benefits, net Approval:
benefit stream/IRR) using standard spreadsheets Stakeholders, Sub‐
 Environment and Social Management Plans basin Committee, line
(including for resettlement and rehabilitation, agencies, MDPU,
dam/tank safety, silt disposal, IPM/INM/organic Project Steering
activities, water saving, gender and vulnerable Committee, World
group activities, grievance, redress, etc.) Bank
 Proposed Schedule of Activities (developed with
Microsoft Project or equivalent)
 Presentation and Discussion of Sub‐Basin Plan (to
stakeholders, district collectors, line agencies,
MDPU and Project Steering Committee)
4.Memorandum of Understanding
Develop draft MOU  Memorandum of Understanding signed by all line Sub‐basin Committee
Discuss and agree with stakeholders departments and stakeholders (e.g. relevant with Line Dept and
WUAs) at Sub‐basin Plan Signing Ceremony to MDPU support
officially launch implementation
Implementation
1.Procurement and Financial Management
Procurement initiated (with appropriate  Procurement implemented (e.g. contracts signed, Line Departments,
approvals) goods procured, contract staff in place) MDPU
Works: bid documents prepared  Regular accounting/ audits/ reimbursement
Goods: specifications developed
Contract staff/consultancy: terms of
reference/RFP
Bank procurement processes followed as
outlined in project documents
Financial Management (incl.
reimbursement) undertaken
2. Training/ Capacity‐Building
Training  TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)Field Days (across Sub‐basin Committee,
Explore partnerships with other departments) Line Depts. and MDPU
institutions to strengthen  Study Tours/Awareness Visits
implementation and sustainability  Training activities
 Partnerships with other institutions
3. Implementation Management
Continuous and close monitoring of  Updated Project Monitoring Information System Sub‐basin committee,
project implementation (Project  Monthly Sub‐basin Project Status Summary by Line Line Depts., MDPU
Monitoring Information System Agency
continuously updated)  Quality Management and Monitoring Reports
Quality Management procedures applied  Monthly & Quarterly Progress Report (collated by
(through stakeholder/WUA social audits, MDPU)
Sub‐Basin committee, line agency, MDPU  Final Completion Report by implementing agency
and quality management and monitoring (line dept.)
consultants; OK‐card system developed
to document sign‐offs at each stage of
implementation by department and

109
 stakeholders)
Documentation of implementation
status and issues for resolution
Post‐Implementation
1. Documentation & Evaluation
Develop a Sub‐basin ICR (integrated  Sub‐Basin ICR & Workshop Sub‐basin committee,
across all line dept. activities) and  Final Sub‐basin Atlas Line Depts., MDPU
contribute to project Monitoring &
Evaluation
Revision for Sub‐basin Atlas and inputs to
next year’s Sub‐Basin Plan
Adequate trainings on O&M for all WUAs
and agencies to be ensured at least for
some periods beyond the completion of
packages
2. Sub‐basin committee, Line Depts., MDPU
Develop any further Sub‐basin  O&M Plan for Project Sub‐basin committee,
Partnerships  Revised Sub‐Basin Plan & Workshop (indicating Line Depts., MDPU
Continue post‐implementation partnerships, critical areas for follow‐up, ways to
monitoring enhance sustainability and scale‐up adoption of
Determine approaches to address any modern water management/ irrigation/ cropping/
identified gaps in ensuring sustainability livestock/ fisheries/ marketing approaches
of project investments
Determine approaches for up‐scaling
activities (including any follow‐up project
activities)

6.3.2 Mapping of Water Resources Department Activities

The sub basin level implementation process to be facilitated by WRD are mapped
below and summarized in Attachment.6.2.

Objectives
The objectives of water resources organization activities are:
(i) Improving irrigation water delivery flexibly and response to farmers need
(ii) Improving the efficiency of conveyance and storage
(iii) Providing irrigation to the gap area of original Ayacut
(iv) Involving farmers in Participatory Irrigation Management through Water Users
Associations

Sub Basin Structure

Engineer - In - Chief will identify the Executive Engineers for 66 Sub-basins at one
for each sub basin. Executive Engineer (Regional) is the Nodal Officer of the Sub-basin, to
coordinate the project related activities of all the line departments in the Sub-Basin. He will
identify the field level nodal officers of the line departments, acquaint with them and will
establish close rapport with all of them (to ensure convergence-in such a way that they will
respond to his call for meetings at short notice)

Baseline Assessment
The Executive Engineer of the sub basins will convene a series of meetings with
officers, the stakeholders and agencies like “ATMA “in the Sub-basin. The stakeholders
include farmers, traders and reputed and responsible NGOs civil society /community in the
Sub-basin. The farmers will be represented by their WUAs if already formed in the Sub-basin
or by the progressive farmers in the Sub-basin. EE WRD shall update the register of
Irrigation Assets in the Sub-Basin. Consultations with the farmers on the irrigation system

110
deficiencies and improvements for the needs of modernization of the irrigation leading to
possible solutions like:
(i) Modernization of Anicuts and Improving supply channels
(ii) Strengthening and up gradation of tank bunds
(iii) Repairs, renovation of sluices
(iv) Improving surplus course
(v) Lining of channels
(vi) Construction of modern flow measuring devices
(vii) Provision of real time data acquisition system and canal operation
mechanisms(pilot model)
(viii) Provision of equipment needed for automated canal operation to improve
performance efficiency
(ix) If possible support the line departments in acquisition of the data on average
cultivation, gap and reasons for gap etc. and verification with correct statistics
from the VAOs later
(x) The existing cropping patterns will be ascertained by the Line Departments
This will help the Agriculture and Horticulture Department Officers to explore the
scope for crop diversification and the willingness of the farmers to adopt diversified
cropping.

Consultations
In order to have better co-ordination in planning and implementation of the project in line
with the field level activity objectives the following cycle of consultations are proposed
(i) Every 5th day of the month – line department meeting at WRD office for updating
Sub-basin plans and to assess physical and financial Implementation progress and
report to HODs and MDPU on the same day
(ii) Every 20th day of the month – walk through survey & subcommittee meeting
(iii) Every first Monday of the month– district level committee meeting
(iv) During June , July September and October from 11th onwards – MDPU will
review the Sub basin development plans with Line Departments (dates will be
intimated separately)

Important data to be collected

The Executive Engineer WRD shall then discuss with the Chief Engineer institute for
water studies and work out the crop water requirement for the existing and proposed cropping
pattern and with reference to water balance studies made by IWS in that basin //Sub-basin.
CE, IWS shall also arrange to furnish to the regional Executive Engineer thematic maps
pertaining to the Sub-basin /basin for preparing the initial sub basin atlas. The Regional
Executive Engineer will also discuss with the Chief Engineer SGSWRDC on the
categorization of the Sub-basin with reference to the ground water exploitation and the
recommendation the CE, SGSWRDC makes on the possible recharge structures(recharge
wells Check dams and Dykes etc.) to be constructed in the Sub basin on scientific basis.
CE, SGSWRDC shall also furnish the Sub-Basin map showing the categorization of the Sub-
Basin and the well details. The Superintending Engineer WRD of the basin shall also
associate in these activities of consultations and guide the Nodal officer in preparing the Sub-
Basin development plans and liaising with other departments’ officials. With the data
obtained from other WRD units and the line departments’ officers the Executive Engineer
WRD will appraise the MDPU, through power point presentation, the initial key issues
identified in the Sub-Basin, where the specialists shall interact and offer their professional
suggestions on modernization of irrigation infrastructure, suitable crop diversification and
possibility of the Livestock improvements and fisheries developments in the water-bodies.
111
 Data on livestock status and the productivity of inland fish in the water-bodies will also be
collected and the possible interventions will be gathered from the respective line department
officers. Thus a macro-level Sub-basin development plan will be arrived at. The macro-level
Sub-basin development plan will be projected to the multiple stakeholders during joint walk
through survey and the inventory of the assets will also be carried out and economical
infrastructure improvements needed will also be mutually decided. The iterative process will
be continued and final components for improving the irrigation infrastructure and the
strengthening measures required for the tank systems will also be agreed upon. EE will
identify the capacity building needs, appropriate awareness visits and locations for motivating
the farmers for formation of WUAs and adoption of modern irrigation technologies and water
management practices

Sub- Basin Development Plan (SBDP)

The Executive Engineer shall appraise the Superintending Engineer on the demands of
the stakeholders and prepare an approximate estimate cost for improving /adding
infrastructure Tank /Anicuts wise for improved irrigation efficiency and water management.
These plans will then be placed before the Sub-basin subcommittee constituted for their
professional inputs. The minutes of this meeting will have to be sent to the Collector,
Superintending Engineer WRD, the HODs of Line Departments and the Project Director.
Each department will then start preparing detailed estimates. The Executive Engineer
will also discuss with the Environmental unit in the Sub-Basin and identify the
Environmental issues to be addressed and the environmental unit shall prepare the estimate
for the required interventions .The possible social and environmental issues as in the
framework for SEMF developed for the Sub-basin will also be addressed by inclusion of
suitable components in the cost estimates. WRD will jointly share the field works with the
WRD plan formulation wing and prepare the cost estimates in consultation with the design
wing of WRD, IWS and ground water wing with the Regional Chief Engineer concerned
convening a meeting of Chief Engineers IWS, SGSWRDC, PLAN FORMULATION and
DRCS .The regional Executive Engineer shall collect the development plans and the cost
estimates for the interventions proposed by the Line Departments. Detailed reports and plans
will be prepared by the Nodal officers of WRD and Line Departments with inputs from the
MDPU. If any modifications are made by the MDPU specialist in the Sub-basin development
plans the same will be responded to by the sub basin team and EE. The finalized report and
estimates will be sent by the regional Executive Engineer to the District Level Co-ordination
Committee for ensuring convergence in planning and to facilitate easy monitoring during
implementation and to the HODs for forwarding to MDPU and to forward to World Bank for
their clearance. As soon as the clearance is received from the bank the concerned Chief
Engineer WRD shall arrange for the modifications suggested by Bank if any and submit to
the empowered committee for administrative clearance

Implementation
Once the empowered committee clears, Chief Engineer WRD with the support of the
project cells in their offices shall take appropriate action
(i) for finalizing the annual work plan
(ii) proper allocation of budget
(iii) preparation of procurement plans (through STEP)
(iv) for the preparation of bid documents
(v) getting cleared by the bank as per norms fixed and agreed in the project and finance
agreements for prior review contracts and
(vi) appropriate action to settle contracts as per procurement guidelines of the bank

112
 In the case of post review contracts according to the powers delegated to the officers
bid documents will be prepared. The bids will be called for following the procurement
guidelines of the bank and contracts concluded in line with the procurement plans approved.
After signing of the Agreement by the Contractor, within a Fortnight PERT Chart for the
Physical and Financial Progress of the Contract with the work plan and the methodologies of
executing the package as mutually agreed upon between the WRD Implementing Officer and
the Contractor (by taking into account the working seasons and upper and lower reaches
program of work for enabling to monitor the Progress of work effectively and to achieve the
objectives of the Project. At this stage the District Collectors should be informed to monitor
the implementation through the District Level Co-ordination Committee. MDPU will
examine the Annual work plans received from the WRD and line agencies on the ongoing
sub plan and for the next year’s budget requirements and forward the budget demands to the
finance department for inclusion in the state annual budget. The CE through the EE of the sub
basin of WRD will simultaneously through the PIM wing in the office of the Engineer-in-
chief establish WUAs in the project areas in the phased manner as indicated in the Chapter in
Participatory Irrigation Management (PIM) cell.

Scheme cycle
The time lines for carrying out the sub basin level activities are summarized the
form of a scheme cycle presented in Table 6.4.
Table 6.4: Sub Basin Level Scheme Cycle (may be for Phase II )
April‐ May 1st week line department meeting
June 2nd week stakeholders and line department meeting
meeting with MDPU with field level officers for preparation
July 1st week
of Sub‐basin plans
modifications suggested in MDPU to be attended to by all
July 2nd week
departments
consultations with project cells of line department for review
August 1st week
and comments
attending to comments of cells and again consulting
August 3rd week
stakeholders
Plans and designs to be sent to HODs with approved plan to
September 1st week
the MDPU
MDPU will finalize the converged Sub‐basin plans and the
October 1st week
line department to prepare cost estimates
Sub‐basin plans and cost estimates and annual work plan
October 4th week including budget will be placed before the appropriate
authority
annual Sub‐basin work plan and budget estimates to be sent
November 1st week
to World Bank and finance department

6.3.3 Mapping of Tamil Nadu Agricultural University Activities

At the sub basin level TNAU will partner with other line agencies to help farmers earn higher
income per unit of water. The elaborate mapping is presented below and summarized in
Attachment 6.4
1.The major objective of the TNIAM project to promote the climate resilient activities and
market led agriculture in the sub – basins of Tamil Nadu.

113
Specific Objectives:
(i) To increase rice productivity in sub-basins by the promotion of Water Saving
Technology viz., “Safe” AWD, SRI or Mechanical transplanting.
(ii) To enhance the pulse productivity and production through the promotion of pulse seed
village, Improved Production Technology and value addition.
(iii) To enhance red gram production under precision farming approach.
(iv) Large scale adoption of Drip Fertigation / Precision Farming/SSI in Sugarcane and
horticultural crops to improve application efficiency and to increase the WUE.
(v) Popularization of crop diversification options in select crops such as maize, fruits and
vegetables in the sub basin commands.
(vi) Testing and large scale adoption of technologies developed on-station to farm
conditions
(vii) Promotion of application through Geo – Tagging, Remote sensing based assessment, e-
agriculture, Price forecasting and farm advisory.
(viii) Assessment of GHG emission
(ix) Provide necessary trainings through various centers / research stations of Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University to the farmers and other stakeholders for capacity building

Roles to be performed
To accomplish the objectives enshrined above, the following components of activities
are proposed in the sub basin commands.

(i) Productivity enhancement in Rice in sub- basin through Demonstration and upscaling of
water saving technology viz., ’Safe’ AWD, SRI and Mechanical transplanting under
GM-Rice, Rice follow pulse sequences
(ii) Crop diversification with high value crops
(iii) Large scale promotion of SSI in Sugarcane
(iv) Precision farming in Quick value crops viz., Vegetables/Banana/Pomegranate and
Mango
(v) Promotion of pulse production and productivity through producing quality seed and
Improved Production Technology.
(vi) Value addition of pulses under supply chain concept by linking with better market.
(vii) Creation of IT advisory cell to implement Geo Tagging, Remote sensing based
assessment, e-agriculture, Price forecasting and Farm advisory.
(viii) Promotion of the concept of production of Toxic free vegetables in sub basins.
(ix) Capacity building to stake holders.

Strategies for Replication of Technologies

(i) Delineation of Zone of Influence from the first year
(ii) Organizing Campaign for motivation of farmers
Arranging Exposure Visit to the locations of Good Agricultural Practices
(iii)
(iv)Conducting IAM WARM day periodically to redress the grievances at farm
(v) Training to Beneficiary and Non Beneficiary farmers
(vi)Creation of linkages between beneficiary and non-beneficiary farmers

Baseline Assessment
The Scientists nominated by the Head of Research Stations / KVKs shall associate in
the joint walk through surveys with multiple stakeholders arranged by the Executive
Engineers of the various sub-basins to assess the field conditions. During the survey, the
Scientists should examine the conditions of irrigation systems / livelihood status, Potentials

114
of crop / livestock enterprise etc. To develop Action Plan of more precise in nature, the Sub
basin nodal officer shall collect the following details during the month of April – May to
support the requirements of stakeholders and the farmers.

(i) Water potential of the sub basin

(ii) Availability of water for the ensuing cropping season
(iii) The existing cropping pattern ,
(iv) Potential markets and market prices
(v) Proposed cropping pattern
(vi) The possibility of field testing of research findings
(vii) Promoting the water saving technologies in field
(viii) Introduction of innovative technologies viz. SRI, Drip and Sprinkler irrigation
in consultation with the WUAs or with the prospective farmers in the sub-basin
(ix) Popularization of labor saving implements for rice, maize and groundnut
(x) Scope for establishing seed village for supply of quality seed and seedlings for
more diversified agriculture
(xi) Document major issues that are confronting development / technology transfer

Consultations
Nodal Officer TNAU will participate in the multiple stakeholders meeting convened
by the Executive Engineer WRD in the month of April – May and share the views of
stakeholders covering:
(i) Prevailing conditions of irrigation infrastructure in the sub basin
(ii) Extent of micro irrigation practiced in the sub basin
(iii)Scope for expansion of Micro Irrigation in areas of agricultural and horticultural crops
(iv) Possibilities for crop diversification and on farm development activities etc.,
Dates for Joint Walk Through will be decided to assess the status of irrigation
infrastructure, agricultural practices adopted and the possible interventions as required by the
stakeholders. A meeting with all the sub-basin representatives from TNAU shall be arranged
to form a framework on the frontier technologies to be transferred in each sub-basin and
strategize an annual work plan by identifying large scale demonstrations for converged action
of WRD and line departments. Consult Agriculture, Horticulture, and Agricultural
Engineering Departments to assess the details of area expansion / crop diversification so as to
decide the technology needs in the sub basins. Consult with the Agricultural Engineering
Department officials regarding their requirement of Machineries for farm mechanization and
communicate to the Agricultural Machinery Research Centre.
Consultation with Agricultural Marketing and Agribusiness Department officials
regarding transfer of market intelligence information generated by the Agribusiness and Farm
Advisory Cell and get the feedback of marketing officials will be held and will inform to the
cell.

Draft Sub-Basin Development Plan with special reference to Climate smart activities
 Prepare Sub basin development plan based on the field visit and the needs expressed by
the stakeholders and on the basis of water potential available in the sub basin,
diversification of high water demanding crops to low water demanding crops, its
technological and climatological parameters coupled with the issues on marketing tie ups
and based on the latest innovative research findings from the university.
 The Sub basin development plan will be iterated based on consultation with the line
departments like agricultural engineering, horticulture, agricultural marketing and
agriculture to propose suitable high value crops that will be agreeable to farmers of the sub
basin
115
 The location of demonstration plots are to be identified (tank wise) and consultations with
Tamil Nadu Agriculture University / Horticulture and the WUAs should be made
 The above Sub basin development plan developed will then be sent to the HODs (Nodal
Officer, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University) by second week of September for their
perusal and suggestions and also to the District Coordination Committee and the agreed
plans to be sent to the MDPU for scrutiny and modification
 This iterative process will go on till a finalized acceptable sub basin development plan for
clearance by the Project Steering Committee (PSC) by last week of September
 Once the steering committee approves the plan, the sub basin Nodal Officer will prepare
the final cost estimates and send to Nodal Officer and Director, TNAU with a copy to the
Executive Engineer of sub basin and copy to MDPU by first week of October
 The sub basin development plan and the cost estimate will then be forwarded to the World
Bank and clearance obtained by MDPU by the Second Week of October
 The HODs will place the plans before the Project Steering Committee (Empowered
Committee) the estimates through the MDPU before the last week of October
 Draw an annual work plan with details of budget provision needed for the current and new
packages to be taken up in the following year and send to MDPU which will forward to
finance department by second week of November. Highlight the number of outsourcing
staff, their working season, job contents and their performance evaluation etc., in the
MOU and get the approval of MDPU.

Pre Implementation
 Once the estimates receive Administrative Sanction, the Sub Basin Nodal Officer will
prepare the detailed estimates with drawings showing the field numbers where the
demonstrations are proposed and the type of demonstrations / activities aimed
 The technically sanctioned estimate will then be perused by the Procurement committee /
Procurement Officer with the Project Cell at Nodal Office of TNAU who will either be
trained at Administrative Staff College of India (ASCI) Hyderabad or at Chennai and
initiate procurement process
 Nodal officer, TNAU shall identify the person to be trained on technological
advancement, extension and procurement methods and arrange trainings to them.
 Identify the agencies who are competent input providers for the task outlined in the plan

Implementation
 A Co-ordination committee under the chairmanship of Vice Chancellor, TNAU with the
technical directors as members will be formed to monitor, guide the implementation and
review the physical and financial progress. Apart from this,
technical committee will be formed for the major interventions and IT based activities.

Convergence
 The Nodal Officer TNAU to discuss with Horticulture officials and delineate the area of
operation with regard to Micro Irrigation to avoid the duplication of similar components
in the sub basin
 Segregate the villages among TNAU, AED, Agriculture and Horticulture for need based
intervention
 Finalize the action plan for the season after availing discussion with line departments
 Encourage / Guide Animal Husbandry officials on establishment of green fodder
 Give tips to them on technological aspects for establishing fodder as intercrops wherever
feasible

116
 Nodal Officer to consult with Agriculture / Horticulture officials regarding the cropping
pattern, crop diversification proposed and implementation of drip / sprinkler irrigation,
precision farming
 In a month, a day may be identified to celebrate TNIAMP day to redress the issues that
arose in the sub basin commands and to plan for the next month programs which is
amenable to line department
 The Sub Basin Nodal Officer / implementing officer shall attend the zonal workshop and
field days arranged by Agriculture department and ensure convergence of activities and
advise midcourse corrections to be made by the farmers in the implementation of the
project

Creating Awareness
Wide publicity may be given at the sub basin level to create awareness among the
farmers about TNAU components proposed for the sub basin through
(i) Discussion meetings at village level
(ii) Awareness campaigns,
(iii) Television, Cable networks
(iv) Handouts, Banners,
(v) Screening movies on Best Agricultural Practices
(vi) Participation in the Model Village /SWIKC

Joint Walk through Campaign should be performed with the line department officials
for promoting the relevant components. Handouts, posters depicting the profitability of crop /
livestock enterprise so as to make the farmers convinced. Village leaders who are popular
among the public shall be approached for appraising the IAMWARM (IAMP) activities and
their services may be best utilized for popularizing the project activities among the public to
gain quick spread of technologies / social development activities. Identify prospective women
folk who excels in microfinance / social development activities may be utilized for awareness
creation under TN IAM Project at village level.

Farmer Identification
Get the assistance of WUA in identifying the willing farmers (tank wise) and maintain
priority register. Select the area contiguously. Change the demo area / locations every year to
extend the benefit of technology to different user. Encourage small, marginal and women
farmers also in to the beneficiary fold. A database on the list of farmers who have success
stories / Best Agricultural Practices with respect to activities such as drip irrigation, improved
crop variety, cross breeding, crop diversification etc., may be prepared and maintained.

Demonstration and Exposure Visits

 The implementing officers at sub basin level with reference to the sanctioned estimate
shall arrange demonstration in the selected field, preferably along the road side to have
accessibility.
 Mobilization of neighboring farmers also to join the demonstrations so as to have timely
replications in their fields
 While conducting demonstrations, see that the line department personnel, farmers of
adjacent fields and the critical inputs are available in the spot
 Critical inputs may sufficiently be pooled in the demo plot so as to feed the requirement of
farmers of adjacent fields for large scale adoption of the technology within the time frame
 Attend the TNIAMP field days, exposure visits, demonstrations etc. arranged by the WRD
/ Line departments

117
 Arrange Exposure Visits on Best Agricultural Practices and conduct demonstrations on
improved technologies, precision farming, Micro irrigation etc.

Changing the Mindset

The Objective of TNIAMP PROJECT “is More Income per Liter of Water” should be
engraved in the mindset of the implementing officers. Implementation Officers may be given
orientation training on the TNIAMP (IAMWARM II) concept so as to ensure effective
implementation. Focus on how precision farming and improved production technologies
enhance the productivity of the plant increased production and therefore higher income.
Invite the Farmer Interest Groups to see live Demo and interaction with the experts on the
components / activities.
Farmer – to – farmer interaction may be arranged with the successful farmers for
convincing the Farmers Interest Group so as to have quick spread of the technologies.
Farmers who need Bank loans for purchasing the components may be guided to have quick
spread of technologies. The WUAs may be motivated to create a corpus fund to meet the
maintenance expenses of the machinery and the micro irrigation system. Assess the irrigation
water potential of the fields of the individual farmer and suggest Micro Irrigation System
coupled with suitable cropping pattern and if possible inter cropping arrangements.

Authority, Responsibility, Accountability Issues (ARAI)

Delineation of powers / Decentralization of powers to sub basin Nodal Officers may
be examined to accomplish the project goals. The Nodal Officers and Professors at sub basin
level are responsible for qualitative and quantitative aspects of the components enunciated in
the Sub basin development plan. The report of monitoring and evaluation consultant in
respect of each Sub basin may be examined for imparting quality aspects. Action plans may
be prepared to fulfill the goals of TN IAM Project to phase the works within the stipulated
time. Ensure / Inculcate self-auditing to revisit / recheck the quality aspects of work executed.
Motivation Programs like Workshops, Trainings, Exposure Visits, performance incentives
may be arranged to the Implementation Officers at sub basin level.

6.3.4 Mapping of Sub-basin Activities by Agriculture Department

The detailed sub basin level activities to be carried out by Agriculture Department
have been mapped. A summary of the mapping is also given in attachment 6.4

Objectives
I. Improving the productivity of crops by technology demonstration, training and
backstopping
II. The focus will be on SRI and other important crops in the tank command
areas.
III. Diversification to high value and water efficient crops
IV. Transfer of technology from lab to farm
V. Popularization and distribution of critical inputs in time for increased
productivity and eco – development
VI. Increased efficiency in farm operations and drudgery reduction
VII. Sustainable development of Market led Agriculture

The approach
The focus of agriculture interventions is on optimizing existing crop productivity and
diversification of the cropping pattern. The project plans to adopt an extensive approach in
optimizing productivity of the existing crops by disseminating improved technology,
providing need-based adoption support and piloting of new crops through market led
118
extension. Promotion and adoption of crop diversification depends upon the opportunity of
partnerships with private companies who can provide assured market based on quality
standards, agro-climatic suitability of the new crops, availability of technical expertise,
etc.The project envisages strengthening of extension services through partnerships with
research organizations and other public institutions such as TNAU, IMTI, STAMIN, Farmers
Training Centers (FTC), Centre of Excellence for Change Management (CEC) s etc. The
project implementation will be built on the experience of these agencies and complementing
resources.

Structure
The HOD will identify the Nodal officer and Implementing Officer for preparation and
implementation of the Project. In the District level, the Joint Director of Agriculture is the
Nodal officer / Procurement officer of the Project in the Sub-Basin.

Planning
Baseline Assessment
IdentifiedNodal officer has to associate with the Executive Engineer WRD / principal
coordinator of the Sub-Basin in the first week of April every year and collect the following
data of the Sub-Basin.
(i) Water availability.
(ii) Existing irrigation potential.
(iii) Macro level status of water distribution practiced.
(iv) Total irrigation command area in the Sub-Basin.
(v) Average irrigated area.
(vi) The gap area with reasons for the gap area and
(vii) The date for a meeting with the stakeholders etc.

Meanwhile, he will also collect the data on rainfall, existing agriculture practices,
technologies adopted, varieties grown, yield, productivity, cost of cultivation, market
potential, rate of produces, current cropping pattern, Practices, Issues, Paddy and prospects
of diversification and the crop water requirement for the Sub-basin in consultation with the
CE - IWS.He will then propose new cropping pattern suitable to the agro-climatic zone in
which the Sub-Basin falls and request WRD EE to work out the crop water requirement.

Preliminary stakeholders’ consultations

He will participate in the multiple stakeholders meetings at Sub-Basin, village and tank levels
convened by the Executive Engineer WRD in the month of April- May-June and share the
views of the stakeholders on.
(i) The prevailing conditions in the Sub-Basin on irrigation infrastructure,
(ii) Rainfall pattern, seasons.
(iii) The support they receive from the Agriculture Department for adoption of
technologies.
(iv) The cropping pattern (and the reasons for it), availability of inputs in time
especially seeds, soil types, labor availability, farm implements, machineries and
sprayers availability.
(v) The inputs recommended by the Extension officers and
(vi) Their experience in following their recommendations.
(vii) Important issues.
(viii) Counter measure expected.
(ix) Technologies adopted crops and varieties grown, duration of the crops, yield
details, cost of cultivation, marketing details, cost of produces etc.
119
He will also appraise the WUA meetings about the macro level details he had worked out and
interact with them and assess their needs / counter measures for the issues discussed etc. In
the multiple stakeholders meetings, a date for Joint walk through survey will be decided
(preferably completed by the first week of June) to assess the status of irrigation
infrastructure and allied agriculture practices/ technologies adopted, issues discussed and the
possible interventions as required by the stakeholders. (The joint walk through and meetings
as a random sample should cover at least 30% of the Sub-Basin spread out equally). He will
participate in the joint walk through and assess the true picture, of all points, issues and
outcomes of the earlier meetings and again interact with the stakeholders which consists of
the formal/in-formal WUAs and get the feedback on issues, their needs that the agriculture
department to design on the supports to be given on extension activities. Based on the field
visit, issues and the needs / countermeasures expressed by the stakeholders and on the basis
of water potential in the sub-basin [as discussed with the Executive Engineer WRD] strategy
on the introduction of new technologies for increasing crop area, productivity and the
possible diversification to high profit less water intensive crops and crops suited to gap areas
can be prepared. Such Sub-basin plan will be iterated based on Consultation with the Agri-
Marketing, AED, TNAU and Horticulture officers in the Sub-basin in the last week of June to
propose suitable marketable crops that will be agreeable to the farmers in the Sub-basin. The
above Sub-basin plan developed will then be sent to the HODs by Second week of September
for their perusal and suggestions and also to the District Co-ordination Committee (see vide
the chapter under District co-ordination committee for more details on its role) and the agreed
plans to be sent to the MDPU by HOD for scrutiny and modification. The HODs will place
the development plans with cost estimates before Project Steering Committee through MDPU
before the last week of October and obtain Administrative Sanction. This iterative process
will go on till a finalized acceptable Sub-basin Development plan along with the required
training needs both for officers and WUAs is developed with cost estimates and sent to the
MDPU for clearance by the Steering Committee by last week of September. Once the
steering committee approves the plan, the JDA and the field level officers of line departments
will recheck the estimates prepared by them already for any final refinements and send to
Sub-Basin committee. Once the Sub-Basin committee clears the proposal, the JDA shall send
the plans to HODs with a copy to Executive Engineer, WRD in the basin and. The HODs
after scrutiny shall forward to MDPU by first week of October. The Sub-Basin development
plan and the cost estimate will then be forwarded to the World Bank and clearance obtained
by MDPU by the Second week of October.

Sub - Basin Development Plan

The total sub basin development plan will be the end product of the concerted efforts by all
the departments together as at the end of the planning process. The sub basin development
plan will include in addition to various proposed interventions by each of the departments,
the operation and maintenance of irrigation facilities including tanks, water balance and
participatory irrigation management. The different interventions as integrated in the sub basin
development plan will have separate DPRs (Detailed Project Reports) to help channelize
resources.

Capacity Building
Based on the designs, the Sub-Basin nodal officer shall identify the immediate capacity
building needs and organize such small trainings/awareness campaigns. The training shall
include,

(i) The identification of appropriate cropping pattern and inputs requirements.

120
(ii) Latest Innovative Technologies.
(iii) Identification of Farmers for awareness visits.
(iv) Formation of Farmers Interest Group/Commodity Groups.
(v) Identification of trainer from stakeholders.
(vi) The requirement of ICM/IWM/IPM/INM applications.
(vii) Organic farming.
(viii) Large scale demonstrations.

Zone of Influence
Demonstration and beyond-to ensure achievement of the above proposed cropping pattern
Tank/Anicut wise number of demonstrations and the input needed are to be worked out. The
locations of demonstration plots are to be identified in consultation with the WUAs on the
prospects of assured delivery of water to the proposed area are to be ascertained. The District
Joint Director of Agriculture (JDA) should lead these activities and consultations and guide
the Sub-Basin nodal officers in the preparation and implementation of Sub-Basin
development plans.

Suggested Components
(i) The nature, type & crop diversification and alternate cropping strategies.
(ii) Integrated management of soil, water, pest and diseases.
(iii) Enhancing the technical skill and decision making capacity of officers and
farmers.
(iv) Educating the farmers on the usefulness of Agricultural Information System Net
Work.
(v) Exposure visit: Inter-state and inter- districts to farmers and officers.

The Sub-Basin plan shall consist of:

(i) Finalized Sub-Basin atlas
(ii) Summary of consultations
(iii) Summary of Technical Analysis
(iv) Proposed Hardware and software activities as part of Sub-basin plan with costing,
farmer’s participation and sharing and implementation arrangements.
(v) Economic analysis
(vi) Environmental and social management plans specifically to be addressed in the
Sub-Basin.
(vii) Proposed schedule of activities etc.

Also draw an annual work plan with details of budget provision needed and send to MDPU
which will be forwarded to Finance Department by the second week of November.

Pre Implementation
Communication from HOD
The Directorate has to get necessary Government Orders / Administrative Sanction for the
following and communicated to the Districts.

(i) The proposed sub - basin activities under the project should be in tune with the
State or centrally sponsored scheme norms. The Headquarters TNIAM
(IAMWARM II) Project Cell has to scrutinize the sub basin proposals in
consultation with the Director of Agriculture and give clearance to the districts. For
the development components of activities which are not in tune with the State or

121
 centrally sponsored scheme norms, the Directorate should get necessary
Government orders for the same and communicate to the districts for
implementation.
(ii) Budget and work plan for TNIAM (IAMWARM II) Project for the year.
(iii) Government order for TNIAM (IAMWARM II) Project.
(iv) Administrative sanction for TNIAM (IAMWARM II) Project.
(v) Project Implementation Plan.
(vi) Government Order for the outsourcing of staff required for district and sub -basin.
(vii) Government Order for the additional infrastructure for district and sub- basin.
(viii) Sub -Basin wise approved procurement plan for the year.
Positioning of additional staff if required in different levels (Headquarters, District, Sub
basin) – by HOD
Orientation
One day State level interactive workshop and orientation to the field staff, WUA,
traders, Manufactures / processors, concerned with all Line departments – by HOD. HODs
meeting with district JDAs / Nodal officers regarding implementation of the project for the
year. District JDA / Nodal officers meeting will be with the District Collector for appraisal
about the project. District Joint Directors of Agriculture will be meeting with the sub -basin
Nodal officers and WUA about the project plan and implementation.
Need assessment and organizing the inputs
Check with the sub-basin procurement plan and assess once again the correct inputs -
Physical and financial requirements, component wise by detailed discussion with the Sub -
Basin Nodal officers and the ADAs concerned.
Publicity
District Joint Directors of Agriculture to finalize the type of publicity activities
needed for successful implementation of the project, in discussion with the sub-basin
implementation officers and WUA. Publicity activities will be done as finalized - by the sub-
basin Nodal officers and other implementing officers of the sub basin.
Training
District JDA will finalize the training needs including the specialized trainings of the
implementation officers and WUA by detailed discussion with the implementation officers
and WUA. One day training of sub - basin Nodal officers and other implementing officers on
various technologies, procurement procedures etc. as finalized earlier – by Joint Directors of
Agriculture. One day training to sub basin WUA / Farmers on various components of
activities, transfer of technologies etc. as planned – by sub basin Nodal officers and other
implementing officers. The training may be organized in the demonstration field itself
covering both skilled and unskilled practices. One day State Level interactive Workshop and
orientation to the field staff, WUA, traders, manufacturers / Processors concerned with all
Line Departments by HOD. One day Sub-basin Level interactive Workshop and orientation
to the field staff, WUA, traders, manufacturers / Processors concerned with all Line
Departments by District Joint Director of Agriculture.
Procurement of Inputs and Equipment
Sub-basin wise, package wise finalization of items, cost and supply points including
Agriculture Extension Centre (AECs), etc. based on the procurement plan. Preparation of bid
documents for ICB, NCB, Force Account, Direct Selection etc. as the case may be, clearly
indicating the date of invitation of bid with time, bid opening date with time, evaluation,
finalization, issue of supply order, commencement of supply, delivery points etc. Ensure that
the full World Bank norms have been followed in each step of preparation of bid document.
122
Ensure that the items, date of supply to the destination and the firms by which the items have
to be supplied etc. have been informed to the AECs or WUAs etc. by duly marking the
supply order copy to the concerned. For quality, quantity and date of supply, necessary
certificate with stock book entry details from the concerned AECs or WUAs has to be
obtained by the JDA before making payment to the firms concerned. For the item of inputs
which are to be procured as per the Force Account procedure, it is to be ensured that the
items are actually produced, manufactured, cultivated by the Agriculture Department. For the
inputs to be procured as per Force Account procedure from the Agriculture Department (AEC
production unit, State Seeds Farms etc.) such units or centers or SSFs, to be strengthened well
in advance by providing additional funds by the Department and staff etc. anticipating the
additional production for the project over and above the normal production each year. Assess
the full production capacity of such departmental units, so that other procurement methods/
procedures could also be adopted for the additional quantity required over and above the
capacity of such units, so that timely inputs supply could be ensured for the successful
implementation of project. While preparing the bid document, the full quantity of inputs
required for the whole year covering all the seasons / requirement of the sub-basin may be
indicated with clear supply date well before the commencement of each season so that quality
inputs / seeds to be supplied to the farmers well in time. HOD will review regularly the
progress of procurement work done by the District JDA/Nodal officers.
Implementation
Execution
Once the estimates receive Administrative Sanction, the field implementing officer
will prepare the detailed drawings showing the field numbers where the demonstrations are
proposed and the type of demonstrations planned. Identification of sub-basin wise, tank wise
farmers, clustering of farmers based on activities, size of holding and fields in which
componentized project activities to be implemented by sub-basin Nodal Officers and other
implementing officers of the sub-basin. According to the delegation of powers, the district
Nodal officer shall arrange for technical sanction of the estimate. The technically sanctioned
estimate will then be perused by the Procurement officer designated in the Sub-Basin, who
will be trained either at the Sub-Basin or at Chennai, and initiate the procurement process
(For details Refer Procurement Chapter).The Nodal officer in the Sub-Basin shall identify the
personnel to be trained on extension and procurement activities and arrange imparting
trainings to them through recognized Training Institutes as approved by the HODs.
The agencies for supplying inputs will be finalized according to the powers delegated
powers to the procurement officers. The mobilization of inputs may be organized as per the
Model given in Table 6.6.
Table 6.6 : Model for mobilization of inputs
Period in which inputs to be
Season mobilized Remarks
Discuss with the WRD regarding the
1st Season (Samba)
June – July exact date of water release and
August – November
mobilize inputs accordingly.
Discuss with the WRD regarding the
2nd Season (Navarai)
October – November exact date of water released and
December – March
mobilize inputs accordingly
Discuss with the WRD regarding the
3rd Season (Sornawari)
February – March exact date of water released and
April – July
mobilize inputs accordingly

123
 The JDA/ District Procurement officer will issue supply orders for the supply of
Inputs (seeds, MN Mixture, Bio-fertilizers, Bio- pesticides, farm implements and machineries
etc) required to the implementing officer to carry out the identified demonstration in the
selected field at the right season (vide Annexure - for more details).

Important Steps for successful Diversification of crops

As a first step, the issue may be discussed in detail by the JDA with the concerned
Sub-Basin field staff during the Monthly Zonal workshop and fix a suitable date for village
campaign( TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)Day), villages to be covered, crops to be diverted, new
verities to be introduced etc. Accordingly, inform farmers, local Line Department officials,
WRD, Local TNAU scientists, local traders etc. about the village campaigns. Distribute
pamphlets, handouts, and booklets about the potentiality of the crops. Display photos, live
specimens of the crop, use all possible publicity activities in the campaign to educate the
participants. Explain about the potentiality of the new crop to be introduced such as higher
yield, lesser cost of cultivation, lesser water requirement, duration of the crop, market
potentials, number of by products to be made, probable extra income etc. Ensure that only
less water more profit crops are introduced in the place of more water less profit crops as
finalized early. Request the innovative farmers who have already grown such crops to share
their experience with the fellow farmers, so that the participating farmers could easily get
convinced about the potentiality of the crop and income. Involve the local TNAU scientists
to share their technical knowledge on cultivation of the crop with the farmers, so that all steps
of package of practices or cultivation methods could be well understood by the farmers.
Similarly create an opportunity to the local traders and producers / manufacturers concerned
to explain about the market potential, price that they could be offered for the produce etc., so
that the farmers could convince themselves in cultivation of the desired crops. Let the WRD
explain about the time of water release, quantity and duration of water release etc., so that
farmers get confidence about the assured water for the entire crop period. Let the local
engineers of the AED explain about the services that could be offered to this crop so that
farmers will be getting additional interest to take up the crop in the current season itself using
lesser water. The representatives of the Agriculture Marketing and Agribusiness Department
may also explain about the market potential for the crops at local markets, outside the
districts, procurement facilities offered, transport, drying and storage facilities available,
value addition possibilities, E kiosk services etc., so that the potentiality of the crop including
the extra income could deeply be registered in the minds of the farmers, which will ultimately
reflect in easy coverage of the crops in larger areas, besides having multiplier effect in the
nearby area. Keep the seeds and other inputs required readily in the AECs for distribution. If
possible arrange distribution in the concerned village itself to the farmers or through WUAs.
Sub-basin nodal officer and other implementing staff of the sub-basin should ensure the
coverage of gap area as per the cropping pattern and as discussed with WRD and finalized
early.

Important steps for successful Gap area coverage (Likely to be in the end of First or
Second year in the Sub-Basin
Similar to the issue of the diversification and completely linked with it, the issue of
gap area coverage in the Ayacut area also to be discussed by the JDA in the monthly zonal
meeting as a first step. Discuss with WRD in detail about the date of release of water, period
of release of water, number of days in which the water will reach in tail end, approximate
period of continuous availability of water to the tail end in the sub-basin etc.
Depending on the length of availability of water to the tail end and the total area that
could be covered, the crop / variety may be suggested for gap area sowing / coverage. If the
water availability is shorter period only, irrigated pulses of 65 -75 days duration may be
124
suggested for the gap area. If water availability is for about 3 months, irrigated Groundnut or
irrigated Millets/Minor Millets may be recommended for the gap area. If the water
availability is more than 90 days in the gap area, Maize, Millets, Minor Millets etc. may be
recommended based on WUA choice. These crops could be supplemented by well irrigation
if available, depending on necessity. In the case of non-availability of water for the tail end in
the sub basin, rain fed Millets & Minor Millets, rain fed Groundnut could be recommended in
anticipation of rain, instead of keeping the area fallow. As per the availability of water to the
gap area, desired seeds and other inputs may be mobilized and stocked in the AECs for
timely distribution to the farmers.
The existing gap area in which wells are there, the medium duration irrigated
Groundnut, medium duration irrigated Millets could be recommended with confidence, so
that last one or two irrigation could be given through wells. If the WRD expresses inability to
supply water for the tail end of the sub-basin for a particular season / period, short duration
rain fed Pulses, rain fed Millets & Minor Millets, rain fed Groundnut may be recommended.
Farmers may be educated through publicity, village meetings, village campaigns,
WUA meetings etc. about the irrigated crops to be taken up in the gap area depending upon
the water availability or rain fed crops to be taken up in the case of non-availability of water.
Farmers must be educated and convinced that the gap area of the Ayacut should not be left as
fallow without any crop. Some crops whether fully irrigated or partially irrigated or partially
substituted with well water or / pure rain fed crops including fodder crops could be taken up.
Frequent interaction with the WRD by the JDA and other implementing officers of
the sub- basin is a must to decide the suitable crop for the gap area. For most seasons, the
availability of water to the gap area could be predicted only in the last moment by the WRD.
Accordingly, the crop seeds and other inputs are to be mobilized quickly.
The sub-basin Nodal officers and other implementing staff of the sub-basin should
ensure that the full package of practices is adopted step by step for all the developmental
components of activities proposed for the sub-basins.

The Developmental Component Activities

The sub-basin Nodal officers and other implementing staff of the sub-basin should
interact at least once in a week possibly in the respective demo site itself with the WUAs /
farmers and see that the execution of all activities carried out without any deviation.
The sub-basin Nodal officers and other implementing staff of the sub-basin should co-
ordinate with other Line Department field officers and see that their inputs and services are
best utilized to carry out each and every operation.
Demonstrations should be in large scale (i.e.) at least 10 Ha, in contiguous areas with some in
road sides for easy mobilization of inputs and arranging field days and exposure visits.

Important steps for arranging Field Days / Farmers Meet (TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)DAY)
Common Farmers Meet / Field Days
Preferably, common date for Farmers Meet / Field Days may be fixed by the sub-
basin implementing officers, after consulting all the line Department officers, WRD etc., so
that all officers concerned could meet on the same date in the sub-basin which may be called
as TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)DAY so that the respective issues, points, services,
technologies, practices could be discussed with the sub-basin farmers in the same day instead
of each line department fixing different date for the same purpose and inviting other line
departments to participate which may not work out and serve the purpose.
Involve WUAs/ farmers, Officers, including Line Department Officers, TNAU
Scientists, WRD, Traders, District Collector, and Local People’s Representative like MP,
MLA, Panchayat Presidents, Community Leaders, Local School Children, Teachers and
Other VIP in the Sub-basin.
125
 The Sub-Basin Nodal officer should create an opportunity to exchange views, sharing
the experience, clarifying doubt, interaction with the stakeholder / farmer by the participants.
Nodal officer should also explain the technologies adopted, reasons for the better
performance of crops etc., so that participants could be convinced and adopt in their fields,
besides convincing the other fellow farmers. This will reflect in multiplier effect. The sub -
basin Nodal officers should arrange at least 4 to 5 such field meetings so that rapid TOT
could be made easy.
The date and time for Field Days are to be informed well in advance to all the targeted
group of participants.
Record the stage of crop, outcome of the particular technology, views of the
participants etc. in the presence of the participants. This could be printed and issued for
educating other farmers for adoption. If possible, the Field Day activities may be covered
with photos and video.
Maintain register of participants in each Field Day for different field operation of the
same field.

The tentative Model activity chart for the Major crops to conduct Farmers Meet and Field
Days:
At least 3 – 4 Farmers Meet (FM) may be arranged for each major crop depending
upon the duration of the crop, during critical stages of the crops or field operations. The date,
time and location of the Farmers Meet may be fixed in consultation with WRD, Line
departments and communicate the same to the concerned well in advance for effective
participation.

1st Farmers Meet

It should be just before the commencement of each season, to decide the crop / variety
to be taken up based on season, cropping pattern, water availability, agro climatic suitability,
market potential, productivity, profitability and income etc.

2nd Farmers Meet

This meet may be during the sowing / planting periods, or on important agronomic /
cultural practices, field operation periods or during application of critical inputs etc.

3rd Farmers Meet

This meet may be one month before the harvest or during the important cultural or
agronomic practices or application of critical inputs or during adoption of any important
technologies or operations.

4th Farmers Meet

This meet may be conducted preferably near harvest day, so that the performance of
crop (yield) and the effects of technologies adopted could be well understood by the farmers.
Market potential, rate of the produce, value addition possibility, probable income etc. could
be discussed and explained to the farmers and other participants by the Line Department
staff, scientists, traders, manufactures and produces etc. so that it may induce the participant
farmers to take up the crop again and again. In this meet, next season crops and practices
could also be discussed to create interest and confidence among the farmers to take up the
next season crop.

126
Model Activity Chart
A Model activity chart prepared for major crops of focus in the sub basins is presented in 6.7.
Table 6.7: Model Activity Chart for Major crops (for 1st season crops)

Stage of the Minor

Paddy Maize Pulses Oil Seeds Remarks
crop Millets
Before sowing / FM‐ 1 FM‐ 1 FM‐ 1 FM‐ 1 FM‐ 1 Sub‐basin implementing
planting May–June May–June Nov‐Dec July‐Aug Nov‐Dec officers should fix the
Sowing / FM‐ 2 FM‐ 2 FM‐ 2 ‐‐ FM‐ 2 correct date based on
growing / June– Aug Jun–July Dec–Jan Dec–Jan ground reality in
critical consultation with line
operations / departments and WRD.
adoption of
important
technologies
Growing / FM‐3 FM‐3 FM‐3 FM‐2 FM‐3
critical Aug – Sept July‐ Aug Mar ‐ Aug Aug‐Sept Mar ‐ Aug
operations /
adoption of
important
technologies
Maturing / FM‐4 FM‐4 FM‐4 FM‐3 FM‐4
harvest stage Oct‐ Dec Aug‐Sept Sept‐ Oct Sept Sept‐ Oct
FM‐ Farmers Meet
Note: For the 2 & 3 season crops, similar activity charts may be prepared by the respective sub basin implementation staff based on
ground realities for easy adoption and necessary follow up

Feedback and Reporting

After each Farmers Meet / Field Days, necessary feedback about the outcome of the
meet, crop wise, activity wise is a must to the HOD and MDPU for perusal and guidance.
Hence, it is the responsibility of the JDA concerned to give timely feedback. The
implementing officer, with reference to the sanctioned estimate, shall arrange demonstration
in the selected field, preferably near road sides WUAs wise and tank wise by mobilizing the
neighboring farmers to join the demonstrations and reap the benefits of such demonstrations
to help replications in their fields. The implementing officer will report to the HODs,
Executive Engineer WRD, District Level Co-ordination Committee and to MDPU on the
Physical and Financial progress periodically as prescribed (Monthly, Quarterly, Semester)
and shall inform the bottlenecks experienced during implementation. The District Collector
shall review implementation convening monthly/ Emergent Meetings and resolve the issues.
The implementing officer should ensure that the works are completed as per time schedule
agreed in the contract with the suppliers as well as in the approved procurement plan. The
implementing officer shall arrange monthly zonal workshops and field days to ensure that the
farmers follow the extension advices promptly and to advise any mid – course corrections
along with the EE, WRD and other departments’ field officers.
Simultaneously, the implementing officer shall take up a macro level impact caused
by these demonstrations with frequent WUAs meetings and document them for perusal by the
Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant to be employed by the MDPU as given below.

(i) The area shifted to diversified crop.

(ii) The extent of adoption of INM, IPM, and organic farming practices.
(iii) The increase in productivity of the crops and the consequent additional agriculture
income to the farmers in the Sub-Basin.
(iv) The notable change in the Lifestyle of the farmers due to the developmental
activities in the Sub-Basin.
127
 With the reports received from the field officers the Project cell in the HODs office
shall prepare a comprehensive report and send to MDPU which will consolidate all such
reports from all the Sub-Basins and in consultation with the Monitoring and Evaluation
Consultant shall forward to Government and to World Bank.

6.3.5 Mapping of Sub basin Activities by Horticulture Department

The detailed mapping of activities to be carried out by the Horticulture Department is
presented. A summary is also given in attachment 6.4.

Objectives
The objectives with which the Department of Horticulture and plantation crops will be
implementing sub basin activities are:
(i) To improve the productivity of Horticulture crops by technology and training in the sub
basins.
(ii) To improve returns to farmers through development of better market linkages and
promotion of business development services.
(iii) To facilitate cost reduction through demonstration of appropriate technologies,
agronomic practices and collective inputs procurement
(iv) Diversification to high yielding and water efficient crops adopting new technologies by
farmers
(v) Facilitating the introduction of market driven crops through diversification
(vi) Popularizing the hybrid varieties in vegetables, spices and quality grafts in fruit crops,
for better economic returns.
(vii) Sustaining soil health by promotion of INM/IPM.
(viii) Promoting reduced pesticide village’s concept to produce vegetables in clusters.
(ix) Promotion of Hi-Tech Irrigation Technologies by installation of micro irrigation with
fertigation for efficient use of water and increase the productivity and quality of the
produce.
(x) Promotion of Climate Risk Resilience Technologies through Poly green Houses and
Mulching.
(xi) To promote water saving crops to improve Water Use Efficiency.
(xii) The focus will be on short duration HB vegetables and other Horticulture crops in the
sub basin command areas.

The approach
The focus of horticulture interventions is on optimizing the existing crop productivity
and diversification of the cropping pattern. The project plans to adopt an extensive approach
in optimizing productivity of the existing crops by disseminating improved technology,
providing need-based adoption support and piloting of new crops through market led
extension.
Promotion and adoption of crop diversification depends upon the opportunity of
partnerships with private companies who can provide assured market based on quality
standards, agro-climatic suitability of the new crops, availability of technical expertise, etc.
The project envisages strengthening of extension services through partnerships with
research organizations and other public institutions such as TNAU, Krishi Vigyan Kendras
(KVK) etc. The project implementation will be built on the experience of these agencies and
complementing resources.
The horticulture sub-component adopts the broad livelihood framework of the project
which is presented in the figure 6.3

128
 Figure 6.3: Livelihood frame work for Horticulture
Increased Returns

Review & planning Reduced Cost Marketing &Agri

Business
development

Increase in the Increase in the

Increase in area cropping
productivity of cultivation Intensity

• Infrastructure
• Demonstra‐ development • Market led • Collective (Aggregating)
tion linked production procurement • Market
to • Crop of inputs driven
adoption • Water diversification • Adoption of production
• Adoption management • Water audit improved • Post‐harvest
Support based crop package of management
• Capacity planning practices (grading/
• Building quality
standard
maintenance/
processing)

Structure
(i) The HOD to identify the Nodal officer and Implementing Officer for preparation and
implementation of the Project in the 66 Sub-Basins.
(ii) In the District, JDH/Deputy Director of Horticulture is the Nodal officer and
Procurement officer of the Project for a Sub-Basin or a cluster of sub –basins
(iii) The Nodal officer shall then identify the implementing officers of each
Sub-Basin (Horticulture officer and the Assist Horticulture officer of the concerned
Block in the Sub-Basin)

Baseline Assessment
The identified implementing officer will have to associate with the Executive
Engineer WRD of the Sub-Basin who is the Principal Co-coordinator in the month of April-
May every year and collect data on the following aspects:
(i) Existing area of different horticulture crops
(ii) Soil maps, fertilizers and pesticides used by farmers
(iii) Sub-basin details on Hydrology,
(iv) Water availability,
(v) Macro level status of water distribution practiced,
(vi) Total irrigation command area in the Sub-Basin, average irrigated area, and the
gap area with reasons for the gap area

129
(vii) The meteorological data
(viii) Date for a meeting with the stakeholders etc.

Meanwhile he will also collate the data on current cropping pattern available in his
department and the crop water requirement for the Sub-basin in consultation with the CE
IWS WRD
He will work with MDPU to prepare a power point presentation on the Sub-Basin
status including initial identification of key issues He will then propose new horticultural
cropping pattern suitable to the agro-climatic zone in which the Sub-Basin falls and in line
with the National Horticultural Mission & MIDH targets and norms and request Executive
Engineer WRD to work out the crop water requirement
Focus crops specific to the Sub-basin are to be decided at macro level by the Agriculture,
Horticulture, TNAU and Agri-Marketing officers in the meeting and a date for joint walk
through survey will be fixed.

Consultations
District JDH/DDH and ADHs of the concerned block will participate in the multiple
stakeholders meetings at Sub-Basin level; village and tank levels convened by the Executive
Engineer WRD in the month of April-May and share the views of the stakeholders on
(i) the prevailing conditions in the Sub-Basin on irrigation infrastructure,
(ii) on the support they receive from Horticulture extension officers on the adoption of
technologies
(iii) the cropping pattern and the horticultural crops raised in the sub basin and its extent
(iv) the inputs recommended by the Extension officers
(v) and their experience in following their recommendations.
District JDH/DDH and ADHs of the concerned blocks will assess in the forum the
macro level details of demands of the stakeholders for introducing/increasing the extent for
diversification to Horticulture crops
In the meeting a date for Joint walk through survey will be decided (preferably
completed by the first week of June to assess the status of irrigation infrastructure and allied
Horticultural practices adopted and the conditions of horticulture crop diversification and the
possible interventions as required by the stakeholders.(the joint walk through and meetings as
a random sample should cover at least 30% of the Sub-Basin spread out equally)
ADHs and other technical officers of the concerned block will participate in the joint
walk through and assess the true picture, interact with the stakeholders which consists of the
formal/in-formal WUAs and get the feedback on their needs that the Horticulture department
to design on the supports to be given on extension activities such as
(i) Possibility of revised cropping pattern
(ii) Addressing problems in cultivation packages
(iii) Ensuring better seeds, Hybrids, plants (Grafts, Layers, Tissue culture banana and
(iv) Immediate training needs /awareness campaigns / capacity building etc.

Sub Basin Development Plan

The District JDH/DDH will identify the immediate trainings and capacity building
and organize such trainings. In the office, based on the field visit and the needs expressed by
the stakeholders and on the basis of water potential in the Sub-Basin are discussed with the
Executive Engineer WRDwho designs on the introduction of new technologies for increasing
the horticultural crop area, introduction of Hybrid varieties and quality grafts, layers and
Tissue culture banana. Calendar of operations for increased productivity and the possible
diversification to crops of less water intensive can be prepared.

130
 The above draft plan will be iterated based on Consultation with the Agri-Marketing
and TNAU Scientists in the Sub-basin in the last week of June to propose suitable marketable
crops that will be agreeable to the farmers in the Sub-Basin is to be made

Zone of Influence
To ensure the above proposed cropping pattern tank/Anicut wise is successful the
number of demonstrations and the input needed are to be worked out in a similar manner and
how the command area is going to be influenced to take up this diversified crops.
The location of demonstration plots are to be identified in consultations with the EE,
WRD and the concerned WUAs on the prospects of assured delivery of water to the proposed
area are to be ascertained.
The above sub –basin plan developed will then be discussed in the Sub-Basin
committee and sent to the HODs by for their perusal and suggestions and also to the District
Co-ordination Committee (vide for more details on the role of this committee in the Chapter
on District Co-ordination Committee) and the agreed plans to be sent to the MDPU for
scrutiny and modification.
This iterative process will go on till a finalized acceptable Sub-Basin development
plan along with the required training needs both for officers and WUAs is developed together
with the approximate cost estimate and sent to the MDPU for clearance by the Steering
Committee by last week of September.
Once the steering committee approves the plan, the field level officers will prepare the
final cost estimates and send to HODs with a copy to EE, WRD in the basin and to MDPU by
First week of October.
The Sub-Basin development plan and the cost estimate will then be forwarded to the
World Bank and clearance obtained by MDPU by the second week of October. The Sub-
Basin development plan will consist of
(i) Finalized Sub-Basin atlas
(ii) Summary of consultations
(iii) Summary of Technical Analysis
(iv) Proposed Hardware and Software activities with costing and participation and
sharing by farmers
(v) Economic analysis
(vi) Draft MOU
The HOD will place the plans before the Project Steering Committee, the estimates
through MDPU and obtain Administrative Sanction
Draw an annual work plan with details of budget provision needed and send to MDPU
which will be forwarded to Finance Department by the second week of November.

Implementation
Once the estimates received, for Administrative Sanction the Sub-Basin nodal officer
will prepare the detailed estimates with drawings showing the field numbers where the
demonstrations are proposed and the type of demonstrations planned. According to the
delegation of powers the district Nodal Officer (DDH) shall arrange for Technical sanction of
the estimate through HOD. The Technically sanctioned estimate will then be perused by the
Procurement officer designated in the Sub-Basin, who will be trained either at the Sub-Basin
or at Chennai, and initiate the procurement process for settling the agency for the execution
by NCB or Shopping Procedure as the case may be in consultation with the State level
Procurement officer in the Head office (vide chapter on Procurement for more details)
The Nodal officer in the Sub-Basin shall identify the personnel to be trained on
extension and procurement activities and arrange imparting trainings to them through

131
recognized Training Institutes as approved by the HOD. Necessary agencies for supply of
inputs will then be finalized according to the powers delegated to the procurement officers
The district Procurement officer will issue supply orders for the supply of Inputs
(seeds, Hybrid seeds, Plants, Tissue Culture banana , MN Mixture, Bio-fertilizers, Bio-
pesticides etc.) required to the implementing officer to carry out the identified demonstration
in the selected field at the right season. JDH/District Deputy Directors of Horticulture has to
finalize the type of publicity activities needed for successful implementation of the project, in
discussion with the sub basin implementation officers and WUA.
Publicity activities will be done as finalized - by the sub basin Nodal officers and
other implementing officers of the sub basin. One day sub basin level interactive workshop
and orientation to the field staff, WUA, local traders manufactures, producers concerned with
all Line department – by JDH/District Deputy Directors of Horticulture
The JDH/District DDHs shall organize a Signing Ceremony to initiate the project
implementation by inviting Regional Officer (JDH) of DHPC & Senior officers in the line
departments and the District Collector
The implementing officer, with reference to the sanctioned estimate shall arrange
demonstration in the selected field, preferably near road sides WUAs wise and tank wise by
mobilizing the neighboring farmers to join the demonstrations and reap the benefits of such
demonstrations to help replications in their fields
The implementing officer will report to the HODs, Executive Engineer WRD, and
District Level Co-ordination Committee and to MDPU on the Physical and Financial progress
periodically as prescribed (Monthly, Quarterly, Half yearly) and shall inform the bottlenecks
experienced during implementation. The District Collector shall review the implementation
convening Monthly/ Emergent Meetings and resolve the issues
The implementing officer should ensure that the works are completed as per time
schedule agreed in the contract with the suppliers as well as in the approved procurement
plan. Simultaneously the implementing officer shall take up a macro level impact caused by
these demonstrations with frequent WUAs meetings and document them for perusal by the
Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant to be employed by the MDPU.
6.3.6 Mapping Sub Basin Activity by Agriculture Marketing Department
The major crops grown in the 66 selected sub-basins include Paddy, Pulses (Black
gram, green gram, red gram, horse gram, cowpea), Oilseeds (Groundnut, gingelly and
Coconut), Millets (Maize, minor millets), Cotton, Sugarcane, fruits like Banana, Mango,
Guava, Sapota, Grapes, Lemon, Vegetables like Brinjal, Bhendi, Tomato, Gourds, Cole
crops, green chilies, onion, greens, tapioca, watermelon, etc.. Spices like turmeric, chilies
and flowers like jasmine, chrysanthemum, marigold, crossandra, tuberose, rose, nerium, etc.
are also grown. In these areas, the farmers will sell their food grains, oilseeds and cotton
through channels such as regulated markets, Direct Procurement Centre (DPC especially for
Paddy in Delta districts), private trader/commission agents. Perishable commodities like
fruits, vegetables and flowers are usually sold through farmers market (daily market), rural
market (weekly market), whole sale agents/commission agents whereas Sugarcane is sold
mainly through co-operatives and private sugar mills.
Price information and forecasts are being broadcast to farmers through radio,
newspapers, televisions, neighbors, SMS from AMI&BPC, Kissan Call Centre (KCC) in
these areas etc. Nonetheless, the farmers in the State usually suffer from various constraints
pertaining in the following areas:
 Market led technology transfer to farmers.
 Market intelligence and price forecasting among farmers on real time basis.
 Lack of awareness or wherewithal’s regarding about post-harvest technology
(grading, sorting, packing activities) and value addition among farmers.
132
  Inadequate availability of credit which pushes farmers to depend on the
wholesale/commission agents for financial resources to meet out cultivation expenses,
often forcing to sell their produce at lower price to these informal creditors.
 Farmers selling their produce at farm gate itself to wholesale/commission agents/local
traders at less than optimal price owning to for reasons like meeting their immediate
cash needs, for reducing post-harvest losses due to storage and to obviate
transport/agro logistics arrangement by themselves.
 Absence of coordinating facilitation for monitoring the market linkages between
farmers and private market players.
 Lack of credit avenues from financial institutions for farmers various on farm and off
farm activities.
 The lack of ease of doing business in regulated markets due to various reasons
including logistics, cumbersome procedure, etc….
Objectives
(i) To enhance farmers’ linkages to markets by providing alternative marketing channels
and improve farm level post-harvest management and value addition.
(ii) To develop Agri-Business Promotion Facility for serving as knowledge depository
and also for promoting enterprises.
(iii) To facilitate investment in supply chain integration, and enable market-led
agricultural extension which will promote diversification.
The interventions planned under the project are grouped as,
i. Improving Farmer Access to Markets
ii. Promoting Agri-Enterprises
iii. Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building
Project Design:
This project has visualized the future need for increasing the number of agricultural
marketing channels for remunerative price recovery at the farmers end. Therefore, the project
design aims at two types of marketing channels viz., traditional and alternate marketing
channels. In the category of traditional marketing channel, it is proposed to modernize 3
regulated markets with state-of-the-art facilities by providing infrastructural investment
which will encourage diversification of crop from paddy.
To foster alternate marketing channels, it is proposed to form Farmer Producer Companies in
18 sub-basins during first year, 18 sub-basins during second year, 20 sub-basins during third
year and 10 sub-basins during fourth year besides supporting existing FPOs which are viable
and ready for business expansion.

Pre-implementation Planning:
• At sub-basin level, a Sub-basin Committee will be constituted by Executive Engineer
(WRD) with all Nodal Officers of line departments as members.
• The Sub-basin Committee will convene an “IAMWARM Meet” in the sub basin to
initiate discussion with sub basin lead farmers, stakeholders, traders, agro processors,
agro-entrepreneurs and other civil society associations.
• Sub Basin Nodal Officer (SBNO) will participate in WUA meetings; walk through
survey and other preliminary consultative session, in consultation with Executive
Engineer (WRO) and stakeholders.
• SBNO will participate in the multiple stakeholders meetings convened by the
Executive Engineer WRO at Sub-Basin, village and tank levels.
• Given below are the outcomes envisaged on account of the various project
interventions in contrast to the existing scenario:

133
 Sl. Existing Marketing a) Problems / Constraints Remedial measures
Details
No. practices followed experienced suggested
1. Marketing Channels Providing facilities to the b) Facilities not available On pilot basis provision
a. Regulated Market notified commodities. for the selling of fruits made in this project to
In RMs transactions of and vegetables provide infrastructures
farmers produce happened for selling of fruit and
in traditional methods. c) Modernization and vegetables.
Hence the payment other computerization for Provision of facilities
modalities delayed. automation is required for Modernization,
to speed up the process computerization for
automation
2. Farmer Producer Farmer sold out produce Collective marketing, Formation of FPO will
Companies directly to RM, cleaning, sorting/grading, do collection, cleaning,
Commission mandi and selling are less practiced grading, processing and
local traders. collective marketing
3. Price Discovery Farmers’ produce bought Price discovery The bidding process will
at the RMs are put through mechanism is manually be computerized leading
a process of bidding by done, time consuming, to quick and fair system,
traders present, using prone to delays and eliminating errors and
manual human error and shaving off process time
susceptible to and improving ease of
cartelization of traders doing business.
Introduction of e-trading
and subsequently online
e-trading through e-
NAM will lead to better
price discovery.
4. Post Harvest Post harvest management Lack of post harvest Increased level of
Management is traditional and is labour management knows how mechanization support
intensive and low level of by the project will
mechanization improve the post harvest
compromise the volume management.
and quality of
commodities handled.
5. Value Addition Most products are sold Lack of value addition Capacity training
without adequate level of limit the price that a program given to sub
value addition. commodity can fetch basin farmers’ in
recognized institutes.

6. Agri Entrepreneurs Limited support system Lack of organized Providing incubation

for agri entrepreneurs and mechanism to guide support to develop rural
food processing hand-hold and incubate entrepreneurs by
enterprises. agro entrepreneurs. technical training and
financial grant. Special
attention is given to
women entrepreneurs.
• Sub Basin Nodal Officer (SBNO) will also collect the data on the scope for improving
marketability of the existing crops and the possible better opportunities for diversified
crops, value addition required to attract profitable marketability (such as threshing floor,
improvement to existing storage godowns, solar drier and cold storages) and transport
facilities etc.,

134
 Zones of Influence
• The locations of Post-harvest infrastructure facilities for improving marketability and
profitability of the diversified crop would be identified at sub basin level which is the
primary zone of influence.
• Ascertain the assured delivery of water in consultation with WRO engineers and WUAs
concerned.
• Assess the potential for forming Commodity Groups and Farmer Producer Companies
will be assessed based on the marketable surplus of agro commodities produced in the
sub-basin.
Planning for Implementation:
 District Level Deputy Director of Agriculture (Agri Business) will prepare the Detailed
Project Report (DPR) with final cost estimates, District level Deputy Directors of
Agriculture will prepare DPR with final cost estimates of district and district level DPR
will be consolidated by the Sub-Basin Nodal Officer (SBNO).
 Executive Engineer, WRO of the sub-basin who is the Principal Nodal Officer shall send
a consolidated DPR send to the MDPU for further process.
 The Agri Business nodal officer, viz., DDA (AB) will coordinate with him for
incorporating the following details in respect of agriculture marketing in the DPR:
1. Infrastructure
2. Present Marketing Scenario
3. Sub-basin wise Marketing plan
Infrastructure
(i) Storage facilities, threshing floors, pack houses, collection centers, weighing scales, cold
storages etc.
(ii) Processing facilities such as decorticators, oil extraction (private/ public)
(iii) Agro based Enterprise i.e. sago, resins, pickle, pulp, bio input manufactures etc.
(iv) Market Intelligence systems with IT network facilities etc.,
(v) Regulated markets, farmers markets, etc.,
(vi) Transport facilities and market access.
(vii) Adoption of latest Pre and Post harvest technologies.
Present Marketing Scenario
(i) Current Marketing Facilities
(ii) Marketable Surplus of Agri/Horti commodities
(iii) Glut/shortage of produce
(iv) Price fluctuation of commodities
(v) Quality control measures
(vi) Accessibility to pledge loan or other financial resources
Sub Basin wise Marketing Plan
 Based on felt need of stakeholders ascertained from field and various factors like
marketing potential, introduction of new technologies for increasing value addition
methods and expected to increase in profitability to the growers, a marketing plan would
be prepared on the following lines:

135
Sl. A Few common Problems Suggested Remedial measures
No. / Constraints Software components Hardware components
Lack of Primary processing Provision of need based
facilities and delay in Provision of ICT tools for transaction in infrastructure facilities for primary
1
transaction in the existing the regulated market. processing facilities in the regulated
marketing channel. market.
Establishment of ABPF cell by appointing
a consultancy firm. Training activities and
Inadequate knowledge on
conducting studies, conducting interface
2 agri business promotion -
workshop, seminars, consultative
and entrepreneurship
meetings for entrepreneurship
development
3 Lack of collective By Formation of FPOs, collective Provision of infrastructure facilities
marketing, timely supply of marketing power created to the individual for business transaction to the FPOs.
inputs and services farmers
Collectivize the produce and market
Inefficient supply chain the produce to the consumers without
4 -
management middleman by providing
infrastructure facilities.
Production glut or shortage By providing infrastructure facilities
5 -
of produce for e-negotiable warehouse receipt.
 Interactions will also be made independently with the WUAs, Commodity Groups, etc., to
explore market availability and market tie-ups on contract basis and to establish agri-business
development facilities through small and medium size Agro-entrepreneurs.
 The Sub basin development plan will be finalized in consultation with the Agriculture, TNAU
and Horticulture and WRO officials. The Sub-basin marketing plan should propose suitable
marketable crops and should also incorporate views of farmers in the Sub-Basin.
 This iterative process will go on till a finalized acceptable draft Sub-Basin development plan
along with the required training needs both for officers and WUAs is developed and sent to
the MDPU for final clearance by the Steering Committee.
 The holistic integrated implementation of the project in each sub basin will be through a
consolidated DPR/Sub-Basin development plan and the cost estimate will then be forwarded
to the World Bank and clearance to be obtained from the MDPU.
 The HOD, based on Steering Committee approval, will send proposals for Administrative
Sanction and obtain Government Orders. HOD will also ensure issue of Technical Sanction
by Competent Authorities.
 Based on Steering Committee approval, World Bank clearance and Administrative Sanction,
the Budget Provision will be requested by HOD with Government.
 An integrated Implementation Plan will be prepared at sub basin level with WRO and Line
Departments for smooth implementation and monitoring purposes.

Implementation
Once the Steering Committee approves the plan, the field level officers will prepare
the Detailed Project Report (DPR) with final cost estimates, get the clearance of the District
Co-ordination committee and send to Executive Engineer WRD in the basin and to MDPU. The
Sub-Basin development plan and the cost estimate will then be forwarded to the World Bank and
clearance obtained by MDPU. The HOD, based on Steering Committee approval, will send
proposals for Administrative Sanction and obtain Government Orders. HOD will also ensure
issue of Technical Sanction by Competent Authorities. Based on Steering Committee approval,
World Bank clearance and Administrative Sanction, the Budget Provision will be requested by
HOD with Government. An integrated Implementation Plan to be prepared at sub basin level with
WRD and Line Departments for smooth implementation and review purposes.

136
 Chapter 7: Implementation Arrangement

Empowered Committee

Government and Ministry

MDPU

Public Works Agriculture

Live Stock Fisheries
Department

Engineer-in-
Chief

TNAU TN Fisheries TN Fisheries

Agri- Horti- Agri. Agri. Animal TANUVAS
Marketing Husbandry Department University
culture culture Eng.

District Level Co-ordination Committee (Collector & District Heads) Member Secretary, EE WRD

Nodal Officer and Coordination – Executive Engineer WRD

137
 The proposed implementation arrangement will help WRD and other implementing
agencies to converge different component activities at the sub basin level.
7.1 Overall Implementation Arrangement
1. As already explained in the implementation process, the project involves multiple
stakeholders led by Water Resources Department under the administrative jurisdiction of Principal
Secretary, Public Works Department, and Government of Tamil Nadu. An empowered committee
chaired by the Chief Secretary will monitor project implementation and ensure inter agency
coordination. The Other implementing agencies will be the Departments of Agriculture, Agricultural
Engineering, Agricultural Marketing and Agribusiness, Horticulture, Animal Husbandry and
Fisheries; Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Tamil Nadu Fisheries University, and Tamil Nadu
University of Veterinary and Animal Science. The Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit (MDPU) headed
by the Project Director and located in WRD will provide management support and co-ordination.
Nodal officers have been designated in all the implementing agencies for coordinating
implementation of project activities pertaining to their department and university. The overall
implementation arrangement is shown in Figure 7.1.
Figure 7.1 : Overall Implementation Arrangement(To be modified)
7.2 Institutional Model for Coordination and Monitoring (MDPU)
The overall coordination will be done through the Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit (MDPU) headed by
the Project Director and consisting of Nodal Officers from the implementing Departments and
University. The overall organizational structure is given in Figure 7.2.
Figure 7.2: Overall MDPU Organizational Structure

EMPOWERED
COMMITTEE

Secretary, PWD

IAMP (IAMWARM II)

Project Director
(Overall project

Administration Information & Monitoring

Support Wing Support Wing
(finance, procurement, administration (IT, information/analysis, project
support) monitoring)
Finance Team: FMS Specialist, Sr. Accounts Information Management Team:
Officer, 2 Accountants, 2 Jr. Asst. Information Specialist*, GIS Specialist*,
Administration Team: Superintendent, 2 Asst, System Analyst*, Programmer*, Brochure
2 Jr. Asst, Record Clerk#, Designer*, 7 Data Entry*,
Procurement Team: EE, AEE, 4AE/JE, DO# 2 Steno Typist*.
&Support Staff*. Monitoring Team: EE M&E Officer, Web
manager*, AE/JE.

Project Support Wing

(Sub‐basin planning, appraisal and implementation support)
Water Service Delivery Team: WRM Specialist#, WRD Engineers (EE, AEE, 4 AE/JE, DO#,
2JDO, AED EE, AED AE)
Productivity Improvement Team: (1 designated as team leader) Agriculture Specialist#,
Horticulture Specialist#, TNAU Specialist, Agri‐marketing Specialist#, Agri‐business
Specialist#, Fisheries AD, Animal Husbandry AD, Agricultural Economist (TNAU), EE
Environmental Specialist, Social Development / PIM Specialist#.
Capacity Building Team: Training Coordinator*, Communication Specialist*.
# To be deployed from active / retired staff of GOTN *to be recruited from market

138
7.3EmpoweredCommittee
A Project Empowered Committee (PEC) chaired by the Chief Secretary and
comprising the Principal Secretaries/Secretaries to the Government of Tamil Nadu for
Finance, Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries with the Principal Secretary PWD
as Member Secretary will review the progress of the TNIAMP every six months and
provide strategic directions, guidance on policy matters, promote inter-agency
coordination and resolve implementation issues. This is as per G.O. (Ms) No 182 dated
26-12-2016
MDPU will render assistance to the empowered committee. The empowered
committee will have the following functions:
(i) Providing strategy and policy guidance to ensure effective implementation and
coordination of project activities;
(ii) The Committee shall accord administrative sanction for all individual
schemes/packages with estimate upto Rs 20 Cr each within the overall Project
outlay approved by the World Bank
(iii) The Committee shall consider all proposals received from the respective Line
Departments and Multi Disciplinary Project Unit requiring orders of
Government inclusive of those involving financial expenditure to give
clearance for speedy implementation of the Project by simplifying procedures
so as to avoid delay caused by departmental scrutiny of the proposals.
(iv) Ensuring compliance with all policies, rules and guidelines;
(v) Reviewing project progress and ascertaining performance of different
stakeholders;
(vi) Approving the annual work plan and budgets;
(vii) Ensuring smooth coordination among implementing entities; and
(viii) Resolving implementation and coordination issues including grievance and
conflict redress
7.4Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit (MDPU)
The main functions of MDPU are:

(i) It will work in the model of multi departmental coordination management &
convergence.
(ii) It will be responsible for preparation & coordination of overall project annual budget,
Sub basin development plans & implementation progress reports.
(iii) It will provide M&E, procurement fiduciary support to project agencies with
department
There are three wings to the MDPU: (i) Administration Support Wing; (ii)
Information & Monitoring Support Wing and; (iii) Project Support Wing. The three
wings will be staff through either deployment from serving / retired staff of GOTN or
will be recruited from the market on a case by case basis. The MDPU will have
representation in all the disciplines that are part of this innovative project, and in
procurement, financial management and safeguards aspects. These would include
external specialists and the deputed line agency personnel. At present, several specialists
deputed by the participating agencies and retired personnel on consolidated pay work in
the MDPU. Additional specialists in environment, social development, media and
communications, market intelligence, etc. would be recruited when the project becomes
effective.
A fully strengthened MDPU will have

139
7.4.1 Administration Support Wing
The Administration Support Wing consists of: (i)Finance Team - FMS Specialist Sr.
Accounts Officer, 2 Accountant, 2 Jr. Asst.; (ii) Administration Team- Superintendent, 2
Asst, 2 Jr. Asst. Record Clerk3; and (iii) Procurement Team - EE,AEE,4AE,JE, DO# Support
Staff.

7.4.2 Information & Monitoring Support Wing

Information and Monitoring Support wing consist of : (i) Information Management
Team- Information Specialist, GIS Specialist, System Analyst, Programmer, Brochure
Designer, 7 Data Entry, 2 Steno Typist; and (ii)Monitoring Team - EE M&E Officer, Web
manager, AE/JE.

7.4.3 Project Support Wing

Water Service Delivery Team: WRM Specialist, WRD Engineers (EE, AEE, 4 AE/JE,
DO, 2JDO, AED EE, AED AE) Productivity Improvement Team: (1 designated as team
leader) Agriculture Specialist, Horticulture Specialist, TNAU Specialist, Agri-marketing
Specialist, Agri-business Specialist, Fisheries AD, Animal Husbandry AD, Agricultural
Economist (TNAU), EE Environmental Specialist, Social Development / PIM Specialist.
Capacity Building Team: Training Coordinator, Communication Specialist.

7.5 Implementation Arrangement for Sub Component A1, A3 and A4

These three sub-components will be primarily executed by WRD with support
from other participating agencies in the formation and capacity building of WUAs. The
Participatory Irrigation Management (PIM) Wing in Engineer-in-Chief’s office will lead
the efforts in formation and capacity building of WUAs. Synergies with other
participating agencies will be pursued. The PIM wing will recruit CSOs/agencies for
mobilizing the communities. The PIM wing will also be responsible for providing
computers, network connectivity and other infrastructure to WUAs and single window
information and knowledge centers. Modernization of information and communication
technology across WRD offices and WUAs will be implemented by the Participatory
Irrigation Management, Information Technology & Training Cell created in Engineer-in-
Chief’s office. The SWARMA and the IWS under WRD will be responsible for policy
analysis, expanding knowledge base and providing technical support for water resource
management. Tamil Nadu Irrigation Management Training Institute will undertake
capacity building and training of line department staff, WUAs and farmers.
Two cells will be formed within WRD as shown in Figure 7.3.
Figure 7.3: Organization of WRD

Engineer‐in‐Chief WRD

Superintending Engineer,
IAMWARM

Executive Engineer, IAMWARM Executive Engineer, PIM

(Project & Procurement Cell) (Participatory Irrigation Management,
Information Technology & Training Cell)
140
 Correct number of cells recommended by EIC is to be incorporated here with
minimum requirements as discussed on 29-12-2016

7.5.1 Project and Procurement Cell

This cell will function as a technical secretariat to Engineer-in-Chief. One
Superintending Engineer will head this cell supported by one Executive Engineer, six
Assistant Executive Engineers, twelve Assistant / Junior engineers, one Head Draughting
Officer, two Draughting Officers, one Junior Draughting Officer, two budget Assistants, two
Junior Assistants and one Superintendent, 2 typists, 2 Drivers (on contract basis), three office
Assistants (on contract basis) and three Data Entry Operator (on contract basis. The budget
unit will consult the technical unit in the cell and arrange to get suitable head of accounts,
sub-heads, minor heads from the Finance Department for seeking funds for various
components to be implemented with the assistance of the Financial Management Specialist in
MDPU who will liaise with the Finance Department. This cell shall scrutinize the Sub-basin
development plans and the hydrology aspects, design of structures, cost estimates with due
clarifications obtained from the Chief Engineers Concerned.
Procurement plans prepared by the Regional Chief Engineer will be vetted and
submitted to MDPU through STEP. The draft bid documents for prior review contracts will
be scrutinized before sending to bank for getting NOC. The contract documents and
evaluation reports from the Regional and Functional Chief Engineers will be scrutinized
before sending to Tender Award Committee. After approval bid document and evaluation
reports with the minutes of the tender award committee will be forwarded to World Bank for
their clearance in the case of prior review packages. Once the NOC is received from the
bank/ TAC cleared, the regional Chief Engineer will arrange to conclude necessary
agreements and commence the works sticking to the procurement plans which will be
monitored by this cell. The budget unit in the cell shall take timely action to place requisite
funds under LOC system to the concerned Executive Engineers. The cell will also frame
suitable modalities for the operation of the Irrigation Research Fund and monitor it. The
PERT Chart of the works to be obtained from Regions and the progress to be monitored
ensuring that milestones and completion targets to avoid levying of any penal service /
commitment charges by the World Bank on the unutilized Budget provisions. The cell shall
monitor the entire expenditure of the WRD components. The monthly physical and financial
progress report and are consolidated and send to MDPU for forwarding to World Bank and
Government. The budget unit shall get the accounts reconciled periodically with Accountant
General and arrange to file reimbursement claims promptly and follow it up till
reimbursement communication from the World Bank as well as from the Government of
India is received. This cell will also associate with various consultants (such as baseline,
Monitoring and Evaluation, I.T consultant to be employed and share/arrange supply of data).
Annual budget plans will be discussed among the regional and field level officers and prompt
reports on budget allocation needed for current year/be for the next year will be compiled and
sent to the Project Director enabling him to, send to finance department by November middle
of every year. The cell shall arrange to get the data on the performance indicators as in the
PAD from the regional Chief Engineers and forward to MDPU.

7.5.2 Participatory Irrigation Management Wing

The PIM wing will have a composition as given in Figure 7.4

141
 Figure 7.4: Composition of the PIM Wing

SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER,
IAMWARM

EXECUTIVE ENGINEER, PIM

Staffs
Asst Executive Engineer
4
(PIM,IT,TRAINING,TECHNICAL)
Assistant Engineer 8
Junior Drafting Officer 1
Superintendent 1
Assistant 2
Junior Assistant 2
Typist 1
Driver
1
(On Contract Basis)
Office Assistant
2
(On Contract Basis)
Data Entry Operator
3
(On Contract Basis)
Consultant
1
( On Contract Basis)
Total 26

DCE/AEE, DCE/AEE DCE/AEE DCE/AEE

(Chennai Region, (Coimbatore Region, (Madurai Region, (Trichy Region,
WRD) WRD)
WRD) WRD)

Staffs Staffs Staffs Staffs

Assistant 1 Assistant 1 Assistant 1 Assistant 1
Engineer Engineer Engineer Engineer
Data Entry Data Entry Data Entry 1 Data Entry 1
Operator (on Operator (on
1 1 Operator Operator
Contract Basis) Contract (on Contract (on Contract
Basis) Basis) Basis)
Total 2 Total 2 Total 2 Total 2

It shall be headed by a Superintending Engineer supported by one Executive

Engineer, four Assistant Executive Engineers, eight Assistant / junior engineers, one Junior
Drafting Officer, one Superintendent, two budget Assistants, two Junior Assistants, one
typist, one Driver (on contract basis), two office Assistants (on contract basis) and three Data
142
Entry Operator (on contract basis) and one consultant (on contract basis).The deputy Chief
Engineer in each region is the nodal officer of the PIM wing of the Region concerned to
monitor and report.

The PIM wing will perform the following functions:

1. The PIM wing through the Regional Chief Engineers shall arrange for the elections to
WUAs in the project area before March 2018. It shall assess the existing WUAs whether
formal /informal. The cell shall also strengthen the existing WUAs.
2. The cell shall design the capacity building arrangements for all WUAs and the WRD and
line department officers on roles and responsibilities of the farmers and the department in
maintaining the irrigation system efficiently and also the benefits of diversification of
crops to save water.
3. The cell shall arrange for the notification of the TNFMIS act to be operable in the project
areas & suggest for modifications / amendments for any improvement.
4. Identify the required number of WUAs to be newly formed in the project areas.
5. It shall arrange through the Regional Chief Engineers for the documentation of the
WUAs hydraulic boundary maps, members list, voters’ list, election rules etc.
6. It shall arrange for completing the election process for formation of WUAs in the entire
project areas before March 2020
7. The cell shall develop a mechanism through NGOs, ATMAS Regional WRD engineers
and field officers of Line Departments to motivate the farmers to undertake Agri
business activities
8. It shall design suitable methodologies for change management – enabling – environment
for all officers itself acting as a facilitator
9. The cell shall arrange setting up of suitable buildings for WUA or a cluster of WUAs
with kiosks to educate the farmers on the market intelligence to enable them for growing
diversified crops
10. To design the capacity building for the WUAs and all officers of the departments
engaged in the implementation of the project
11. Information Technology activities shall also function under the Executive Engineer
(PIM) with the support of the same staff. WRD shall engage a I.T consultant for advising
on the modalities for installation and testing of computers and communication
infrastructure in all offices up to section level including the kiosks arrangement in the
WUAs and in the line departments and creation of web-based information management
system. Estimates for the same will be prepared by this cell and procurement process will
be completed before September 2018. Agency fixed shall have to complete the execution
before December 2018.
12. Training activities shall also function under the Executive Engineer (PIM) with the
existing support staff in co-ordination with IMTI. It shall develop suitable modules for
training (CAPACITY BUILDING) of officers of WRD and line departments and arrange
for these through various training centers in and outside states. International training will
also be identified and suitable nominations for the year program will be finalized at least
3 months in advance, in consultation with the Superintending Engineer (IAMWARM) in
respect of WRD and in consultation with the heads of Line departments should be
arranged through IMTI. Annual work plans and budget requirements will be worked out
and forwarded to the MDPU for consolidation and sending to Finance Department for
inclusion in the State Budget promptly every first week of November. Once the budget
allocations are made it is the responsibility of the EIC in respect of WRD and the HODs
of line departments to comply with the schedules of trainings approved in the budget and
periodical reports (Monthly and Quarterly) to this Cell and to MDPU to facilitate easy
monitoring and take corrective actions .The common budget unit in the Project
143
 &Procurement Cell of TNIAMP formed in the EIC office will attend to budget and
reimbursement aspects

7.6 Implementation Arrangement for Sub Component A2, Component B

Implementation of Subcomponent A.2 and component B constitute bulk of project
investments involving modernization of tank systems, anicuts, water distribution canals and
on-farm development, as well as demonstration of improved technologies related to
agriculture, horticulture, animal husbandry and fisheries, organization of farmers into
commodity groups, producer organizations/companies, training of farmers and fishers,
renovation of markets, promotion of market linkages and agri-business development. These
tasks will be organized in sub-basin framework.

7.6.1 Sub-Basin Level Coordination

The Executive Engineer of WRD has been designated the nodal officer for each
sub-basin or a cluster of sub-basins where the command areas are small. A team of specialists
deputed at the field level by the participating agencies will work with the nodal officer and
prepare and update sub-basin development plans (SBDPs) every year. A nodal officer in
WRD and MDPU will monitor and facilitate tank-related investments.

7.6.2 Organogram for TNAU

TNAU is responsible for implementing on farm technology assessment, validation
and main streaming activities of Sub Component B1.The Organogram for the project cell of
TNAU is given in Figure 7.5.

Figure 7.5: Organogram for TNAU Project Cell

Vice Chancellor

Nodal Officer
MDPU
Director, WTC, TNAU

Technical
Coordination Project Cell at Advisory
Committee WTC Committee

Sub Basin Nodal Officer

Professor & Head, Research Station / KVK

Implementing Officers
Professors, Associate / Assistant Professors

Field Level Functionaries

Senior / Junior Research Fellows

144
 The Vice Chancellor will be the Chief Executive Officer for the purpose of the
project, to guide, advise and supervise its successful implementation. Director, Water
Technology Center (WTC) shall be the Nodal officer at State level for both planning and
implementation of IAM Project. Director WTC in consultation with the Vice Chancellor shall
designate the Project Cell Scientists and a Procurement officer in the Project cell. The Project
Cell of TNAU consists of members as given in Table 7.1.
Table 7.1: Composition of Project Level and Sub basin level TNAU Cell
S.No Members Designation Role
1. Director, Water Nodal Officer/ Monitoring and Supervision of IAM WARM
Technology Centre Chairman activities

2 Professor Member Over all Procurement Supervision &

Coordination
3 Professor in Agronomy Member Overall Coordination and Supervision, Demo
and Up scaling of SRI, Drip Fertigation
4. Professor Member Area Expansion, Varietals diversification,
Precision Farming Technologies and its Up
scaling
5 Professor in Soil and Member Supervisory & Coordination Quality
Water Conservation Management in Drip Fertigation Systems
6 Professor in Agricultural Member Marketing Tie Ups, Market Potential
Economics Assessment, Monitoring and transformation of
Market Intelligence Information and
Agribusiness Development
Project Cell at Sub Basin Level:
1 Professor & Head of Sub Basin Nodal M & S of Implementation of Plans
Research Station / KVK / Officer
Departments
2 Professors, Associate Implementing Implementation of activities as per Detailed
Professors / Assistant Officers Project Report of sub basins
Professors
3 Senior Research Fellows / Field level Assisting in Implementation of sub basin
Data Entry Operators Functionaries components and documentation

7.6.3 Organogram for Department of Agriculture

The TN–IAM Project is implemented by the Directorate of Agriculture. A TN–IAM
Project cell at Headquarters in the Directorate of Agriculture is formed and is headed by the
Additional Director of Agriculture (TN-IAMP] as the Nodal Officer at the State level. He is
supported with the following staff namely one Assistant Director of Agriculture (TN-IAMP)
and one Agricultural Officer from the Department of agriculture. One Agriculture Technical
Input Provider, one Accounts Officer and one Computer Data Entry Operator as Contractual
Staff funded by the TN-IAM Project for planning, implementation, co-ordination and
monitoring of the Project.
At the Sub-Basin level, the District Joint Director of Agriculture is the Nodal officer /
Procurement officer of the Project. He is supported by the Deputy Director of Agriculture
[State Schemes] and the Agricultural Officer [State Schemes] for implementation and
monitoring of the Project activities.
At sub basin, Block level, Block Assistant Director of Agriculture is the project
implementing officer and executes the project components at the field levels with the
assistance of Agricultural Officer/Deputy Agricultural Officer and Assistant Agricultural
Officers.
145
 Agricultural Production
Commissioner and Secretary to
Government

(Agriculture)

Director of Agriculture

TN –IAM Project Cell at

Headquarters
Multi Disciplinary
Additional Director of Project Unit (MDPU)
Agriculture [ TN‐IAMP]

District Joint Director of

Agriculture / Nodal Officer
for Sub‐Basin

Deputy Director of
Agriculture for
procurement

Block ADA / Sub‐Basin ‐

Implementing officer

Agricultural officer and

Assistant Agricultural
officers at field level

146
 7.6.4 Implementation Arrangement for Horticulture
The HOD will identify the Nodal officer and Implementing Officer for preparation
and implementation of the Project in the 66 Sub-Basins. In the District, JDH/Deputy Director
of Horticulture is the Nodal officer and Procurement officer of the Project for a Sub-Basin or
a cluster of sub –basins. The Nodal officer shall then identify the implementing officers of
each
Sub-Basin (Horticulture officer and the Assist Horticulture officer of the concerned Block in
the Sub-Basin). The Organogram for horticulture is given in Figure 7.6.

Figure 7.6. Implementation setup for Horticulture

APC and Secretary to Government, Agriculture

Department

Managing Director
TANHODA
TN IAMP – Project cell

Multi-Disciplinary Project Unit

Nodal Officer (JDH –
(MDPU)
TNIAMP)

Nodal Officer of Sub basin and

ADH (IAMWARM) Senior
Procurement officer (DDH)
Account
Officer
Technical
District level Assistant
Project committee, JDH / DDH Horticulture Officer Data Entry
IAMWARM

Implementing officer
Sub – basin level (HO, TIP & AHO) Assistant

WUA
Sub basin level

Farmers Interest Group Commodity Group Specialized Farmers

Group 147
7.6.5 Implementation Arrangement for Agriculture Marketing
6.1 Organization Structure
 A special TNIAMP (IAMWARM II) project cell at the Commissionerate of
Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business with the existing staff will be
formed for planning, implementation, co-ordination and monitoring purposes.
Besides the staff already in place, Agri Business Specialists and other needed
consultancies will be engaged on contract basis to assist the cell and the
implementing officers at sub basin level.
 At the District level, the District officer, viz, DDA (AB) will be the nodal
officer for the basins falling under his district. Wherever a sub basin falls in
more than one District, the District officer with larger project area will be
designated as Nodal Officer for that sub basin
 The flow chart below explains the structure of Agricultural Marketing and
Agri Business functioning, under this project.

Flow chart – TNIAM (Marketing)

Agricultural Production
Commissioner/Secretary

Commissioner/CEO Multi‐
Agricultural Marketing Disciplinary
and Agri. Business Project Unit
(MDPU)

TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)

Project Cell (JDA)

**Procurement
Officer ‐ EE TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)
(TNSAMB) ABPF Cell

Nodal officer (Marketing)*

AEE, AEE, AEE,
Sub‐basin level Coordination Committee
Madu Coimbat Trichy
(Deputy Directors of Agriculture (Agri
Business))

Water Users’ Associations (sub basin)

Commodity Groups Farmer Producer Organizations/Companies

148
  Nodal officer: Deputy Director of Agriculture (Agri Business) will be the
‘designated officer’ at the District level for planning, implementation and
monitoring of activities under the project for the entire Sub Basin, and he shall
ensure coordination various Implementing Officers of the relevant line
Departments.
7.0 Procurement officer:
A. In TNIAMP, the Commissioner of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business is the
Procurement Officer for hiring of consultancy firm/consultant for
1. Establishment of ABPF,
2. TNIAMP Cell,
3. FPO formation and business plan development and
4. Studies
The Executive Engineer is the Procurement Officer for infrastructure development
and for procuring of materials for civil works, for purchase of post-harvest
equipment/materials in the Regulated Market and for purchase of materials and equipment for
TNIAMP Cell and ABPF Cell within the financial limits accorded to him as per extant rules
of the State Government. In case of procurement beyond Executive Engineers’ power, the
Procurement Officer will be the next higher level officers as per appropriate financial
delegation sanctioned by Government of Tamil Nadu.

7.6.6 Implementation Arrangement for Animal Husbandry

An IAMP cell (nodal unit) headed by Additional Director (Special Schemes) will be
set up in DAH. This unit will help in smooth implementation of the program and act as a
liaison between the project office and the field offices in the department. The project will
provide the logistic support and incremental operational costs of this nodal unit. The Cell will
be provided with necessary infrastructure like computers, printers and accessories; furniture
and man power engaged on contract basis. The implementation arrangement for animal
husbandry is given in Figure 7.8.
Figure7.8 :Implementation arrangement for Animal Husbandry

Director of Animal Husbandry

and Veterinary Services

District Collector
Regional Joint Director
of Animal Husbandry

Executive Engineer, PWD

District Head, Line Departments

Divisional Assistant Director
of Animal Husbandry
Divisional Head, Line Departments

Veterinary Assistant Surgeon

Farmer, Lead Dairy Farmer

149
Veterinary Livestock Inspector
Roles and responsibilities of different actors involved in livestock development
Lead Dairy Farmer (DAIRY INTEREST GROUP)
 Mobilizing the farmers for better animal management
 Arranging for pregnancy verifications by the concerned VAS
 Assisting AHD in conducting fertility management camps
 Supporting AHD staff in disease surveillance
 Liaising between farmers, WUA and local AHD technical staff
Veterinary Livestock Inspectors
 Carrying out artificial insemination
 Assisting the VAS in identification of Dairy Lead farmer
 Assisting the VAS in Conducting camps
 Assisting the VAS in identification of beneficiaries for all the interventions
Veterinary Assistant Surgeon
 Carrying out artificial insemination
 Identification of Dairy Lead Farmer
 Conducting camps
 Identification of beneficiaries for all the interventions
 Conducting training and exposure visit
 Motivating the farmers in adoption of new technology
 Maintaining the health profile of the livestock in their jurisdiction
Divisional Assistant Directors (Implementing Officers)
 Preparation of the divisional plan
 Implementing all the activities in their jurisdiction
 Coordinating with trainers/training agencies for effective implementation of training
 Supervision of the project activities through regular field visits in their jurisdiction
 Coordinating the exposure visits in their jurisdiction
 Periodical review of the progress of project in their jurisdiction
 Coordination with line departments
 Collecting the bills / vouchers from the field and sending it to Sub basin Nodal Officer
within the stipulated time for encashment
 Monitoring the documentation of field activities as stipulated by the World Bank
 Monitoring the sending of stock entry certificate for drugs, equipment, etc.
 Documentation of good practices for the area of their jurisdiction
 Planning of field visits during the World Bank Mission, Head of Department, District
Collector, Project Office, etc.
Deputy Directors (Cattle Breeding and Fodder Development)
 Timely supply of breeding inputs like semen and LN2
 Timely supply of fodder inputs
 Ensuring provision of ultrasound scanners during the conduct of camps
Regional Joint Directors (Nodal Officers)
 Preparation of overall sub basin plan.
 Coordinating with Head quarters Project Cell, District Collectorate and district Line
departments.
 Coordinating with trainers/training agencies for effective implementation of training
 Monitoring of activities implemented through regular field visits.
150
  Periodical review of the progress of the sub basin
 Over all control and reporting of expenditure for the entire sub basin
 Monitoring the sending of monthly physical progress report
 Monitoring the settling of bills from the field within the stipulated time
 Monitoring the sending of stock entry certificate for drugs, equipment, etc.
 Documentation of good practices for the entire sub basin
 Planning of field visits during the World Bank Mission, Head of Department, District
Collector, Project Office, etc.
Regional Joint Directors (Co-ordinating Officers)
 Liaising with Sub basin Nodal Officer in the preparation of overall sub basin plan.
 Coordinating with Sub basin Nodal Officer, Head quarters Project Cell, District
Collectorate and district Line departments.
 Coordinating with trainers/training agencies for effective implementation of training
 Monitoring of activities implemented through regular field visits.
 Periodical review of the progress of the area of their jurisdiction
 Monitoring the sending of monthly physical progress report to Sub basin Nodal Officer
 Monitoring the sending of bills from the field to Sub basin Nodal Officer within the
stipulated time
 Monitoring the sending of stock entry certificate for drugs, equipment, etc.
 Documentation of good practices for the area of their jurisdiction
 Planning of field visits during the World Bank Mission, Head of Department, District
Collector, Project Office, etc.
Administrative Officer / Manager in Regional Joint Director (Nodal Officer) Office
 Control and distribution of funds to Implementing Offices.
 Monitoring and Reporting of expenditure for the entire sub basin
 Sending of monthly physical progress report to Head quarters Project Cell, District
Collectorate and district Line departments.
 Sending of monthly un-reconciled and reconciled MIS report by due date to Head
quarters Project Cell.
 Rectification of discrepancies pointed in financial report of AGs figures with the sub
basin
 Rectification and sending of all audit reply
 Sending of stock entry certificate for drugs, equipment, etc. to Head quarters Project
Cell
Nodal Unit at Office of Director, AH department
 Coordination with district and sub district line department units for effective
implementation
 Over all supervision and monitoring of the project
 Organizing the trainings of project staff
 Documentation of good practices
 Coordination with Project Office

Implementation Arrangement at TANUVAS

The Vice chancellor (TANUVAS) shall delegate sanction to the officers for the
implementation of the Project at TANUVAS. Director of Research (TANUVAS) shall be the
Nodal officer in coordinating with nodal officer identified by Animal Husbandry department
and MDPW for implementation of the project.

151
 Principal investigator, Professor, TANUVAS) and Co principal investigator (Assistant
Professor, TANUVAS) shall be responsible for planning and implementation of the project.
The staff of the various farms, KVK’s, VUTRC’s, FTC’s will coordinate with Principal
investigator, Co-principal investigator, line department staff (VAS) and farmers for
implementing the project. The arrangement is shown in Figure 7.9
Figure 7.9 : Implementation Arrangement for TANUVAS

Vice Chancellor, TANUVAS

Nodal officer – Animal Nodal officer – Director Research,

Husbandry TANUVAS

DAH Principal Investigator

And
Co ‐ Principal Investigator

Regional Joint Director,

AHD Staff,
VUTRC /FTC/ KVK/ Farm

Assistant Director, AHD

Farmers
Veterinary Assistant
Surgeon

7.6.7 Implementation Arrangement for Fisheries

Commissioner of fisheries/HOD will be overall in charge of operating the budget and
project implementation. IAMWARM Cell at HOD office at Chennai will monitor the
progress and implementation. Nodal officers at the sub basin level will be in-charge of Sub
basin DPR preparation, action plan and execution. Field Officers at the sub basins attached to
Nodal officer will assist in implementation. Beneficiaries/Target group will be identified by
the sub basin nodal officers. WUA, progressive SHG, Fishermen co-operative, Farmers,
Inland Fishers or existing informal groups in respective tank command will be the target
group. The implementation is shown in Figure 7.10.

152
 Figure 7.10: Implementation Arrangement for Fisheries

Commissionerate
Multi-Disciplinary
of Fisheries
Project Unit Office
Department

JDF / DFF
(Supervising)

WUA / FCS ADF / Sub Basin –

Farmers Nodal Office

153
 Chapter 8
Financial Management Arrangement
The project is largely to be implemented by various line departments and based on the
experience of the recently closed TNIAMARM Project, the financial management
arrangements will, to a large extent rely on GoTNs systems for budgeting, funds flow,
accounting, internal control and external audit, with project specific arrangements agreed for
(i) works & activities to be executed by WUA’s; (ii) grants to Producer Groups/ Producer
Companies and (iii) activities to be carried out by the three new universities i.e. TNAU,
TNFU and TANUVAS. Arrangements for these will be assessed and agreed prior to
appraisal, which will include preparation of an FM handbook documenting arrangements for
WUA’s and producer companies.

8.1 Overall, project financial management arrangements

The project envisages implementation by eight line departments/Directorates (i)
Water Resources Department (WRD); (ii) Agriculture Department; (iii) Agriculture
Engineering Department; (iv) Agribusiness & Marketing Department. (v) Horticulture
Department; (vi) Fisheries Department; (vii) Animal Husbandry Department and (viii) three
Universities TNAU, TNFU and TANUVAS. With the exception of the three universities and
activities to be executed or for which resources are to be transferred to WUA’s and Producer
Companies/ Groups, all the line departments operate under a common state financial
management framework i.e. budgeting, funds flow, internal control, accounting, reporting
and audit arrangements, which can be relied upon for the project financial management
arrangements.

8.1.1 Budgeting
The project activities would be budgeted under the respective demand for grants of
line departments involved in the project; however, the Annual Work Plan (AWP) and budget
proposals would be reviewed, approved by the MDPU before forwarding to the Finance
Department to ensure consistency and coordination of plans/ budgets the various
departments. The budget would be incorporated in the State Budget by sub-basin using the
minor head/ sub head in the GOTN budget code, consistent with the project adopted under
the closed TNIAMWARM Project (Budget to be provided in state budget for FY 2017-18).
The MDPU will submit the detailed budget estimates for the FY 20017-18 to Finance
Department in line with the budget cycle i.e. by December 31, 2016. As regards three
University the budget provision would be made as grant in aid in the demand for grants for
the Agriculture, Fishery and Animal Husbandry Dept. respectively.

8.1.2 Funds Flow

Finance Department will allocate budget to the all line departments based on the
approved budget in respective demand. Since externally aided projects are exempted from
quarterly expenditure control, no significant delays are expected in funds flow. GoTN has
stopped the mechanism of Letter of Credit for works department w.e.f. April 1, 2016 and now
all payments are processed through the treasury and payments made electronically. The WRD
and line departments will in turn re-allocate the allotted budgets to the Divisions and District/
Block units for incurring actual expenditure. Funds to the TNAU/TNFU/ TANUVAS/WUA’s
and Producer Groups/ Companies will be provided as grant in aid based on approved activity
/ business plans, agreement with WUA’s/ PC/PGs and periodic financial reporting.

154
8.1.3 Accounting & Internal Control
Books of accounts by the WRD, Line Departments will be maintained under the
standard Government Accounting Systems and monthly accounts will be rendered to Auditor
General (AG) (by Line Departments through the treasury). These are required to be
reconciled with the AG (A&E) on a monthly basis. The annual financial statements would be
prepared only after the reconciliation with the AG (A & E). Funds released to
TNAU/TNFU/TANUVAS and grants to WUA’s/ Producer Groups/Companies and
Agriculture Marketing Board will be considered as advance for project purposes (even
though the Government accounting would record this as an advance) and will be considered
as expenditure only on receipt of quarterly expenditure and progress reports. The three
universities will open a separate Bank account for the project funds to keep it distinct from
the funds received from GOTN funds for establishment costs. The universities will
consolidate the expenditures from its various field units and send a consolidated report to the
MDPU on a monthly basis. Parking of funds in Personal Deposit, Public Ledger Accounts
would not be permitted. WUA’s and producer groups are envisaged to receive funds for
execution of project activities for the first time. Accordingly necessary FM arrangements
including basic triggers for fund release, banking arrangements, accounting, reporting and
audit arrangements have to be agreed and documented in a FM Handbook. In addition these
will need to be supplemented by capacity building, especially WUA’s, for overall
governance, participative decision making and transparency.

8.2 Finance Staffing

The staffing structure for the MDPU will include an officer from the Treasury &
Accounts Service, supported by a Superintendent from the WRO and two/ three accountants
either on deputation or on contract basis. The MDPU currently has one officer from the
Treasury & Accounts service deputed and this arrangement is expected to continue. The
existence of a fully functional MPDU including the finance unit is a legal covenant. In each
of the line departments the Financial Advisor/ Chief Accounts Officer will be responsible for
financial reporting to the MDPU. Based on the experience of TNIAMWARMP, a FM
support consultant will be provided in each of the PMU of the departments for coordination
and collection of financial reports, reconciliation with AG(A&E) from various sub-basins
and DDO’s which at a peak are expected to be close to 500 disbursing units and following up
on addressing audit observations.

8.3 Financial Reporting

The financial reporting (interim financial reports) under the project would be by the
project components broken down by sub-basins. These are closely linked to the budget codes
agreed with the finance department and would be based on the expenditures recorded in the
AG (A&E) books of account. In addition the WRD, AED, Horticulture, Agri Marketing etc.,
would provide a statement on security deposit with-held and paid to the contractors and
grants provided and utilized by WUA’s. The finance unit in the MDPU will have the
responsibility of obtaining expenditure reports from the various line departments and
preparing and submitting the consolidated interim and annual financial reports to the Bank.
The interim financial reports would be used as the basis for disbursement.

8.4 External Audit

The Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG) - who is considered as
acceptable auditor through its offices in Tamil Nadu will carry out the external audit of the
project financial statements for the activities carried out by line departments. For
expenditures incurred by TNAU, TNFU and TANUVAS, the audit will be carried out by the
Local Fund Audit Department. The audits will be carried out as per the standard terms of
155
reference for audit agreed between the DEA, C&AG and the Bank. The audit report will be
submitted to the Bank within nine months of the close of each financial year. The audit
reports on project implementation are summarized in Table 8.1.

Table 8.1 : Project Audit Arrangement

Implementing Agency Audit Auditors

Government of TN Project Audit Comptroller and Auditor General of India,
TNAU Project Audit Local Fund Audit Dept
TN Fishery University Project Audit Local Fund Audit Dept
TN Veterinary & Animal Sciences Project Audit Local Fund Audit Dept
University
CAAA Special Account Comptroller and Auditor General of India

8.5. Internal Audit

The project will have an internal audit by the Chartered Accountants firm. The scope
of internal audit will be to ensure that the internal control procedures (reconciliations, timely
settlement of advances drawn, balances, if any, in personal deposit accounts, physical
verification of assets provided to WUA etc.) are being adhered to at the project level i.e. line
departments at various levels including State, District, Divisions and Block level and identify
any bottlenecks or constraints in the implementation. The terms of reference will be reviewed
by the Bank. The internal audit is expected to be in place within six months of effectiveness
of the project.

8.6Disbursement Arrangements
Funds from the World Bank will be made available to GOTN (through the GOI)
under the standard terms of on-lending between GOI and the States. The Bank may provide
an initial advance will be transferred by GOI to the GOTN. The advance will be enhanced
subsequently proportionate to the increased level of expenditure. Subsequent releases will be
on re-imbursement basis, based on Bank’s share of eligible project expenditure.

156
 Chapter 9: Procurement
Procurement for the proposed project will be carried out in accordance with the
Bank’s Procurement Regulations for Borrowers for Goods, Works, Non-Consulting and
Consulting Services dated July 1, 2016 and applicable to Investment Project Financing (IPF)
here in after referred to as “Regulations”. The project will be subject to the Bank’s
anticorruption Guidelines3, dated October 15, 2006, and revised in January 2011 and as of
July 1, 2016.

9.1 Procurement Methods for Works and Goods

 International Competitive Bidding (ICB)
 National Competitive Bidding (NCB)
 Shopping (S)
 Direct Contracting (DC)
 Force Accounts (FA)

9.2 Procurement Methods For consultant’s Services

 Quality and cost based selection (QCBS)
 Quality-based Selection (QBS)
 Selection under a Fixed Budget (SFB)
 Least Cost Selection (LCS)
 Selection based on Consultant’s Qualification (CQ)
 Single Source Selection (SS)
 Individual selection by comparison of qualification of at least 3 candidates

9.3 Procurement of works

To be procured by WRD and include the following items:
 Restoration, revival and modernization of selected existing Irrigation Infrastructure
such as
‐ Rehabilitation of Anicuts
‐ Improvements to main canal
‐ Improvements to supply channel
‐ Improvements to tanks
‐ Construction of check dams, artificial recharge wells
‐ Replacement/provision of cross regulators, head works, cross masonry works
‐ Improvements to service roads
‐ Lining the channels
‐ River regarding works
‐ Civil works for construction of office building for MDPU, Basin Boards,
WUA buildings, kiosks, modification to existing building to accommodate
the proposed SWaRMA institute

 To be procured by the concerned departments

‐ On-farm development works, livestock productivity and fisheries
productivity improvement demonstration works, Agri marketing and Agri-
processing related civil works etc.
All these packages will be procured through NCB /National shopping(quotations
based)

157
9.4 Procurement of Goods and Equipment
This will include
 Office and IT/MIS equipment (desktop and laptop computers, printers, servers, GIS
packages, scanners, UPS, photocopiers, fax machines, LAN, VAN etc) (By the
Project and Procurement Wing in EIC office)
 Training and communications equipment (multimedia Projectors (Participatory
Irrigation Management Wing (PIM, Information Technology & Training Cell)
 Soil survey equipment (Agri)
 GPS, digital cameras (MDPU)
 Office furniture (MDPU)
 Audio/ Video equipment (MDPU)
 Modern Survey equipment (CE PF)
 Satellite imagery maps (CE IWS)
 Laboratory equipment (Agri, TNAU)
 Vehicles (MDPU, WRD)
 Seeds, plants, saplings, fertilizers, bio fertilizers etc. (Agri, Horticulture, TNAU,
AHD)
 Farm implements (Agri,)
 Micro Irrigation (Horticulture and TNAU)
 Medicines, Drugs, Hormones, Supplements, Frozen Semen Straws, Diagnostic kits,
Sterilizer, Refrigerator, Castrator, Microscope for Animal Husbandry)
 Procurement of machinery, equipment etc., for erection of mineral production plant
for TANUVAS
 Cages, fish seeds, (Fisheries)
 Post-Harvest equipment and materials (Agri- Marketing)
 Value addition machineries (Agri. Marketing)
These will be procured under ICB, NCB, Shopping, Direct contracting and
Government of India procedure for Micro Irrigation according to the value of packages
through decentralized processing each Sub-Basin and according to the delegation of powers
of the respective identified procurement officers of the line department

9.5 Selection of Consultants

The key consultancies to be procured under this project include:
 Monitoring and Evaluation (MDPU)
 Information management System
 Participatory Irrigation Management Wing (PIM, Information Technology &
Training Cell)
 Design support for Modernization of Irrigation System (CE PF)
 Construction Quality Management and Technical Supervision (CE PF)
 Basin planning including Decision Support System development for selected Basins
(CE IWS)
 Internal Audit Capacity Building (Finance department) (MDPU)
 Other small consultancies (Concerned officers)

The services of Government Training Institutes, TNAU, IMTI, and STAMIN will be
utilized for Trainings. For Training in these institutes only the cost of per-diem to be paid to
the participants, their travel boarding, training materials to be made available to them and to
the faculty hired specifically for the training and paid will be reimbursed by the Bank.
However for the training institute /organization selected on competitive basis the contractual
price payable to it will be funded by the Bank.

158
 Thresholds for Procurement Approaches and
Thresholds (US$ equivalent)
Methods
Open International (Goods, IT and non-consulting >3 million
services)
Open National (Goods, IT and non-consulting > 100,000 and up to 3 million
services)
National Request For Quotation (Goods / Works) Up to 100,000
Open International (Works) > 40 million
Open National (Works) > 100,000 and up to 40 million
Direct Selection No threshold;
For Goods / Works / non-consulting services: As per
paragraph 6.8-6.10 of Regulation.

For Consultants: As per paragraph 7.13-7.15 of

Regulation.
Shortlist of National Consultants Up to 800,000

The following are the activities involved in the procurement process

 Appointment of Procurement Officer
 Preparation of procurement plan as per World Bank Guideline
 Preparation of Bid document
 Bank’s NOC in case of prior review cases or the clearance from the State level
procurement cell in the HOD office
 Bid invitation
 Bid opening date
 Bid evaluation and award` recommendation to the Procurement cell in HOD office
 Approval of the award by the competent authority after review by the said procurement
cell in case it is not a prior review package
 In the case of prior review package the HOD shall get the approval of World Bank
 Upon receipt of a NOC from Bank necessary Agreement will be concluded and the work
orders will be communicated
 The copy of the concluded agreement will then be sent to the Bank which will allot a
WBR number which will be quoted in all application for Reimbursement claims
MDPU procurement cell will be strengthened. MDPU shall obtain procurement plans
from the WRD and Line departments each year along with the annual work plan, review and
consolidate and send to Finance department and Bank not later than 15th November of each
year .The Nodal Procurement Officers of the Line Departments and the Procurement staffing
in the TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)cell to be trained at ASCI, Hyderabad/ IIM.
MDPU to give orientation training to all field officers identified as Procurement
officers in the line departments. Procurements Workshops will be held at Chennai and other
WRD Regions Headquarters with Bank’s procurement Consultant with the approval of the
task leader World Bank. Frequent orientation trainings to be imparted to new officers as and
when they take position. Internal Auditors and staff of Finance Departments also to be trained
at ASCI, Hyderabad and in Workshops conducted by World Bank Procurement Consultant.
MDPU Procurement cell to be strengthened
The Bank will also carry out Post review contracts through separate consultants
engaged by it. The supervision mission from World Bank shall also review the procurement
activities and suggest corrective measures.

9.6 Systematic Tracking of Exchanges in Procurement (STEP):

The project will implement STEP, a planning and tracking system, which would
provide data on procurement activities and establish benchmarks. The details of the
159
procurement activities, presently prepared in the procurement plan would be transferred in
the STEP system. Initial training on the operation of the STEP system has been provided to
the procurement staffs of the Implementing Agencies (IAs).

9.7 E-procurement System:

The IAs will be using the NIC e-procurement system for all ICB / NCB procurements
with a threshold limit. The NIC e-procurement system assessment was carried out against the
multilateral development banks’ requirements and has been accepted for use for
procurements under Bank-funded projects. This is likely to increase efficiency and
transparency of procurement. All WRD packages are likely to use NCB. Piloting this system
will be attempted during the progress of implementation.

9.8 Procurement capacity:

The Multi-Disciplinary Unit (MDPU) established under the previous project will
serve as the management and coordination unit for the new project. Many of the officials of
MDPU and other 8 line departments and agencies responsible for implementation of different
components/sub-components were also involved in last phase of the project and they are well
conversant with World Bank procurement procedure and have gained substantial experience
in the project implementation; however, as current Project involves to implement new and
innovative aspects of the project, in particular those related to promoting of climate-smart
agriculture, enhancing farmers’ access to market, etc., this will be more challenging than the
last project. Apart from delays in procurement process, contract management delays and
disputes are potential problem areas.

9.9 Procurement Planning:

For each contract to be financed by the Loan, the different procurement
methods or consultant selection methods, the need for pre-qualification, estimated costs,
prior review requirements, and time frame will be reflected in the Procurement Plan to be
agreed between the Borrower and the Bank project team. The capacity building plan will
also be reflected in the procurement plan. The Procurement Plan as agreed will be uploaded
in STEP. The procurement plan is currently being developed.

9.10 Procurement Training:

Key staff will be sent for trainings at IIM Luck now / ASCI, Hyderabad / NIFM,
Faridabad. The project could also avail of the free Massive Open Online Course on public
procurement (www.procurementlearning.org) offered by the Bank as well as the paid
Professional Diploma in Public Procurement course delivered through the Charter of Public
Procurement Studies. MDPU shall arrange for the following:
(i) Training to all Nodal procurement officers of all line departments and the WRD
procurement cell will be at ASCI, Hyderabad or similar institute NIFM.
(ii) Procurement workshops will be held in Tamil Nadu for all SEs and EEs of Sub-Basins
and Nodal officers of the line department and new substitute posted in their positions.
(iii) Annual refresher courses will be held to train any new entrant to the Project.
(iv) The bank will also organize workshops one in each region where officials of all
departments involved in the project may participate.

160
 Chapter 10: Environment and Social Safeguard
10.1 Environmental Safeguards
1. The proposed project will be implemented in 66 sub-basins of Tamil Nadu, including the
areas experiencing droughts, floods and other climate/natural shocks, particularly in coastal
areas. Though the project will largely have positive impacts, key potential adverse impacts
anticipated from the proposed interventions are:
 Likely use of higher quantities of agro-chemicals, especially pesticides, due to increase in
agriculture productivity
 Disposal of construction waste could affect water and land quality
 Disposal of tank bed material
 Disposal of liquid and solid waste from dairy
 Pollution impacts on fisheries
2. An Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) was undertaken that identified
the key risks associated with poor construction management and disposal of silt and other
wastes, increased use of agro-chemicals, particularly pesticides. Environment safeguard
policies on Environment Assessment (OP4.01), Natural Habitats (OP4.04), Pest
Management (OP4.09) are triggered. To reverse and manage any potential impacts, an
Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF) has been developed and templates
of Environment Management Plans (EMP) for sub-projects on irrigation infrastructure
rehabilitation and Pest Management Plan (PMP) have been prepared.
3. The ESMF has been developed to ensure that the projects activities are identified planned
and implemented are socially responsive and environmentally sound. These guidelines serve
as a tool to guide the project implementers the optimal project interventions required to
address social and environmental concerns, prepare mitigation plans, and to ensure complete
integration of social and environmental concerns and mitigation measures in the design of the
project activities. The ESMF recognizes the need for an early environmental and social
assessment, during pre-planning stage of activities at the field level, to identify any adverse
impacts, plan for mitigation measures and help in mainstreaming these aspects throughout the
implementation phase. The ESMF will be applied to all project components, through the
different stages of the project cycle. The proposed ESMF interventions are designed on the
basis of the current understanding of the social and environmental issues. During project
planning and implementation, experience and learnings will be used to alter ESMF, if
required.
4. This chapter summarizes the implementation strategy on environmental management
and how it needs to be coordinated with various project activities. It needs to be read in
conjunction with ESMF. ESMF includes the following:
 A negative list of investments that the project will not finance
 A screening criteria for measuring the risk of sub-projects
 A Pest management plan, giving details of process and action steps to improve pesticide
use (procurement, handling, storage, use and disposal)
 Template of EMP for sub-projects on large irrigation infrastructure
 Environmental Codes of Practices and sector/theme specific best practices
 An Integrated Pest and Nutrient Management (IPNM) approaches for reducing the use of
pesticides and other agro-chemicals
 A monitoring and evaluation strategy for safeguards
 A capacity building and training plan for different stakeholders
 A communication strategy that will help implementation of identified mitigation
measures.
161
 5. Negative List: Activities that could lead to irreversible and significant negative impacts will
not be financed by the project. A list of these activities is given below as per the ESA undertaken.
Further, activities could be added to this list based on actual project implementation experience:
 Activities that will result in land salinization
 Procurement/use of pesticides that are listed in the banned lists published by the World
Health Organization and National and/or State lists
 Any activity that is in violation of national and state legal provisions
 Refilling of rehabilitated tanks with groundwater
 Activities that require land acquisition or that of private properties, including voluntary land
donation and eviction of encroachments and/or relocation of people
 Establishing new tanks in forest areas, coastal areas, and on existing wetlands and important
Birding Areas as well as on mangrove areas
 Major loss of common property resources affecting the livelihood systems of local people
 Activities that restricts access to water and other natural/common property resources for those
dependent on these resources, over and above of the existing provisions/regulations in place
6. Environmental and Social Screening: In order to facilitate proper identification of potential
environmental and social risks and mitigate and manage potential impacts, sub-projects to be
financed under the project will be placed into one of the three categories -I, II or III. The
categories are developed based on the extent, magnitude and duration of potential adverse
impacts. As per categorization of sub-projects, the various safeguard instruments/tools – EMP,
ESMF and RPF will be applied. To assist with identification of full range of potential impacts and
for managing the risks an Environmental Impact Identification Tool is provided in Annexure-VIII
of ESMF, which will help provide a quick overview of potential impacts. In addition, an
Environmental Screening Tool and Forms have been developed and given in Annexure-IX and X
of ESMF respectively. This will help measure potential risks under each component, sub-
component and specific kind of sub-projects/activities and accordingly provide an appropriate
risk category (1, 2 and 3) and implement the mitigation action.
7. Screening Process and Procedure for Approval: Environmental and social requirements
are linked with project steps and there are environmental and social requirements at the time of
project application. Environmental and social requirements in project steps are given below:
Table: Environmental and social requirements
Sub-project is developed

 Environmental Screening Tool is applied for categorizing the sub-project by the concerned line
department
 If sub-project in negative list – drop the sub-project
 For category 1 sub-projects – undertake an environmental assessment to prepare the EMP
following the available templates
 For category 2 sub-projects – use the ESMF and follow the ECoPS as well as PMP and other
project specific strategies
 For category 3 sub-projects – no requirements and proceed for implementation

 Categorized sub-project is screened by Environment Cell in WRO and category endorsed

 EC in WRO will ensure that budget and monitoring mechanism is in place while approving sub-
projects

Sub-project approved and enter into implementation

Regular monitoring to ensure that safeguards provisions/mitigation actions are implemented during
sub-project implementation
162
8. ESMF: The ESMF shall be applied to all proposed project components, through the
different stages of the implementation cycle. The proposed ESMF interventions are designed
on the basis of the current understanding of social and environmental issues identified and
discussed in the previous chapters. As the project planning and implementation gains
momentum, more learning shall be generated, and the ESMF will be revised accordingly. The
proposed ESMF interventions during the implementation cycle of the project
components/activities cycle for irrigation, horticulture, dairy and fisheries are provided as
additional guidance below:

Table : Environment and Social Management Framework

Sub-Projects / Suggested Mitigation

Potential Risks & Impacts
Activity Measures

Irrigation and construction related

Tanks  Silt/sand deposition on  Silt is normally not being

agricultural fields, low lying conveyed out of the tank
 Strengthening of seasonal wetlands, choking  Check quality of removed
tank bunds of natural draining/water silt and tank bed material
 Removal of courses before allowing farmers to
vegetation and  Distribution and use of toxic use it
invasive species silt due to non-point pollution  Ensure that local vulnerable
from, bund slopes, sources groups and extreme poor
surrounding areas  Disposal of construction have access to employment
 Wage and labour debris on farmland, water opportunities as labors
opportunities courses etc. resulting in  Refer to Environment
 Movement of heavy blocking natural drainage Management Plan (EMP)
vehicles  Lowering of water quality related to canal and tank
due to disposal of wastes rehabilitation
from fish seed farms, oil  As far as possible, use silt
from machinery, dumping of (if suitable) in strengthening
construction waste etc. the tank bunds
 Impact on ambient air  The debris of the
quality due to dust during dismantled structures to be
rehabilitation and noise used for leveling borrow
 Breach of tank bund, areas
overspill due to excess rain  Ensure compliance with
etc. national Act on child labour
 Tree cutting, unauthorized and minimum wage Act
removal of native species  Ensure first aid and medical
along with invasive species support at labour camps
 Local vulnerable and poor and ensure hygiene by
labour left out from work providing toilets, waste
opportunities disposal system etc.
 Accidents/disease incidents  For construction activities,
for workers and in labour refer to health and safety
camps and lack of amenities guidelines, and provide
 Possibility of engagement of protective equipment
child labour, unequal wages (helmets, protective gloves
to women workers and shoes, welding goggles
 Soil compaction on etc.) as may be needed
fields/farms due to  Plan heavy vehicle and
movement and parking of machine movement route
heavy machinery that avoid productive fields;
163
 Sub-Projects / Suggested Mitigation
Potential Risks & Impacts
Activity Measures

 Pollution of tanks due to and if soil compaction on

unregulated dumping of farmer’s field is
domestic sewage unavoidable, compensate
 Incidence of local water economically and also
logging and stagnation of plough field after
water leading to increased construction phase is over
mosquito breeding and  Avoid night operation of
spread of vector borne heavy machinery; provide
diseases personal safety gear to
workers against noise, dust
and other injuries
 Prepare heavy machinery
maintenance chart and user
to ensure safe working of
machines
 Use phytoremediation
approaches for reducing
pollution and improve water
quality
 Ensure that approved anti-
mosquito methods are used
in case of observance of
breeding mosquito
population near
construction and
rehabilitation sites
Silt removal from  Risk of disposal of polluted  Prepare the EMP as per the
supply channel and silt on farmlands template provided and
canal lining  Storage of construction apply the mitigation
material on farmlands accordingly
adjacent to canal  Ensure that silt is tested
 Non-working of canal during before given away to
repair works particularly farmers
when irrigation is required  Silt disposal on farmlands
as contractual delays can only after consultation
result in extension of reached with either
contract period individual farmer or with
 Pollution due to domestic WUA/Gram Panchayat
sewage inlet  Ensure that canal is not
closed without consultation
during cropping season
when irrigation is required;
plan repair period and
manage contract
accordingly
Reconstruction and  Dumping of Iron and  Identify proper disposal
Repair of sluices and concrete debris within canal sites/designated landfills
weirs and/or near banks and mechanism for debris
 Sewage and solid waste and cost it as part of vendor
generation due to contract
congregation of labour  Ensure proper monitoring of
population debris disposal during
164
 Sub-Projects / Suggested Mitigation
Potential Risks & Impacts
Activity Measures

 Air pollution and noise contract period

pollution due to increased  Implementation of
vehicular movement measures to control air
and construction equipment pollution and noise from
various sources
 Providing ear plugs and
other safety equipment to
protect workers
Agriculture and Horticulture related

Agriculture – production  Crop intensification resulting  Ensure that common lands

and diversity in change of land use and are identified and protected
risk of encroachment of from encroachment; as far
common lands as possible the project
 Soil and water pollution due should work with and
to increased use of agro- support farmers through
chemicals, particularly WUAs
pesticides  Translate the Pest
 Increased groundwater Management Plan (PMP)
extraction for enhancing and awareness to be
productivity and from shifting increased
from single crop to multi-  Project should assist in
cropping prior assessment of pests
 Use of short-duration high and crop diseases with help
yielding varieties that from TNAU
generally result in increased  Adopt, apply and monitor
use of agro-chemicals the implementation of PMP
 Bringing new areas under  Develop IEC material in
horticulture also pose risk of local language for
increased use of pesticides generating awareness
regarding safe use of
pesticides
 Use extension services for
soil testing followed with
right dosage of agro-
chemicals
 Promote wide application of
safe and bio-pesticides,
wherever possible
 Propagate use of sprinkler
system, including
underground micro-
irrigation
 Promote expansion of
System of Rice
Intensification (SRI) to
reduce water demand
 Work with WUAs in
encouraging market based
non-water intensive crops
where possible and for
promoting conjunctive use

165
 Sub-Projects / Suggested Mitigation
Potential Risks & Impacts
Activity Measures

of water resources
 Establish groundwater
recharge wells and protect
aquifers in semi-critical,
critical and over-exploited
groundwater blocks
 Measure and/or monitor
groundwater levels through
the project or in association
with groundwater
department
 Demonstrate and scale-up
IPM strategy and approach;
monitor the adoption rate
 Promote wide use of
organic inputs, such as,
bio-manure, Farm Yard
Manure and bio-fertilizers
and provide training on
production and use of these
alternatives
 Organize in project areas
awareness program on
Pest-Agri
 Ensure that marginal
farmers and poor
households are also
covered for such
demonstrations and training
 Encourage that pesticide
application is done using
proper equipment and in
accordance with the
available guideline
Agriculture related infrastructure and Marketing
Rehabilitation and  Lack of civic amenities in  Use anti-mosquito
modernization of new markets developed for sprays/fogging during
existing agricultural sellers and customers construction and in labour
 Lack of transparency in camps
markets
weighing and paying  Market design shall have
systems adequate public
 Intensive use of conveniences (toilets with
energy/electricity due to septic tanks or connected
poor market design, poorly with sewage system)
planned loading/unloading  Plan exposure visits to
decks etc. Maharashtra where
 Issues with respect to waste operations of private and
disposal APMC markets have been
 Risk of disturbance to reformed to introduce
natural areas (wetlands, transparency in
streams etc.) in locating new transactions
markets  Ensure vermi-composting
166
 Sub-Projects / Suggested Mitigation
Potential Risks & Impacts
Activity Measures

pits are made to prepare

good quality compost from
organic wastes of the
markets
 As far as possible develop
design for markets with
adequate introduction of
green building norms –
natural light, cross
ventilation, use of solar
power of lighting etc.
 Sites for establishing any
new markets are free from
natural features
Value chains and  Generation of waste  Organic waste should be
postharvest material – organic waste collected and subject to
management, including due to grading and sorting composting (vermi-compost
and plastic and other waste pits)
infrastructure
due to packaging and  Plastic and other packaging
marketing wastes should be disposed
 Use of artificial means as per existing state rules
(chemicals) for ripening and with proper tie up for
wax for polishing (especially disposal; these should be
fruits) made part of standard
 Farmer Producer operation procedures
Organizations with little or  Follow the project’s gender
no representation of poor strategy for ensuring proper
and marginal farmers – risk representation of women
of exclusion across all levels of decision
 Poor gender representation making
in decision making in farmer  Ensure that right of way is
groups (and WUAs) not affected during
 Construction and/or construction/repair of
rehabilitation of warehouses warehouses
 Warehouse construction and  Introduce for warehouses –
increased use of provisioning of adequate
energy/electricity, including natural light, ventilation and
promotion of cold storage use of solar power of
facilities lighting etc. (also for cold
stores)
Livestock and Dairy Related

Livestock rearing and  Increased possibility of  Involve TN Veterinary

management greenhouse gases from University for various
livestock technical inputs
 Odour from dairy sites  Identified community
 Spread of contactable professional if employed
diseases should be trained at
 Lowering of water quality reputed institutions
due to disposal of solid and  Provide livestock
liquid wastes from dairy management training to a
activities wide range of livestock
167
 Sub-Projects / Suggested Mitigation
Potential Risks & Impacts
Activity Measures

 Poor and marginal farmers owners, particularly women

left out of project benefits who tend to animals –
 Inability of wage workers to make training available at
undergo offsite training on doorstep as women are
livestock management often not able to leave
 Depletion of vegetation and homes for offsite training for
forage resources on long duration
common property lands  Ensure regular animal
resulting in increased soil checkup through extension
erosion services and organize
animal health camps in
project supported sub-
basins
 Promote stall feeding and
provide technical support
for developing low cost
animal sheds
 Work with communities for
revival of common pastures
and prevent encroaching of
common lands – introduce,
wherever required,
rotational grazing and
provision of water at
grazing lands to avoid wider
degradation of natural
vegetation
Fisheries Related

 Local depletion of larval and  Examine of larvae and

juvenile organisms for pond juveniles in nurseries or
stocking hatcheries should be
 Clearing/conversion of ensured
coastal wetlands for  Examine of ponds in area
construction of ponds of particular ecological
 Use of explosives and significance
poison in tanks for fishing  Prohibition of illegal
 Unfair selection and award practices, such as, use of
of fishing contracts at tank explosives and poison, and
 Restrictions imposed for enforcement of regulation
fishing by poor and  Ensure community
marginalized and for those monitoring of fishing in
with traditional rights tanks
 Fairness in contracting
tanks for fishing to private
vendors – access to fishing
by the poor and
marginalized should be
ensured

168
 Sub-Projects / Suggested Mitigation
Potential Risks & Impacts
Activity Measures

Stakeholder Participation

Community  Non-use of publication  Ensure that local

mobilization material, brochures in NGOs, field level officers
local language who are engaged for
 Few and ill-timed motivation and awareness
awareness campaigns building are properly
resulting in inadequate oriented about the scope of
coverage of potential the project
beneficiaries  Use local language
 Non-involvement of PRIs publication material
 Involve innovative
approaches like street
plays, awareness camps.
 Attract larger crowds to
programs
 Inform the communities,
including PRIs well in
advance through public
announcements and
posters regarding date,
time and place for such
events
 Promote participatory
monitoring by community
and introduce social audits
for maintenance and other
works undertaken by the
community
Forming WUA, election  Infiltration of influential  Implement the process as
and other process farmers for taking benefits per the WUA Act and
from assured irrigation ensure proper awareness
 Non-transparent selection and time for adequate
of WUA presidents resulting participation and
in early disassociation of representation of various
WUAs groups
Training of line  Ad hoc approach for  Undertake Training Needs
department staff and training resulting in Assessment
community members mismatch of training and  Prepare a training calendar
demand and low and widely disseminate it
participation of trainees

9. The Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for tank rehabilitation: integrates the
baseline conditions, impacts likely to occur, and the measures which need to be implemented for
amelioration of adverse impacts for proposed sub‐projects. Generic ESMP for rehabilitation of tanks
& canals is presented below. The ESMP shall give particular attention to project sustainability issues
such as excavation and disposal of silt, strengthening of bund, EHS, construction camps and site
office, prevention of pollution, user conflicts, etc. This detail is to be included in Bid document and
to be implemented by the prospective Contractor.

169
 Table: Generic ESMP for Sub-projects on Canal and tank Rehabilitation

Potential
Implementing Monitoring Monitoring
S.No. Environmental Mitigation measures
Agency Frequency Institution
Impacts
Pre-construction Phase
1. Establishment  Should be identified in Prospective One time Department
of Construction consultation with the Contractor
Camp and site individual owners in case of
office private lands and Engineer
in charge case of
(Applicable for government lands.
site where the  Layout of construction
number of camp, including indicating
labour residing various structures to be
exceed 100) constructed such as the
temporary structures to be
put up, site roads, drainage,
lighting, equipment storage
units and other facilities,
should be furnished to the
Engineer-in-charge.
 Living units of adequate
space as prescribed in
Labour and Environment
Acts with proper ventilation
shall be provided for the
labour engaged.
 Construction camps should
have access to Drinking
water, Sanitation, first aid
and waste disposal
facilities.
2. Construction Contractor will make his own Prospective One time Department
water necessary arrangement for Contractor
procuring construction water:
 In case of community water
source, Contractor should
carry out consultations with
villages/GPs for use
 In case of private source,
Contractor should not utilize
the water unless written
consent is obtained from
other owners of the land
parcel.
 In case of new bore wells,
permits should be obtained
as per requirements of
State Ground Water Board
regulations especially for
critical and over-exploited
blocks
 In case of surface water
bodies, necessary
permission from concerned
department or
administrative clearances
should be obtained.

170
 Potential
Implementing Monitoring Monitoring
S.No. Environmental Mitigation measures
Agency Frequency Institution
Impacts
3. Storage sites Contractor shall provide Prospective One time Department
(for large and details for storage of: Contractor
long time  Petrol/Oil/Lubricants: Brick
storage) on edge flooring or sand
flooring will be provided at
the storage places of
Petrol/Oil/Lubricants to
avoid soil and water
contamination due to
spillage.
Cement: Damp-proof
flooring, as per IS codes
4. Borrow Areas Shall be identified by the Department One time Department
Engineer during
implementation
5. Disposal sites  Shall be identified by Department One Time Department
Engineer during the
implementation
 Debris Disposal site will be
identified by the Engineer
during implementation.
6. Waste disposal  The sewage from the labour
camp site shall be disposed
off in line with the
Environmental (Protection
Act) in soak pits
7. Site Contractor shall restore Prospective One time Department
Restoration construction sites and site Contractor
office to the satisfaction of the
Engineer in charge.
8. Tree Cutting  Necessary clearance for Department One time Department
cutting of trees should be
obtained by Engineer in
charge.
Construction Phase
9. Construction  It should be kept free of Prospective Once in a Department
Sites water logging Contractor month
(Applicable for  Protective guards should be
site where the provided across the areas
number of where workers may fall or
labour residing could face an impalement
exceed 100) hazard.
 Store tools and materials
neatly and out of the way in
storage bins or lockers and
keep flammable or
hazardous wastes, if any, in
covered, segregated waste
containers
 Keep form and scrap
lumber away from work
areas, passageways
 No loose material should be
allowed to leave
unattended, and sites
should be properly finished
after completing the work
171
 Potential
Implementing Monitoring Monitoring
S.No. Environmental Mitigation measures
Agency Frequency Institution
Impacts
10. Public Safety  Warning sign boards should Prospective Once in a Department
be provided along the Contractor month
construction sites in Tamil/
English
11. Occupational  Safe access to the job sites Prospective Once in a Department
Health & Safety should be provided to all Contractor month
workers
 Passage ways, walkways,
and ramps should be kept
free of materials, scraps or
obstructions
 First Aid box should be
readily available at
construction sites
 Contact with nearest
nursing
homes/clinics/primary
health centre should be
maintained by the
Contractor to deal with any
emergency at site
 A vehicle should be readily
available at construction
site to meet emergency
situation
 The contractor should
comply with all the
precautions as required for
the safety of the workmen
as per Labour Laws as
applicable to this project
 The contractor should
strictly follow the statutory
child labour act
 Personal Protective
Equipment such as
helmets, hand gloves,
safety shoes, nose masks,
safety goggles should be
provided to the workers as
per Act.
12. Water Pollution  Solid waste shall be Prospective Quarterly Department
at Labour disposed at authorized Contractor
Camp site sites identified
 SW and GW quality to be
tested for any fecal
contamination
13. Soil Pollution  Measures to prevent Prospective once in a Department
accidental spills of oils Contractor month
and other lubricants
 Disposal of waste and
wastewater shall not be
done on open land.
14. Air Pollution  Properly functioning Prospective Once in a Department
construction equipment to Contractor month
172
 Potential
Implementing Monitoring Monitoring
S.No. Environmental Mitigation measures
Agency Frequency Institution
Impacts
minimize exhaust shall be
maintained
 Idling of machines and
equipment shall be
minimized
 Cover stockpiled silt and
trucks hauling silt, sand,
and other loose materials
or require trucks to
maintain at least two feet of
freeboard
15. Landscape  On completion of the works Prospective One time Department
all the temporary structures Contractor
Degradation may be cleared away, all
rubbish disposed, excreta
and disposal pits or
trenches filled in and
effectively sealed off and
the whole site and shall be
handed over to the
Department in good
condition.

10. Use of Agro-chemicals: Pesticide, fertilizer and other agro-chemical consumption might
increase due to increased water availability for irrigation, diversification of crops,
intensification of agricultural production and other project activities. To minimize the
associated impacts, a Pest Management Plan (PMP) has been prepared that includes an
Integrated Pest Management strategy (Annexure VII of ESMF).
11. Other tools: Environment Code of Practices (ECoPs) and Good Practices provide
general guidance on management/ mitigation of potential impacts of project activities
which are included in Annexure IV and V of ESMF respectively. The Environmental and
Social Clauses to be included in the Bid document (under Technical Specification) is
given in Annexure VI of ESMF.
12. Institutional Arrangements: The WRD, the primary implementing agency, has
developed some capacity in managing environmental impacts under IAMWARMP, but
needs further improvements when it comes to monitoring and reporting of environmental
management aspects. Given that new engineers and officers would be in place,
provisions have been made for providing adequate orientation and technical training for
managing adverse environmental impacts and implementing recommended mitigation
actions. MDPU will hire a qualified and experienced full time environmental expert to
facilitate the implementation of the ESMF and adoption of EMPs. The responsibilities of
Environmental Expert are as described in ESMF. In addition, the Engineer-in-Chief of
the Water Resourced Department will also have a qualified Environmental Engineer at
headquarters and will designate DCE as Nodal Officer for Environmental and Social
Framework in each region. Similarly, for the line departments, the district Joint Director/
Deputy Director shall be designated as Nodal Officers for safeguards. Based on the
actual experience and requirement during implementation, additional support of external
environmental experts to facilitate the implementation of mitigation actions will be
taken. The MDPU will include a section on reporting on the suggested environmental
indicators and on the progress of implementing the ESMF in the regular project progress
reports every six months.

173
13. Environmental Monitoring: Environmental Monitoring Programme has been designed
for the 66 sub-basins with the following objectives:
 Assessment of the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during pre-construction,
construction and operation stages of the project.
 Monitoring the effective implementation of mitigation measures.
 Assessment of any significant deterioration in environmental quality so that additional
mitigation measures may be undertaken.
The important monitoring parameters for the proposed components in 66 sub-basins are water
quality, soil quality, agriculture related issues, socio-economic aspects and project
implementation monitoring aspects. Suggested monitoring details are outlined in the ESMF.
14. Capacity Building: The capacity building program for the officials of PWD/WRD and
other line departments shall be as follows. Further details are provided in ESMF.
 An orientation program should be organized at the State level. The workshop shall be
organized once in six months during the project implementation phase, one prior to start
of the project and then during the mid-term review.
 The next level of training should be arranged for lines depart members and sub-basin
district line department representatives. This shall be organized once a year to acquaint all
experts with the project with respect to environmental and social sensitivity, monitoring
and auditing

10.2 Social Development and Gender

15. The key beneficiaries of the project include farmers, female members of their
families and vulnerable sections of farming communities in sub basins. Mainstreaming of
gender is one of the strengths of the project and targeted focus of this would center on
female members of Community Based Interest Group Organizations (CBIGO) such as
Water Users Associations (WUAs), Commodity Groups, Farmer Producer Companies
(FPOs), those enjoying the benefits of Model Village-centered Convergence for
Improved Service Delivery and also activities related to livestock development, fishery
and horticulture
16. Since new CBIGOs are yet to be mobilized and organized and as the existing ones are
to be revived through fresh open and participatory processes of election and/or selection,
no baseline data and actual cumulative number of project beneficiaries including by
gender are available at present. Nevertheless, gender disaggregated and other baseline
data will be prepared as part of organization of CBIGOs, planning of project related
activities and monitored through project implementation cycle. This will further increase
project effectiveness and also project outcomes and outputs that would be measured
through available quantitative cumulative data. The MDPU / EIC will have at least two
Social Development Specialists as consultants to facilitate, plan, and monitor the social
development and gender aspects of the project and document them for dissemination.
17. The Beneficiary Feedback/Citizen Engagement mechanism would be rooted on
Community Based Interest Group Organizations (CBIGOs). These CBIGOs would be
horizontally linked at the levels of sub-basins and regions and federated at project level.
This would involve representatives of multi-level CBIGOs participating at project level
annual workshops to provide their feedback on project benefits, their impacts,
particularly social impacts on women and suggestions for further improvement of project
effectiveness. In addition to representatives of these CBIGOs, other beneficiaries of the
project such as Government and non-Government stakeholders including those from
Private Sector related to agri-business, marketing, training for skills development, Tamil
Nadu Agricultural University (TANU), Tamil Nadu Fisheries University (TNFU), Tamil
Nadu Veterinary and Animal Sciences University (TANUVAS) will also participate in
174
feedback mechanism. The other key Government stakeholders also include State Ground
and Surface Water Resources Data Centre, State Water Resources Management Agency,
and Government of India’s NABARD. Private sector entities that are a chain of
departmental store also participating in marketing of agriculture/horticulture produce and
products. All these stakeholders will actively participate in project’s annual beneficiary
feedback workshops and provide feedback on project benefits and suggestions for further
improvements, if necessary so that the beneficiary feedback mechanism becomes an
open and participatory process.

10.3 Social Safeguards

18. As far as social safeguards are concerned, the project will not trigger the World
Bank’s policy on Indigenous Peoples. The project, however, triggers the World Bank’s
policy on Involuntary Resettlement. The project will not resort to acquisition of private
land and other assets under the provisions of RFCTLAR&R Act. The Policy is triggered
primarily to deal with exceptional cases, where irrigation tanks with encroachment
inevitably need rehabilitation and the RPF has been prepared to deal with such
circumstances. The sub-projects such as irrigation systems modernization will require
land and in order to ensure that water-bodies/irrigation tanks are free from
encroachments, public use, claims etc. the project would undertake public, participative
and transparent social screening involving all stakeholders, when the Bank’s social
safeguard policies will also be explained. The WRO/PWD would designate an Assistant
Executive Engineer in each sub-basin, an Executive Engineer for each Region and
another Executive Engineer located in Trichy but as a member of E-in-C’s office as
Nodal Officers for social safeguards. In addition, an Assistant Executive Engineer in the
Environmental Team will also be designated as Social Safeguards Nodal Officer. As
part of institutional strengthening for social safeguards management, the project will also
conduct training programs for staff of PWD/WRO designated as Social Safeguards
Nodal Officers at the levels of sub-basins, Regions and the headquarters. Such training
programs, will facilitate identification of vulnerable tanks, undertaking of public and
participative social screening, their documentation and use for planning of sub-projects
that require land and inclusion of findings of social screening in DPRs/Bid Documents
and preparation of Rehabilitation Action Plans, where required in accordance with ESIA
and Resettlement Policy Framework.
19. The initial ESIA was disclosed in-country on January 12, 2017 and the revised ESIA,
Resettlement Policy Framework, and Pest Management Plan were disclosed on March
21, 2017 through Info Shop.

10.4 Grievance Redress Mechanism

20. The Project will establish a multi-level feedback and grievance redress mechanisms
including the structures and processes at different levels. Grievances related to various
aspects of participatory irrigation and water management will be at the regional level of
Chief Engineers of WRD while grievances related to other project activities will be
redressed by the District Collector. In addition to these, there will be a Departmental
State-level Grievance Redress Mechanism.
21. The structure and processes of these mechanisms including their scope, memberships,
procedures for receiving, documenting grievances received, decisions to redress,
communication of redress, periodicity of meetings to redress, right to resort to judicial
system to seek redressal and multi-level public disclosure have been included in
Resettlement Policy Framework that has been publicly disclosed.

175
10.5 Bank Grievance Redress
22. Communities and individuals who believe that they are adversely affected by a World
Bank (WB) supported project may submit complaints to existing project-level grievance
redress mechanisms or the WB’s Grievance Redress Service (GRS). The GRS ensures
that complaints received are promptly reviewed in order to address project-related
concerns. Project affected communities and individuals may submit their complaint to
the WB’s independent Inspection Panel which determines whether harm occurred, or
could occur, as a result of WB non-compliance with its policies and procedures.
Complaints may be submitted at any time after concerns have been brought directly to
the World Bank's attention, and Bank Management has been given an opportunity to
respond. For information on how to submit complaints to the World Bank’s corporate
Grievance Redress Service (GRS), please visit http://www.worldbank.org/GRS. For
information on how to submit complaints to the World Bank Inspection Panel, please
visit www.inspectionpanel.org.

10.6 Recommendations of ESIA

The ESA Report highlights the findings of various positive and negative impacts due
to the proposed TN-IAMWARM-2 project to be implemented in 66 sub-basins covering all
districts of Tamil Nadu and recommends suitable mitigation measures for reducing the
negative impacts. A comprehensive Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) strategy is proposed
for smooth implementation and co-ordination amongst the various line departments.
The suggestions included in this ESA Report are designed to avoid environmental and
social damage and alleviate impacts in accordance with the safeguard policies of the World
Bank. The suggested mitigation measures include the best environmental and social
management practices. These suggestions have to be diligently implemented by PWD/WRO
and various line departments to safeguard the environment of the project sub basin areas.
Based on the findings, it is evident that project components and sub-project activities under
the TN-IAMWARM-2 project will result in agriculture modernization, developments in
irrigation, restoration of water bodies and better management in livestock and fisheries
sectors and social benefits to intended beneficiaries as envisaged.
Based on the project details and the baseline environmental and social status
ascertained through data collected from primary and secondary sources, potential impacts as
a result of the implementation of project components under the TN-IAMWARM-2 project
have been identified. The proposed project is likely to exert both positive as well as negative
impacts likely to accrue during various phases of implementation of the proposed project in
the study area covering the representative twelve sub basins in twenty one districts of seven
Agro-Climatic Zones.
Based on the impacts certain mitigation measures have been discussed in the earlier
chapters. Few Potential Positive and negative Impacts and suggested measures of the
proposed project are:
 Improved crop productivity
 Increase in groundwater recharge and reduction in groundwater abstraction
 Increase in use of agro-chemicals
 Solid waste generation from labour sheds
These impacts can be mitigated through suitable mitigation measures such as
implementation of IPM, INM, SRI, SSI micro irrigation with fertigation etc and proper solid
waste management etc.
The brief tasks that are to be carried out by the line departments are as follows.

176
Agriculture Department  Implementation of INM and IPM (organic practices)

Water Resources Department PWD  Strengthening institutions and instruments dealing with
Water Resource Management

Horticulture Department  Precision farming for horticultural crops and conducting

need based trainings

Agriculture Engineering  Introduction and promotion of water saving Micro

Department Irrigation systems like Drip & Sprinkler Irrigation and solar
powered pumps

Agriculture Marketing  Value addition – drying, processing etc

 Promotion of agri – entrepreneurs and FPOs

Tamil Nadu Agriculture  Development of Precision Farming Techniques

University(TNAU) ,demonstration of SRI method, conducting trainings
 Develop Model Seed Village Concept to generate good
quality and hybrid seeds

Animal Husbandry Department  To ensure total health cover both preventive and
curative.
 Reduce the gap between the requirement and availability
of green fodder through promotion of fodder cultivation

Fisheries Department  Development of Aquaculture in Irrigation Tanks by

establishing Fish Seed Bank, development of Ornamental
Fish Culture

It has been found that the positive impacts outweigh the negative impacts as the
project is beneficial to all the categories of farmers, agricultural labourers and other
vulnerable groups.
 The project considerably focuses on reducing the gap area that will be brought under
irrigated agriculture and this will significantly improve climate resilient crop area,
diversity, intensity and the yield.
 Increase in the vegetal cover due to increase in irrigation is expected. This will in turn
increase the biodiversity in the study area with the reduced GHGs
 The continuous cropping over barren and mono-cropped land would act as soil binder
and reduce the soil erosion rates.
 The proposed project will promote conjunctive use reducing the groundwater
abstraction. The increased groundwater recharge would also replenish the
groundwater resources.
 The proposed project would lead to augmentation of the water resources, which will
increase the cropping and irrigation intensities.
 Increased availability of fodder for livestock shall reduce the pressure on the existing
forests or vegetation of the area, which is a significant positive impact.
 As a part of Environmental and Social Management Framework, appropriate control
measures in the form IPM and INM measures have been recommended. The project
functionaries will popularize the use of Farm yard and green manures in the command
177
 area being irrigated by the project. These practices are likely to improve the yield with
minimal impact on the environment and reduce the cost of cultivation.
 The project implementation will enhance overall employment opportunities in the
project area and reduce the out migration rate.
 There will also be an increase in the income for both agricultural labourers and
vulnerable groups through enhanced number of employment days and wage rate at
which they work.
 Continuous need based training programmes proposed in the project will increase the
skill and capacity of the farmers to adopt sustainable and modern farming practices to
adopt climate resilient activities.
 Enhanced income shall enable beneficiary households to purchase new farm
implements and modernize agriculture. This will increase efficiency in farm
operations and reducing the drudgery.
 The formation of community based organizations like WUA; FPOs will encourage
collaborative water management for economic and judicious use of scarce water
resources. Also it shall lead to effective implementation of the project through
collective action, participatory management of the irrigation system and farmers
entering in to direct marketing of the produce.
 Addressing gender concerns and facilitating of the active participation of women
farmers in the project activities would enhance the socio economic status and
empower the women farmers.

178
 Chapter 11: Result Monitoring and Evaluation
The comprehensive results monitoring and evaluation system will be imparted on the
project, which would consist of: (i) impact evaluations with base-line, mid-term, and end-of-
project surveys; (ii) a reporting system on monthly, semi-annual, and annual reporting
system. The project will also adopt ICT-based system to record beneficiary feedback, day-to-
day monitoring of project activities. The system will also monitor gender inclusion and
gender impacts of project activities.
11.1 Monitoring and Evaluation System Methods and Tools
A results-based M&E system would monitor project processes using the following
methods and tools: (a) a Results Framework that is derived from clearly identified goals,
objectives, outputs and activities with corresponding indicators, means of verification and
key assumptions; (b) M&E strategy regarding information requirements, tools and
methodologies for data collection, analysis and reporting; (c) comprehensive M&E plan with
clear roles and responsibilities with respect to data collection and reporting; and (d) internal
and external periodic assessments and evaluations, which include baseline studies,
beneficiary assessments, mid-term evaluations, ex-post evaluation and impact evaluations.
The M & E systems will be defined in the form of an M&E guideline.
11.2 M&E Staffs
M& E specialist at the MDPU will be appointed to coordinate monitoring activities by
the line departments and to oversee activities by the M& E agency.
The nodal officers in participating line departments will be responsible for process
and performance monitoring of individual activities and will consolidate and analyze all
M&E data provided by field level offices. The nodal officers will monitor all field level
activities, identify issues, and propose needed actions for the management to address them.
The nodal officers will produce monthly reports for their management and MDPU.
11.3 Monitoring Mechanism
The Project will have state level and sub basin level monitoring mechanism as
summarized in Table 11.1.
Table 11.1 : Project Monitoring Mechanism
Field Inspection by HOD / MDPU members:
 HOD to have random visit to the sub basin area at
Project Cell has greater role. least once in 3 months.
 The project cell formed at HQ to visit the project
area and monitor the progress.
 MDPU members to make random visits to sub
basin area at least once in 6 months for technical
guidance.
 QIR on inspection / field visits by HOD and report
to be furnished to Govt. with copy marked to
MDPU.
Sub Basin Level Monitoring:
 Nodal officers of the Sub‐basins to have
Weekly Inspections should be performed. continuous monitoring of the project
implementation.
 to make regular weekly field visits
 Monthly inspection report should be furnished to
HOD.

179
11.4 Project Reporting Mechanism
The Project has a pre designed reporting mechanism as outlined in Table 11.2 and
detailed report Calendar presented in Table 11.3.

Table 11.2 Project Reporting Mechanism

Quarterly / Monthly Progress Reports  to furnish fortnightly, monthly and quarterly

should be furnished in time progress reports to the HOD (Physical &
financial reports)
 Reporting format containing all required
information should be prescribed by HOD.
 Calendar for reporting to the higher authorities
is as given below.

Table 11.3 : Project Reporting Calendar

Description From whom To whom Date of furnishing

SE/Regional
Sub‐basin Nodal‐Officer 15th of every month
Officer
Fortnightly
Progress Report SE/Regional Officer HOD 18th of every month
HOD Govt. & MDPU 25th of every month
SE/Regional
Sub‐basin Nodal‐Officer) 25th of every month
Officer
Monthly Progress
Last working day of
Report SE/Regional Officer HOD
every month
HOD Govt. & MDPU 5th of following month
SE/Regional Last working day of
Sub‐basin Nodal‐Officer
Quarterly Officer every quarter
Progress Report SE/Regional Officer HOD 5th of following month
HOD Govt. & MDPU 10th of following month
SE/Regional
Sub‐basin Nodal‐Officer Every Friday
Weekly Progress Officer
Report SE/Regional Officer HOD Every Saturday
HOD Govt. & MDPU Every Monday
SE/ Regional
Annual Work plan Sub‐basin nodal officer 31st October
officer
SE /Regional officer CE/HOD 5th November
CE/HOD MDPU 10th November
Finance
MDPU department 15th November
/World Bank

11.5 Project Result Monitoring

The project has developed results frame work and monitoring arrangement which is
given in Attachment 11.1. The PDO level indicators and Intermediate results indicators for
each of the components along with target values to be achieved during the project period are
depicted in the results frame work. The frequency of reporting, data sources and
methodologies along with responsibility arrangements are included. The detailed results
chain developed is given in Attachment 11.2
180
11.6 Base line and Periodic Surveys
The project will maintain a master register of all basic data through a data base be
collated by the Implementing Departments and furnished to MDPU to assess progress and to
have comparison. Periodic survey will be conducted by the Implementing Departments and
furnished to MDPU. Post project survey will be done on completion of the program for
accurate evaluation of project impact.

11.7 Internal Evaluation

The project will undertake internal evaluation by all implementing agencies. MDPU
will have computerized Monitoring Information system to consolidate and manage data
received from the various implementing agencies. HOD to form an Evaluation team of
second level officers for evaluating and furnishing an Annual Report by June of the following
year, to Govt. with copy marked to MDPU. The year wise outcome indicators mentioned in
the (PAD) will be the basis for the internal evaluation.

11.8 Concurrent Evaluation

MDPU will assign this task to some independent agency. All Implementing
Departments should provide necessary data to this independent agency and cooperate for
successful evaluation.

11.9 Implementation Completion Report (ICR)

Necessary inputs for preparation of ICR for each sub basin should be furnished to
MDPU.

11.10 Documentation and Knowledge Management

The success stories on the problems encountered, solutions offered and the end results
will be collected and documented for each WUA preferably. Photos exhibiting the pre and
post scenario of the program will be taken up. Necessary provision may be included in the
estimate for these activities. An Annual Report on the success stories will be furnished to
MDPU by end of June of the following year.

181
 Attachment2.1: Mapping of Project Sub basins
The Map may be full A4 size

182
Attachment 2.2 List of Project Sub basins

183
 Attachment 2.3: Component wise costs
COMPONENT A: IRRIGATION AND WATER MANAGEMENT
Sub Component A1 ‐ INSTITUTIONAL STRENGTHENING AND CAPACITY BUILDING FOR WATER MANAGEMENT

Physical Unit Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)

Cost
Components Unit
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total (Local 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
Lakh)
I. Investment Costs
A. Strengthening overall WRD /a

Technical Experts lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 250 25.00 37.50 37.50 37.50 37.50 37.50 37.50 250.00

IT & Lab Hardware/Software/Digitization/Equipment/Furniture/Videoconference lump sum - 0.8 - - - 0.2 - 1 750 - 600.00 - - - 150.00 - 750.00

Building Refurbishment lump sum - 0.3 0.7 - - - - 1 500 - 150.00 350.00 - - - - 500.00

Training/Workshops (incl. TN Waterweek) lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 400 40.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 400.00

Incremental Operating Costs (e.g. vehicle hire/travel, internet, consumables, etc.) lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 300 30.00 45.00 45.00 45.00 45.00 45.00 45.00 300.00

e-WRO App Development Consultancy lump sum - 0.1 0.4 0.5 - - - 1 250 - 25.00 100.00 125.00 - - - 250.00

E-IMS Rollout and Support lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 250 25.00 37.50 37.50 37.50 37.50 37.50 37.50 250.00
Subtotal 120.00 955.00 630.00 305.00 180.00 330.00 180.00 2,700.00
B. Strengthening Water Resources Management Institutions (SWARMA, IWS, State Ground & Surface Water Data Center) /b

Technical Expert (GIS Analyst) person-year 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 6 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 42.00

Technical Expert (Remote Sensing & Photogrammetry) person-year 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 6 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 42.00

Technical Expert (Agronomist) person-year 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 6 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 42.00

Technical Expert (Digital Cartographers) person-year 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 28 3 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 84.00

Technical Expert (Data Entry, Geotagging) person-year 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 42 2.4 14.40 14.40 14.40 14.40 14.40 14.40 14.40 100.80

Technical Expert (Modeling) person-year 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 10 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 140.00

Technical Expert (Online Data and Mapping Web Services) person-year 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 10 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 70.00

Technical Expert (Technical Writer) person-year 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 10 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 70.00

Specialised Consultants (e.g. for Studies) person-year 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 10 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 140.00

184
Additional Contract support person-year 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 20 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 20.00

Upgradation of existing hardware lump sum 0.5 0.5 - - - - - 1 0.5 0.25 0.25 - - - - - 0.50

Interactive Online Decision Support System Development Consultancy lump sum - 0.1 0.4 0.5 - - - 1 400 - 40.00 160.00 200.00 - - - 400.00

New IT Hardware/Software/Data & Office/lab equipment lump sum - 0.7 - - - 0.3 - 1 400 - 280.00 - - - 120.00 - 400.00

Product development (publications, e-books, web hosting, etc.) lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 20 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 20.00

Internship Program lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 20 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 20.00

Training/Workshops lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 100 10.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 100.00

Minor Civil Works person-year - 0.5 0.5 - - - - 1 100 - 50.00 50.00 - - - - 100.00
Incremental Operating Costs (e.g. vehicle hire/travel, internet,
consumables, etc.) lump sum 0.1 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 35 3.50 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 35.00
Subtotal 124.15 503.90 343.65 333.65 133.65 253.65 133.65 1,826.30
C. C. Real-time Monitoring Service Pilot /c

Monitoring Services lump sum - 0.25 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 1 400 - 100.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 400.00

Technical Assistance (e.g. to set up technical audits) lump sum - 0.5 0.5 - - - - 1 40 - 20.00 20.00 - - - - 40.00
Subtotal - 120.00 80.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 440.00
Total 244.15 1,578.90 1,053.65 698.65 373.65 643.65 373.65 4,966.30
\a For WRD - including Central Design Organization, Central Quality Control Laboratories, IMTI, IHH, O&M Wing, etc.
\b And contract personnel and operating expenses
\c Outsourced real-time monitoring data services for key locations (e.g. canal flows)

185
Sub‐Component A2 ‐ IRRIGATION SYSTEM MODERNIZATION

Physical Unit Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)

Components Cost
(Local
Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total Lakh) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Infrastructure Rehabilitation /a

1. Infrastructure cost No. 150 200 750 900 1,000 1,000 778 4,778 - - - - - - - -

2. Tanks and Anicuts Rehabilitation Ha 17,047 22,729 85,234 102,281 113,646 113,646 88,417 543,000 0.348 5,932.36 7,909.69 29,661.43 35,593.79 39,548.8139,548.8130,769.12188,964.00

3. On-Farm Development Ha 17,047 22,729 85,234 102,281 113,646 113,646 88,417 543,000 0.022 375.03 500.04 1,875.15 2,250.18 2,500.21 2,500.21 1,945.17 11,946.00

4. Groundwater recharge structures Ha 17,047 22,729 85,234 102,281 113,646 113,646 88,417 543,000 0.008 136.38 181.83 681.87 818.25 909.17 909.17 707.34 4,344.00

5. Environmental Activities Ha 17,047 22,729 85,234 102,281 113,646 113,646 88,417 543,000 0.001 15.68 20.91 78.42 94.10 104.55 104.55 81.34 499.56

6. Third party consultancy Lumpsum 100.00 100.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 100.00 100.00 1,000.00

7. Unallocated (contingencies) Lumpsum 55.00 100.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 102.50 100.00 732.50

Total 6,614.45 8,812.47 32,621.87 39,081.32 43,387.7443,265.2433,702.97207,486.06

\a Number of tanks which will be completed are 4,778. (Fy1 -150; Fy2 -200; Fy3- 750; Fy4-900; Fy5 -1,000, Fy6 - 1,000 & Fy7-778; Ayacut area in Ha (tanks and anicuts): 1,7047 (fy 1), 22,729 (fy 2), 85,234 (fy 3), 102,281

186
 Sub‐Component A3‐ PARTICIPATORY IRRIGATION MANAGEMENT
Unit Cost
Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)
Detailed Costs Physical (Local
Unit
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total Lakh) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Establishing Engineer in Chief, WRD &
Regional PIM Wings
1. SDS&DEO Salaries

Engaging Social Dev. Specialist /a No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 5.4 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 37.80
Engaging social dev. specialist social safeguards and
gender /b No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 5.4 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5.40 37.80
Engaging Social Dev. Spec. in 4 Regions for PIM
activities No. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 28 4.2 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 117.60

Data Entry Operators for EINC, WRD and 4 Regions No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 42 1.8 10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 75.60
Subtotal 38.40 38.40 38.40 38.40 38.40 38.40 38.40 268.80

2. Operation Cost as per Project Protocol lumpsum 200.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 350.00
3. Social Safeguard Activities

Social development and safe guard activities lumpusm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 4 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 28.00
4. Training for Competent Authorities and Higher
Officials

no.of
Training for competent autho. and higher officials batches 10 5 - - - - - 15 10 100.00 50.00 - - - - - 150.00
Subtotal 342.40 117.40 67.40 67.40 67.40 67.40 67.40 796.80
B. Election for Existing WUAs and Orientation
Programme /c

1. Conduction Election for Existing 2800 WUAs WUA 1,000 1,400 400 - - - - 2,800 0.22 220.00 308.00 88.00 - - - - 616.00

No. of
2. 3 Day Orientation Training for Mgmt. Committee /d trainings 100 140 40 - - - - 280 0.9 90.00 126.00 36.00 - - - - 252.00

3. Intensive training on water mgmt. and O&M No. 12 - - - - - - 12 5 60.00 - - - - - - 60.00

Subtotal 370.00 434.00 124.00 - - - - 928.00
C. Capacity Building Training to (To Be Formed)
WUAs

1. Conducting Election (to be formed) 3200 WUAs /e Nos. - 800 800 800 800 - - 3,200 0.22 - 176.00 176.00 176.00 176.00 - - 704.00

2. Hiring 160 mobilization training Spec. for 6 years Nos. - 20 30 40 40 20 10 160 3.6 - 72.00 108.00 144.00 144.00 72.00 36.00 576.00

3. Hiring 640 Field Organizers for 6 years Nos. - 80 120 160 160 80 40 640 1.2 - 96.00 144.00 192.00 192.00 96.00 48.00 768.00

No. of
Training
4. Capacity Building Trng. to 160 MTS by CEC /f Batches - 1 1 1 1 - - 4 10 - 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 - - 40.00

No. of
Training
5. Capacity Building Trng. to 640 Fos by CEC /g Batches - 2 4 5 5 - - 16 6 - 12.00 24.00 30.00 30.00 - - 96.00
6. Capacity Building Training (to be formed) /h

No. of
Base training to Farmers by Peer Trainers /i Training - 800 800 800 800 - - 3,200 0.527 - 421.20 421.20 421.20 421.20 - - 1,684.80

No. of
(TOT) training to master for 3 days on PIM Training - 20 20 20 20 - - 80 0.75 - 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 - - 60.00

187
 No. of
(TOT) training to master for 3 days on O&M Training - 20 20 20 20 - - 80 0.75 - 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 - - 60.00

No. of
2 days intensive training on Water Management & Training
O&M /j Batches - 160 160 160 160 - - 640 0.6 - 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 - - 384.00

No. of
1 day intensive follow-up training in Water Mgmt. Training
and O&M /k Batches - 160 160 160 160 - - 640 0.3 - 48.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 - - 192.00
Subtotal - 595.20 595.20 595.20 595.20 - - 2,380.80
Subtotal - 961.20 1,057.20 1,147.20 1,147.20 168.00 84.00 4,564.80

D. Amendments to TNFMIS Act 2000 consultancy Lumpsum 1 - - - - - - 1 25 25.00 - - - - - - 25.00

E. Provision for Peer Learning, Digital Message,
Design /l Lumpsum 100.00 100.00 200.00 100.00 200.00 50.00 50.00 800.00

F. Provision for encouragement/award /m Lumpsum - - 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 100.00

G. Provision for Printing ICT, Feedback etc. /n Lumpsum 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 60.00

H. Provision for Taking Up CCWM etc. /o Lumpsum 10.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 10.00 120.00
I. Preparation of O & M Manual and dedicated Apps
/p Lumpsum 20.00 20.00 - - - - - 40.00

J. Social Safeguards and Social Development /q Lumpsum 18 18 20 10 - - - 66 6 108.00 108.00 120.00 60.00 - - - 396.00
Total 980.40 1,765.60 1,618.60 1,424.60 1,464.60 335.40 241.40 7,830.60

\a In E-inC, WRD office for PIM Activities

\b In E-inC, WRD office for Social Safeguards Activities
\c New Managing Committee Members
\d Members (5 members in each WUA)
\e 800 WUAs/election
\f Through IMTI (4 days plus 2 days) (4 batches)
\g Through IMTI (3 days plus 1 day) (4 batches)
\h 3200 WUAs-3200 trainings (25 farmers per training)

\i 48 trainers/WUA in 3 yrs
\j For 10 members/WUA
\k For 10 members/WUA
\l Peer learning, digital message designation, documentation, visits etc.
\m For better performance of Farmers, WUAs and other PIM Staff
\n Documentation of success stories, case studies, best practice of PIM and in Tamilnadu Publication of quarterly PIM News Letters etc.
\o Provision for taking up research studies on micro level management, climate resilience crops and other consultancies etc.
\p Provision for taking up research studies on micro level management, climate resilience crops and other consultancies etc.

\q Used for social mobilization/creation of awareness and organization of community based organizations of women and vulnerable sections, training programs for capacit building/skills improvement, preparation of baseline data for monitoring
related to
partici

188
Component A4‐ CONVERGENCE FOR IMPROVED SERVICE DELIVERY

Physical Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)

Unit Cost
Components
(LocalLakh)

Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Formation of model
villages ( No. 1,000) /a Lumpsum 150.00 150.00 150.00 150.00 200.00 100.00 100.00 1,000.00
B. Operating cost, capacity
building in SWIKC, IEC Lumpsum 150.00 150.00 150.00 150.00 200.00 100.00 100.00 1,000.00
C. Capacity Building of
Departments Lumpsum 100.00 100.00 200.00 200.00 150.00 150.00 100.00 1,000.00
Total 400.00 400.00 500.00 500.00 550.00 350.00 300.00 3,000.00
\a Entry point facilities and creationof SWIKC

189
COMPONENT B: AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTIVITY ENHANCEMENT, DIVERSIFICATION, IMPROVED LIVELIHOODS, MARKETING AND VALUE ADDITION
Sub Component B1 – AGRICULTURE INTENSIFICATION AND DIVERSIFICATION (AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT)
Physical Unit
Components Financial Outlay(‘000 Lakh)
Cost (Local Lakh)
Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Increasing Crop Productivity by Best Management Practices and Innovations (IPT Demos) /a

1. Green Manure (GM - SRI -rice fallow (RF Pulses) Ha 5,0007,000 9,000 9,000 6,000 4,500 -40,500 0.1 500.00 700.00 900.00 900.00 600.00450.00 - 4,050.00

2. Maize Ha 1,0001,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 - 7,500 0.05 50.00 75.00 100.00 75.00 50.00 25.00 - 375.00

3. Ragi Ha 100 200 250 200 150 100 - 1,000 0.05 5.00 10.00 12.50 10.00 7.50 5.00 - 50.00

4. Minor Millets Ha 1,0002,000 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 -10,000 0.04 40.00 80.00 100.00 80.00 60.00 40.00 - 400.00

5. Pulses Ha 1,5002,500 3,000 2,500 2,000 1,000 -12,500 0.05 75.00 125.00 150.00 125.00 100.00 50.00 - 625.00

6. Oilseeds (Groundnut, Gingelly, Sunflower etc.) Ha 7501,250 1,500 1,250 1,000 750 - 6,500 0.05 37.50 62.50 75.00 62.50 50.00 37.50 - 325.00
Subtotal 707.50 1,052.50 1,337.50 1,252.50 867.50607.50 - 5,825.00
B. Other Crop Based Components /b

1. Establish Farmers Field Schools (FFS) /c FFS 500 750 1,000 1,000 750 500 - 4,500 0.2 100.00 150.00 200.00 200.00 150.00100.00 - 900.00
2. Promote IPM

Integrated Pest Management (IPM) Villages Village 25 50 75 75 50 25 - 300 1 25.00 50.00 75.00 75.00 50.00 25.00 - 300.00

INM- Vermi compost (Silpaulin) Units No. 125 250 375 375 250 125 - 1,500 0.06 7.50 15.00 22.50 22.50 15.00 7.50 - 90.00
Subtotal 32.50 65.00 97.50 97.50 65.00 32.50 - 390.00
3. Seed Village Groups Training

Pulses Group 20 30 60 40 30 20 - 200 0.044 0.88 1.32 2.64 1.76 1.32 0.88 - 8.80

Groundnut Group 20 25 50 25 20 10 - 150 0.044 0.88 1.10 2.20 1.10 0.88 0.44 - 6.60

Green manure Group 20 25 50 25 20 10 - 150 0.044 0.88 1.10 2.20 1.10 0.88 0.44 - 6.60

Seed Village Groups Revolving Fund Group 60 80 160 90 70 40 - 500 0.5 30.00 40.00 80.00 45.00 35.00 20.00 - 250.00
Subtotal 32.64 43.52 87.04 48.96 38.08 21.76 - 272.00

4. Shield Awards for Best Farmers /d No. 8 8 8 8 8 8 - 48 0.025 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 - 1.20

5. Shield Awards for Best Field /e No. 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 18 0.033 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 - 0.59
Subtotal 165.44 258.82 384.84 346.76 253.38154.56 - 1,563.79

190
C. Agricultural Implements /f
1. SRI power operated Cono weeder
(50%) , hand & power operated
sprayer No. 100 150 250 250 150 100 - 1,000 0.15 15.00 22.50 37.50 37.50 22.50 15.00 - 150.00

2. Hand Operated Sprayer No. 350 400 600 600 400 300 - 2,650 0.013 4.38 5.00 7.50 7.50 5.00 3.75 - 33.13

3. Power Operated Sprayer No. 350 400 600 600 400 300 - 2,650 0.03 10.50 12.00 18.00 18.00 12.00 9.00 - 79.50
Subtotal 29.88 39.50 63.00 63.00 39.50 27.75 - 262.63
D. Inst. Streng. - IEC and Capacity
Bldg. /g

1. Trainings for SRI Skills No. 18 16 16 16 - - - 66 0.185 3.33 2.96 2.96 2.96 - - - 12.21

2. Farmers training No. 36 32 32 32 - - - 132 0.21 7.56 6.72 6.72 6.72 - - - 27.72

3. Extensional Personnel Training Ha 18 16 16 16 - - - 66 0.275 4.95 4.40 4.40 4.40 - - - 18.15

14,45
4. IEC/CB activities No.
9,350 0 18,250 16,450 11,650 7,850 - 78,000 0.007 60.78 93.93 118.63 106.93 75.73 51.03 - 507.00
Subtotal 76.62 108.01 132.71 121.01 75.73 51.03 - 565.08
E. Admin. Studies, Consultancy & M&E ( Ag. IAMWARM Cell)
1. State HQ IAWARM Cell /h
Improvements of Project HQ cell
infrastructures No 1 - - - - - - 1 5 5.00 - - - - - - 5.00
Computers and Other Accessories sets 5 - - - - - - 5 1 5.00 - - - - - - 5.00
Agricultural Specialist/Technical Input pers.mo
Provider nth 12 12 12 12 12 12 - 72 0.5 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 - 36.00
pers.mo
Accounts officer nth 12 12 12 12 12 12 - 72 0.25 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 - 18.00
pers.mo
Computer/Data Entry Operator nth 12 12 12 12 12 12 - 72 0.15 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 - 10.80
Documentation operational Charges
for 66 sub-basins NO. 18 14 14 10 10 66 - 132 0.3 5.40 4.20 4.20 3.00 3.00 19.80 - 39.60
Office Expenditure, Other Lumpsu
Contingencies m 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 7.5 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 - 45.00
Subtotal 33.70 22.50 22.50 21.30 21.30 38.10 - 159.40
2. Agriculture District/Sub Basin Nodal Units
Contract Charges for Data Entry
Operator /i No. 18 14 14 10 10 66 - 132 0.3 5.40 4.20 4.20 3.00 3.00 19.80 - 39.60
Subtotal 39.10 26.70 26.70 24.30 24.30 57.90 - 199.00
Total 1,018.53 1,485.52 1,944.74 1,807.561,260.4 898.73 - 8,415.50
\a Involving Women Farmers and Addressing Climate Resilient Issues
\b Involving More Women Farmers and Addressing Climate Resilient Issues

191
 \c IPM village; INM -vermi compost (Silpaulin) units (@5 no./village) dove tailing with IMP villages; Seed village for Pulses, groundnut and green manure crops; shield awards for best farmers with in the
sub-basin/among the sub-basins for crops and also for
\d Within the Sub-basin
\e Among the sub-basins
\f More women farmers to be involved
\g Encouraging More Women Farmers and Addressing Climate resilient Issues)
\h Sourcing of expert personnel- honorarium, documentation operational charges for 66 sub basins and office expenditure, other contingencies
\i For Documentation with Honorarium for all the Sub-baseline

Sub Component B1 – AGRICULTURE INTENSIFICATION AND DIVERSIFICATION (HORTICULTURE DEPARTMENT)

Physical
Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)
Components Unit Cost
(Local
Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total Lakh) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Horticulture Crop Demonstration /a
1. Fruits

Mango Ha 60 110 170 110 110 90 - 650 0.077 4.59 8.42 13.01 8.42 8.42 6.89 - 49.73

Guava /b Ha 60 85 110 85 85 75 - 500 0.176 10.56 14.96 19.36 14.96 14.96 13.20 - 88.00

Pomegranate Ha 25 40 45 25 30 35 - 200 0.172 4.30 6.88 7.74 4.30 5.16 6.02 - 34.38

T.C. Banana Ha 75 85 85 90 95 70 - 500 0.375 28.13 31.88 31.88 33.75 35.63 26.25 - 187.50
Subtotal 47.57 62.13 71.98 61.42 64.16 52.35 - 359.61
2. Spices

Chillies (dry) Ha 20 20 25 20 20 20 - 125 0.12 2.40 2.40 3.00 2.40 2.40 2.40 - 15.00
3. Flowers

Tuberose Ha 8 10 8 8 8 8 - 50 0.6 4.80 6.00 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 - 30.00

4. Vegetables - Brinjal, Bhendi, Tomato, Green Chillies, Onion etc. /c Ha 5,500 7,200 7,414 8,600 8,100 6,186 - 43,000 0.2 1,100.00 1,440.00 1,482.80 1,720.00 1,620.00 1,237.20 - 8,600.00
Subtotal 1,154.77 1,510.53 1,562.58 1,788.62 1,691.36 1,296.75 - 9,004.61
B. Promotion of reduced pesticide village /d

1. Using only bio-pesticides and fungicides /e Ha 800 1,200 962 1,000 1,000 1,000 - 5,962 0.012 9.60 14.40 11.54 12.00 12.00 12.00 - 71.54
C. Promotion of hi-tech irrigation technologies /f

1. Installation of micro irrigation with drip and fertigation (vegetables) Ha 480 2,020 2,120 2,070 2,054 2,220 - 10,964 1 480.00 2,020.00 2,120.00 2,070.00 2,054.00 2,220.00 - 10,964.00

2. Installation of micro irrigation with drip and fertigation (banana) Ha 23 - - - - - - 23 0.856 19.69 - - - - - - 19.69

3. Installation of micro irrigation with sprinkler (vegetable/dry chilies) Ha - 17 34 31 - - - 82 0.19 - 3.23 6.46 5.89 - - - 15.58
Subtotal 11069 499.69 2,023.23 2,126.46 2,075.89 2,054.00 2,220.00 - 10,999.27
D. Promotion of climate risk resilience technologies /g

1. Poly green houses-max (limit 1,000 sq.Mt) Sq.mt 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 - 6,000 0.005 4.68 4.68 4.68 4.68 4.68 4.68 - 28.05

2. Mulching technology Ha 125 135 135 140 155 154 - 844 0.16 20.00 21.60 21.60 22.40 24.80 24.64 - 135.04

192
Subtotal 24.68 26.28 26.28 27.08 29.48 29.32 - 163.09
E. IEC/CB (involving women farmers)

1. Village Level Training to Farmers No. 2,000 2,800 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,400 - 13,200 0.002 4.00 5.60 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.80 - 26.40

2. Exposure visit to farmers and officers /h batch 10 14 10 10 10 12 - 66 1 10.00 14.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 12.00 - 66.00

3. Other IEC/CB activities (publicity or propaganda0 /i Ha 5,748 7,550 7,857 8,938 8,448 6,484 - 45,025 0.008 45.98 60.40 62.86 71.50 67.58 51.87 - 360.20
Subtotal 59.98 80.00 76.86 85.50 81.58 68.67 - 452.60

F. Management Support
1. Strengthening the HQ Cell

Senior Level Account Officer /j No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 3 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 - 18.00

Technical Assistant (Horticulture) /k No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 6 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 - 36.00

District Level Technical Input Provider /l No. 10 20 20 15 10 10 - 85 2.4 24.00 48.00 48.00 36.00 24.00 24.00 - 204.00

Data Entry Operator /m No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 1.8 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 - 10.80
Subtotal 34.80 58.80 58.80 46.80 34.80 34.80 - 268.80
2. Other Expenses

Laptop No. 1 - - - - - - 1 0.4 0.40 - - - - - - 0.40

Xerox No. 1 - - - - - - 1 0.72 0.72 - - - - - - 0.72

Telephone charges lumpsum 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 - 1.44

Computer Stationeries and Services No. 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.10 1.10 - 6.80

Office operating costs lumpsum 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 - 30.00
Subtotal 7.51 6.39 6.39 6.39 6.34 6.34 - 39.36
Subtotal 42.31 65.19 65.19 53.19 41.14 41.14 - 308.16
Total 1,791.46 3,719.71 3,869.23 4,042.61 3,909.88 3,668.20 - 21,001.22
\a By addressing the Climate Resilient Issues
\b Includes Brinjal, Bhendi, Tomato, Green Chillies, Onion, Tapioca, Gourds, Watermelon
\c Tapioca, Gourds, Watermelon
\d To promote vegetables in clusters
\e In 300 IMP village of DOA in clusters
\f By encouraging women farmers
\g Women farmers also will be involved
\h On need based in state or outstate 50/batch
\i On need based in state or outstate 50/batch
\j per year
\k PG/PhD graduate
\l B.Sc in (horticulture)/ B.Sc in (Agriculture)
\m per year

193
 Sub Component B1 – AGRICULTURE INTENSIFICATION AND DIVERSIFICATION (ADAPTIVE RESEARCH - TNAU)

Physical Unit cost Financial Outlay( ‘000 Lakh)

Components Unit (Local
Lakh)
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Productivity enhancement of rice in sub
basin and increasing pulse production /a Ha 2,000 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 - - 15,000 0.1 200.00 325.00 325.00 325.00 325.00 - - 1,500.00

B. Pulse Seed Production Program /b Rs./Ha 350 500 700 500 450 - - 2,500 0.06 21.00 30.00 42.00 30.00 27.00 - - 150.00
C. Area expansion and productivity
enhancement of pulses /c Rs./Ha 750 1,000 1,100 1,150 1,000 - - 5,000 0.05 37.50 50.00 55.00 57.50 50.00 - - 250.00
D. Formation of pulse commodity groups &
federated /d Rs. /Ha - 75 125 150 150 - - 500 0.02 - 1.50 2.50 3.00 3.00 - - 10.00
E. Value addition in pulses through processing
and branding in collaboration with marketing
dept. lumpsum - 12.50 12.50 12.50 12.50 - - 50.00
F. Demonstration of improved production
techniques with various oil seeds /e ha 100 150 150 100 100 - - 600 0.05 5.00 7.50 7.50 5.00 5.00 - - 30.00
G. Promotion of sustainable sugarcane
initiative (SSI) in sub-basin under precision
farming approach /f ha 100 150 200 150 150 - - 750 1 100.00 150.00 200.00 150.00 150.00 - - 750.00
H. Promotion of pesticide free village
vegetables in sub-basin through climate
resilient activity in model Bio Village /g ha 750 1,100 1,100 1,100 950 - - 5,000 0.025 18.75 27.50 27.50 27.50 23.75 - - 125.00
I. Production of vegetable under precision
farming mode by adopting of IPM concept /h ha 100 350 400 350 300 - - 1,500 1.2 120.00 420.00 480.00 420.00 360.00 - - 1,800.00
J. Promotion of red gram (Toor Dhal) under
cropping sequence ha 150 250 250 200 150 - - 1,000 0.1 15.00 25.00 25.00 20.00 15.00 - - 100.00
K. Improving productivity of Toor Dhal under
precision farming technique /i ha 100 225 225 250 200 - - 1,000 1 100.00 225.00 225.00 250.00 200.00 - - 1,000.00
L. Monitoring GHG Emission (portable GC,
field glass chambers and DNDC module) Lumpsum - 5.00 5.00 10.00 5.00 - - 25.00
M. Introduction of new technologies in fruit
crops by demon. TNAU high density planting
/j ha 50 100 100 75 75 - - 400 0.75 37.50 75.00 75.00 56.25 56.25 - - 300.00
N. Crop diversification in Cauvery command
through innovative experiments of introducing
new cropping patterns ha 800 1,100 1,050 1,050 1,000 - - 5,000 0.04 32.00 44.00 42.00 42.00 40.00 - - 200.00
O. IT Based Activities
1. Price forecasting and market intelligence,
execution of crop optimization /k lumpsum 25.00 65.00 75.00 75.00 65.00 - - 305.00

194
2. Implements: purchase of cono weeder and
other labour saving implements (need based) lumpsum 36.89 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 - - 156.89
Subtotal 61.89 95.00 105.00 105.00 95.00 - - 461.89
P. Capacity Building, IEC and Admin Cost
1. Training to farmers, scientists, other state
holders /l Lumpsum 97.30 80.00 80.00 80.00 75.00 50.00 - 462.30

2. TNIAMP cell establishment cost for 7 yrs. Lumpsum 25.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 10.00 10.00 - 90.00
3. Institutional charges @7.5% for field
activities Lumpsum 51.88 104.85 114.30 105.66 95.44 - - 472.13
4. Outsourcing of technical staffs for
implementing the field and IEC activities Lumpsum 71.63 150.00 200.00 200.00 100.00 35.68 - 757.31
Subtotal 245.81 349.85 409.30 400.66 280.44 95.68 - 1,781.74
Total 994.45 1,842.85 2,038.30 1,914.41 1,647.94 95.68 - 8,533.63

\a By restoring soil fertility in cropping sequence (green manure - rice-rice fallow

\b Production of TFL Seeds under farmers participatory approach to produce quality pulse seeds
\c under crop diversification in gap areas
\d Seed to sales.
\e with prime focus on improving productivity, encouraging crop diversification
\f Scaling up SSI through joint venture with the nearby sugar mills - TNAU acts as knowledge partner for SSI to Sugar Mills
\g Known as pesticide free village (NIPHM model to be implemented. Farmers should produce their own bio pesticides and make accessible to other farmers at reasonable cost at their door step.
\h Cost inclusive of sustainability and replication on the use of water soluble fertilizer in subsequent crops .
\i including IPM approach
\j with drip fertigation in mango/pomegranate etc.
\k M -velanmai based problem solving through ICT, Geo tagging of interventions for the periodical monitoring, assessment of water spread and cropped area on selected sub basins
\l Exposure visits including farmer to farmer digital video learning (digital green)

195
Sub Component B1 – AGRICULTURE INTENSIFICATION AND DIVERSIFICATION (AGRICULTURE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT)

Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)

Physical Unit
Cost
Component Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
(Local
Lakh)
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total

I. Investment Costs

A. Construction of farm ponds /a No. 495 594 495 396 396 396 - 2,772 0.54 267.30 320.76 267.30 213.84 213.84 213.84 - 1,496.88

B. To be named Lumpsum 5 6 5 4 4 4 - 28 0.57 2.85 3.42 2.85 2.28 2.28 2.28 - 15.96
Total 270.15 324.18 270.15 216.12 216.12 216.12 - 1,512.84
\a As a supplementary source of additional irrigation at critical stages of crop development

196
Sub Component B2 – IMPROVING ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOOD SOURCESTHROUGH LIVESTOCK AND INLAND FISHERIES (ANIMAL HUSBANDRY)

Unit Cost
Physical Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)
Components Unit (Local
Lakh)
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Increasing the AI Coverage by Utilizing the
Services of Govt. Inst.

1. Artificial insemination equipment /a No. 400 - 200 200 - - - 800 0.19 76.00 - 38.00 38.00 - - - 152.00

2. Artificial insemination expenses /b No. 136,000136,000 204,000 272,000 272,000 - - 1,020,000 0.001 100.64 100.64150.96 201.28201.28 - - 754.80

3. Introduction of sexed semen No. 2,000 - - - - - - 2,000 0.015 30.00 - - - - - - 30.00

Subtotal 206.64 100.64188.96 239.28201.28 - - 936.80
B. Increasing the AI Coverage by Establishing
new AI Institutions

1. Artificial insemination equipment /c No. 18 - 24 24 - - - 66 0.5 9.00 - 12.00 12.00 - - - 33.00

2. AI training for new AI technicians No. 18 - 24 24 - - - 66 0.025 0.45 - 0.60 0.60 - - - 1.65

3. Artificial insemination expenses /d No. 2,160 5,400 9,360 17,688 24,486 - - 59,094 0.001 2.89 7.24 12.54 23.70 32.81 - - 79.19
Subtotal 12.34 7.24 25.14 36.30 32.81 - - 113.84
C. Dairy Interest Groups

1. DIG training No. 36 - 48 48 - - - 132 0.265 9.54 - 12.72 12.72 - - - 34.98

2. Follow up training No. - 36 36 48 96 48 - 264 0.01 - 0.36 0.36 0.48 0.96 0.48 - 2.64

3. Calf management demo No. 36 36 84 132 132 - - 420 0.39 14.04 14.04 32.76 51.48 51.48 - - 163.80

4. Mastitis management demo No. 36 36 84 132 132 - - 420 0.234 8.42 8.42 19.66 30.89 30.89 - - 98.28
Subtotal 32.00 22.82 65.50 95.57 83.33 0.48 - 299.70
D. Fertility Management Program

1. Infertility correction campaign /e No. 432 432 1,008 1,584 1,584 - - 5,040 0.14 60.48 60.48141.12 221.76221.76 - - 705.60

2. Estrous synchronization program /f No. 432 432 1,008 1,584 1,584 - - 5,040 0.145 62.64 62.64146.16 229.68229.68 - - 730.80
Subtotal 123.12 123.12287.28 451.44451.44 - - 1,436.40

E. Distribution of animal identification cards No. 86,000 86,000 130,000 175,000 173,000 - - 650,000 4.30 4.30 6.50 8.75 8.65 - - 32.50
F. Fodder Development

1. Fodder production ha 540 540 1,260 1,980 1,980 - - 6,300 0.04 21.60 21.60 50.40 79.20 79.20 - - 252.00

2. Tree fodder promotion Ha 15 20 20 - - - - 55 0.041 0.62 0.82 0.82 - - - - 2.26

Subtotal 22.22 22.42 51.22 79.20 79.20 - - 254.26

197
G. Strengthening of Veterinary Institutions
1. Strengthening of existing Animal Investigative
Units (ADIU) No. of units 15 - - - - - - 15 0.55 8.25 - - - - - - 8.25
2. Establishment of new Animal Investigative Units
(ADIU) No. of units 4 - 2 - - - - 6 1.25 5.00 - 2.50 - - - - 7.50

3. Operational expenses for (ADIU) No. of units 15 15 19 19 19 - - 87 0.5 7.50 7.50 9.50 9.50 9.50 - - 43.50

4. Strengthening of field veterinary services units /g No. of units 400 - 200 200 - - - 800 0.45 180.00 - 90.00 90.00 - - - 360.00
5. ICT establishment at district and sub-district nodal
and implementing offices No. of units - 60 20 20 - - - 100 0.7 - 42.00 14.00 14.00 - - - 70.00
Subtotal 200.75 49.50116.00 113.50 9.50 - - 489.25
H. Strengthening of Project Cell Infrastructure
1. Equipment

Computers and accessories No. 4 - - - - - - 4 0.6 2.40 - - - - - - 2.40

Color printer (A3 duplex) No. 1 - - - - - - 1 2 2.00 - - - - - - 2.00

Scanner No. 1 - - - - - - 1 0.15 0.15 - - - - - - 0.15

Data card No. 3 - - - - - - 3 0.02 0.06 - - - - - - 0.06

DSLR camera No. 1 - - - - - - 1 0.3 0.30 - - - - - - 0.30

1.5 KV UPS No. 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1.00 - - - - - - 1.00

Almirah No. 2 - - - - - - 2 0.1 0.20 - - - - - - 0.20

Laptop No. 1 - - - - - - 1 0.75 0.75 - - - - - - 0.75

Cell phone No. 2 - - - - - - 2 0.1 0.20 - - - - - - 0.20

Motor bike No. 1 - - - - - - 1 0.75 0.75 - - - - - - 0.75

Subtotal 7.81 - - - - - - 7.81
2. Operational Expenses

Cell phone charges per.year 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 - 0.72

Data card charge per.year 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 18 0.09 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 - 1.62

Stationary per.year 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 - 4.50

Vehicle hiring per.year 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 - 7.50

Remuneration data entry person per.year 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 12 2.4 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 4.80 - 28.80

Miscellaneous per.year 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 0.5 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 - 3.00
Subtotal 7.69 7.69 7.69 7.69 7.69 7.69 - 46.14
Subtotal 15.50 7.69 7.69 7.69 7.69 7.69 - 53.95
I. Capacity Building of AHD Officers

198
Orientation of AHD officers on IAMWARM concepts No. or persons 400 - 200 200 - - - 800 0.004 1.60 - 0.80 0.80 - - - 3.20

Technical training of AHD Officers No. or persons - 200 100 100 - - - 400 0.15 - 30.00 15.00 15.00 - - - 60.00

Training of AHD officers on disease diagnosis No. or persons - 40 30 30 - - - 100 0.1 - 4.00 3.00 3.00 - - - 10.00

International training / exposure visit No. or persons - 5 5 - - - - 10 5 - 25.00 25.00 - - - - 50.00

Subtotal 1.60 59.00 43.80 18.80 - - - 123.20
J. Project Documentation

1. Registers No. 400 400 600 800 - - - 2,200 0.005 2.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 - - - 11.00

2. Stationaries No. 400 400 600 800 800 - - 3,000 0.007 2.80 2.80 4.20 5.60 5.60 - - 21.00

3. Impact documentation logistics No. - - - 800 800 - - 1,600 0.011 - - - 8.40 8.40 - - 16.80
Subtotal 4.80 4.80 7.20 18.00 14.00 - - 48.80
K. TANUVAS
1. Setting up nutritional supplement production plant
/h No. 1 - - - - - - 1 38 38.00 - - - - - - 38.00

2. Capacity building for participating Scientists No. 40 - - - - - - 40 0.05 2.00 - - - - - - 2.00

3. Production and distribution of supplement to
farmers for validation trial No. 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 - - 25,000 0.002 9.75 9.75 9.75 9.75 9.75 - - 48.75
4. Research, data collection, analysis and report
preparation expenses Lumpsum 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 6 11.71 11.71 11.71 11.71 11.71 11.71 11.71 - 70.26
5. Equipment and operational expenses for
production of salt miners lick by DIG Lumpsum 8 8 8 8 8 - - 40 0.7 5.60 5.60 5.60 5.60 5.60 - - 28.00

6. Training DIG on Slat lick preparation Lumpsum 1 1 1 1 1 - - 5 2 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 - - 10.00

7. Project cell infrastructure at TANUVAS Lumpsum 1 - - - - - - 1 3 3.00 - - - - - - 3.00

Subtotal 72.06 29.06 29.06 29.06 29.06 11.71 - 200.01
Total
695.33 430.59828.35 1,097.59916.96 19.88 - 3,988.70
\a Liquid nitrogen container 1.5 lit plus AI gun
\b frozen semen, liq. nitrogen, consumables, incentives
\c Liquid nitrogen container 1.5 lit plus AI gun
\d Frozen semen, liq. nitrogen, consumables, incentives
\e Medicines and campaign logistics
\f Medicines and logistics
\g analyzer, microscope and diagnostic kits
\h And pre supplementation data collection

199
Sub Component B2 – IMPROVING ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOOD SOURCESTHROUGH LIVESTOCK AND INLAND FISHERIES (FISHERIES)

Quantities Unit Cost Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)

Detailed Costs Unit (Local
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total Lakh) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Department of Fisheries
1. Fish culture in long seasonal Irrigation
tanks /a Ha - 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 - 10,000 0.03 - 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 60.00 - 300.00
2. Fish culture in short seasonal tanks
/b

Carps Ha 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 - - 10,000 0.04 80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00 - - 400.00

GIFT Ha 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 - - 5,000 0.08 80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00 80.00 - - 400.00
Subtotal 160.00 160.00 160.00 160.00 160.00 - - 800.00
3. Fishing implements (gill net,
coral/dragnet) No. - 100 100 100 100 100 - 500 0.2 - 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 - 100.00

4. Cage Farming No. - 5 5 5 - - - 15 5 - 25.00 25.00 25.00 - - - 75.00

5. Promotion of high value native
species /c

Capital Costs No. - 1 - - - - - 1 50 - 50.00 - - - - - 50.00

Operating Costs lumpsum - - 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 - 20.00

Subtotal - 50.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 - 70.00
6. Integrated aqua farming (aquaphoric)

Capital Costs No. - 1 - - - - - 1 53 - 53.00 - - - - - 53.00

Operating Costs lumpsum - - 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 - 10.00

Subtotal - 53.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 - 63.00

7. Aquaculture in farm ponds (0.1 ha) No. - 500 200 200 100 - - 1,000 0.27 - 135.00 54.00 54.00 27.00 - - 270.00

8. Fish seed rearing in cages No. - 25 25 25 25 - - 100 0.4 - 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 - - 40.00
9. Gift Tilapia hatchery - investment

Gift Tilapia hatchery - investment No. - 1 - - - - - 1 320 - 320.00 - - - - - 320.00

Operating costs lumpsum - - 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 - 80.00

Subtotal - 320.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 - 400.00
10. Purline brood stock maint. mult.
center /d

Capital costs lumpsum - 2 - - - - - 2 225 - 450.00 - - - - - 450.00

Operating cost lumpsum - - 37.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 - 145.00

Subtotal - 450.00 37.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 - 595.00

200
11. Earthen fish seed rearing and culture
farm No. - 28 15 15 15 15 - 88 5 - 140.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 75.00 - 440.00

12. Modernization of fish seed farm No. - 2 - - - - - 2 125 - 250.00 - - - - - 250.00

13. Small scale fish seed mill units

Capital Costs No. - 1 - - - - - 1 90 - 90.00 - - - - - 90.00

Operational Costs lumpsum - - 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 - 10.00

Subtotal - 90.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 - 100.00

14. Fish kiosk No. 10 10 - - - - - 20 8 80.00 80.00 - - - - - 160.00

15. Monitoring support in sub-basin & IAMP Lumpsum - 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 - 180.00

16. Overseas training/exposure visit Lumpsum - 25.00 50.00 25.00 - - - 100.00

17. ICT, documentation & office equipment
etc. Lumpsum 10.00 15.00 15.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 - 70.00
Subtotal 250.00 1,919.00 572.00 541.00 464.00 267.00 - 4,013.00
B. Tamil Nadu Fisheries University
1. Development of production models for
irrigation tanks /e Lumpsum 32.15 23.55 20.55 3.75 - - - 80.00
2. Management of pure line inland fish
brooders /f Lumpsum 4.00 16.20 16.20 13.20 9.00 5.40 - 64.00
3. Formulation of species based fish feed
/g Lumpsum 17.80 16.80 14.80 14.80 6.90 6.90 - 78.00
4. Capacity building, training of trainers
farmers etc. /h Lumpsum 2.50 11.50 3.50 4.50 3.50 2.50 - 28.00
Subtotal 56.45 68.05 55.05 36.25 19.40 14.80 - 250.00
Total 306.45 1,987.05 627.05 577.25 483.40 281.80 - 4,263.00

\a @1,500 seeds/ha-EWS
\b A, Carps @2,000 seeds/ha-EWS
\c channa straitus/maurlius
\d Mettur, Krisnagiri, Bhavanisagar
\e For farm ponds
\f In the brooder farm and production of good quality seeds
\g Using locally available low cost ingredients
\h And entrepreneurs in the adaption of advanced farming technique

201
 Sub Component B3 – AGRICULTURE MARKETING, VALUE ADDITION AND POST‐HARVEST MANAGEMENT

Unit
cost
Physical Base Cost (Local Lakh)
(Local
Components
Lakh)

Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs
A. Improving Farmer Access to Markets
1. Support for new farmer producer organizations

Consultancy charges for formation of FPO for 1st year and business plan No. - 26 24 30 - - - 80 13.8 - 358.80 331.20 414.00 - - - 1,104.00

MTS (mobilization training specialist)and 2 FOs for first year No. - 26 24 30 - - - 80 4.68 - 121.68 112.32 140.40 - - - 374.40

FPOs formation and registration /a No. - 26 24 30 - - - 80 3.8 - 98.80 91.20 114.00 - - - 304.00

Start up grant for administrative and contingent expenses No. - 26 24 30 - - - 80 10 - 260.00 240.00 300.00 - - - 800.00

Productive investments for FPOs /b No. - - 5 25 40 10 - 80 20 - - 100.00 500.00 800.00 200.00 - 1,600.00

Business expansion grant No. - - - - 10 20 30 60 30 - - - - 300.00 600.00 900.00 1,800.00

Advertising charges No. - 5.00 10.00 10.00 - - - 25.00

Subtotal - 844.28 884.72 1,478.40 1,100.00 800.00 900.00 6,007.40
2. Supporting existing farmer producer companies

consulting support for business expansion No. 120.00 240.00 120.00 - - - - 480.00

Business expansion matching grant (75% grant and 25% Ben) No. 10 20 10 - - - - 40 30 300.00 600.00 300.00 - - - - 1,200.00
Subtotal 420.00 840.00 420.00 - - - - 1,680.00
3. Smart agri-marketing hub /c

Gap filling in infrastructure facilities /d No. 263.25 - - - - - - 263.25

Poly pellets (dunnages/crates No. 18.00 - - - - - - 18.00

Modern weighment facilities with electrification /e No. 72.00 - - - - - - 72.00

Cleaning and grading machines No. 124.35 - - - - - - 124.35

Other associated machineries No. 150.00 - - - - - - 150.00

Fork lift machine (moving, staking and loading ) No. 81.00 - - - - - - 81.00

Computer, hardware and accessories, price dissemination gadgets No. 54.00 - - - - - - 54.00

App and software development for automated processing No. 50.00 - - - - - - 50.00

202
ISO certification No. 6.00 - - - - - - 6.00

Advertisement charges No. 30.00 - - - - - - 30.00

Subtotal 848.60 - - - - - - 848.60
4. Negotiated warehouse receipt financing

Pilot investment in 4 selected godowns no 170.00 - - - - - - 170.00

Implementation of successful model for e-Negotiable Warehouse no - 300.00 300.00 300.00 - - - 900.00
Subtotal 170.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 - - - 1,070.00
Subtotal 1,438.60 1,984.28 1,604.72 1,778.40 1,100.00 800.00 900.00 9,606.00
B. Promoting Enterprises
1. Consultancies

Agri Business Consultancy Firm Lumpsum - 48.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 96.00 - 432.00

Hiring of individual consultants/Specialists /f no - 20.40 20.40 20.40 25.20 25.20 25.20 136.80
Subtotal - 68.40 116.40 116.40 121.20 121.20 25.20 568.80
2. Consultancies for Studies

Value Chain Analysis Lumpsum - 20.00 76.00 - - - - 96.00

Virtual marketing research studies and Impact studies /g Lumpsum - - 10.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 20.00 75.00

Study on business model of direct farmers to consumer sales /h Lumpsum - 60.00 80.00 - - - - 140.00

Advertising charges Lumpsum - 50.00 - - - - - 50.00

Subtotal - 130.00 166.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 20.00 361.00
3. Facilitating PPP Mechanism

Interface W'shops/Seminars no. 1 16 16 16 16 16 - 81 3 3.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 48.00 - 243.00

Preliminary consultative meetings with institutions and private sector Lumpsum - 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 5.00 - 33.00

Dissemination of information and latest technologies Lumpsum - 75.00 75.00 50.00 49.20 9.00 - 258.20
Subtotal 3.00 130.00 130.00 105.00 104.20 62.00 - 534.20
4. Supporting agro entrepreneurs to provide service to farmers

Facilitating w'shop (50 person/w'shop) No. - 10 10 20 20 - - 60 0.75 - 7.50 7.50 15.00 15.00 - - 45.00

Training for entrepreneurship (30 person/batch) for 2 days batch - - 5 5 10 10 - 30 1 - - 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00 - 30.00

Business plan development routed through ABPF No. - - 50 50 100 100 - 300 1 - - 50.00 50.00 100.00 100.00 - 300.00

Credit facilitation and business execution support /i No. - - 50 50 100 100 - 300 1 - - 50.00 50.00 100.00 100.00 - 300.00

Grant for women individual agri-entre. /j No. - 5 10 10 15 15 - 55 5 - 25.00 50.00 50.00 75.00 75.00 - 275.00

Start up reserve fund for dept. to take u creative model project lumpsum - 50.00 75.00 75.00 - - - 200.00

203
Subtotal - 82.50 237.50 245.00 300.00 285.00 - 1,150.00
Subtotal 3.00 410.90 649.90 476.40 540.40 488.20 45.20 2,614.00
C. Institutional Strengthening and Capacity Building
1. Capacity Building for Department Offices

No. of
Training programme for Ag. officers /k Batches - 2 2 - - - - 4 6 - 12.00 12.00 - - - - 24.00

No. of
Training programme for deputy ag. Officers and Asst. Ag. officers /l Batches - 2 2 - - - - 4 6 - 12.00 12.00 - - - - 24.00

No. of
Training prog. for joint directors of Ag. and Deputies /m Batches - 2 - - - - - 2 6 - 12.00 - - - - - 12.00

No. of
Exposure visit outside state-successful model for agri. business activities /n Batches 0.5 - 1 2 2 - - 5.5 6 3.00 - 6.00 12.00 12.00 - - 33.00

Exposure visit outside the country to study and learn the agri. business activities No. of
/o Batches - 1 1 - - - - 2 37.5 - 37.50 37.50 - - - - 75.00
Subtotal 3.00 73.50 67.50 12.00 12.00 - - 168.00
2. Institutional Strengthening

IEC, documentation, studies and Operating costs /p lumpsum 5.00 20.00 23.00 30.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 108.00
Subtotal 8.00 93.50 90.50 42.00 22.00 10.00 10.00 276.00
Total 1,449.60 2,488.68 2,345.12 2,296.80 1,662.40 1,298.20 955.20 12,496.00

\a Awareness campaign, meetings with CGS

\b Grant basis on the basis of approved business plans. This could include support for investment n processing , grading/sorting, mechanization, storage, packing etc. 80%, 20%farmer contribution
\c next practices for modernization, automating and digitization of regulated markets
\d such as drying yard, pack house, godowns, auction halls
\e including electronic weigh bridge with generator facility)
\f through IAWARM Cell (4 consultants)
\g Beneficiary feedback
\h through mobile interface
\i through service providers routed through ABPF
\j as back ended subsidy through bank on pilot basis (agro. processing , value addition)
\k During 1st and 2nd year on Agri. business, activities, supply chain mgmt and private sector participation in agri business development 12 days with 25 participants/batch
\l during 1st and 2nd year. FPOs and private sector market linkages course. 5 days with 40 participants/batch
\m during 1st year for 5 days, 17 participants/batch
\n In the state 6 days, 20 participants/batch
\o 5 days, 10 participants/batch
\p for IAMWARM Cell, headquarters and district level units

204
COMPONENT C‐ PROJECT MANAGEMENT SUPPORT

Physical
Financial Outlay (‘000 Lakh)
Components Unit Cost
(Local
Unit 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total Lakh) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Total
I. Investment Costs

A. Purchase of Equipments, Vehicles Lumpsum 60.00 20.00 21.00 - - - - 101.00

B. Trainings, Meetings, Advocacy Activities Lumpsum 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 175.00

C. Consultancies (M&E, Internal Audit etc.) lumpsum 242.00 243.00 243.00 243.00 243.00 243.00 243.00 1,700.00

D. MDPU Salaries/Allowance Lumpsum 364.00 364.00 364.00 364.00 364.00 364.00 364.00 2,548.00

E. Operating Costs Lumpsum 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 175.00
Total 716.00 677.00 678.00 657.00 657.00 657.00 657.00 4,699.00

205
 Attachment 3.1
Sample WUA Contract for OFD
Water Resources Department

Government of Tamil Nadu

Tamil Nadu Integrated Agriculture Management Project (TNIAMP)

Contract agreement Form for Execution of works by Water Users Associations

Articles of Agreement

This deed of agreement made in the form of agreement on ________________________

between the Executive Engineer, WRD, (herein after referred to as the “first
party”) and ___________________________________ WUA (name of WUA) (hereinafter
referred to as the second party, which expression shall include its successors and
representatives) under _______________________________ (name of Competent Authority)
under the tank _______________________________________ in village
_________________________ of the district ___________________________ in Tamil
Nadu to execute the work of “On Farm Development” (hereinafter referred to as work
following terms and conditions laid out in this agreement).

Source of Funding: The First Party has received financing from the World Bank which is
being used for this contract agreement and the First Party wishes to have the Second Party
perform the services hereinafter referred to, and WHEREAS, the Second Party is willing to
perform these services

Scope of Work:

Cost of Contract:

The total cost of the works (hereinafter referred to as the “total cost”) is Rs.
______________________________________ (Rupees)

Disbursement of Funds:

1. The second party shall have a bank account opened in its name to be operated jointly
by two WUA Managing Committee members (President and any one of the Territorial
Constituency members with a recognized banking institution in Tamil Nadu as
stipulated in TNFMIS Act 2000 and shall provide its Bank account details to the first
party.

2. The second party shall notify the first party in writing the names and address of those
who will operate the Bank account of the Water User Association. Such signatories
shall not be changed without the consent of the first party.

3. The works shall be carried out as per the Schedule of Rates

_________________________ (insert specific figures) as agreed by the Water

206
 Resources Department, Government of Tamil Nadu and its Standard Specifications
and any other specifications enclosed with this agreement for the items of works
agreed rates indicated in the Schedule of Rates and Approximate Quantities (INSERT
ANNEX with agreed Schedule of rates)

4. Payment to the second party for the construction work will be released by the first
party in the following manner:

a. Phase 1: Advance (mobilization advance on signing of agreement): 15% of the

total cost (to be specified in the legal agreement)
b. Phase 2: Execution of works (valued at 75% of advance): 50% of the total cost
c. Phase 3: Completion of total work: 25% balance of the total cost

5. Payment at Phase 2 and Phase 3 will be made by the first party as per actual value of
works executed with certification by the concerned Competent Authority WRD.
This verification will be based on measurement and check measurement of the
progress and completion of the works as agreed upon in this works contract and as per the
departmental procedures.

Completion Time:
The works are to be completed in six months from the date of commencement of this
agreement. In exceptional circumstances, the time period stated in this clause may be
extended in writing by mutual consent of both the parties.

Maintenance of Accounts:
The second party shall maintain separate accounts for all the expenditures incurred
out of the payments made for the execution of the works. Such account shall be available for
the inspection from time to time by the first party or its authorized representatives.
In the event of any misuse of funds, the first party shall have the right to freeze the
bank account of the second party after such inquiry as may be deemed necessary.

Inspections and Auditing:

The Second Party shall permit, and shall cause its Sub-Consultants to permit, the
Bank and/or persons or auditors appointed by the Bank to inspect and/or audit its accounts
and records and other documents relating to the submission of the Proposal to provide the
Services and execution of the contract agreement. Any failure to comply with this obligation
may constitute a prohibited practice subject to termination of this agreement and/or the
imposition of sanctions by the Bank (including without limitation a determination of
ineligibility) in accordance with prevailing Bank’s sanctions procedures.

Confidentiality:
The Second Party shall not, during the term of this contract agreement and within two
years after its expiration, disclose any proprietary or confidential information relating to the
Services, this agreement or the First Party’s business or operations without the prior written
consent of the First Party.

Duties and responsibilities of the First Party:

1. The first party shall be responsible for providing regular and frequent supervision and
guidance to the second party for carrying out the works as per specifications agreed
upon in this contract. This will include written guidelines and regular site visits of the
authorized personnel of the first party, for checking quality of material, construction,
and technical guidance as per the norms agreed.

207
 2. The first party shall supply drawings, specifications and guidelines to second party for the
proposed works.
3. The Competent Authority shall hold a meeting once in a month preferably during the
WUA Managing Committee meeting, where in the second party will submit the latest
information including progress report due to be counter-signed by the President of the
WUA. The WUA President and the Works Sub-Committee can jointly inspect the site
along with the first party representatives on a designated day to assess the progress of the
works.
4. The first party shall have the right to instruct to stop or suspend the construction at any
stage if there is any deviation from the specification or violation of any of the terms of
this Agreement.

Duties and Responsibilities of the Second Party:

1. The second party shall:
a. take up the works, advance payments and ensure completion of agreed works within the
time period agreed in this contract;
b. employ suitable skilled persons to carry out the works;
c. make payments to the hired laborers as per the schedule of rates and for different items
of work;
d. ensure that all materials required and procured for the works are of good quality (with ISI
certification mark for the manufactured items where feasible and available);
e. regularly supervise and monitor the work and reporting of progress using the ICT
applications ;
f. adhere to the technical specification and abide by the instructions/directions of the first
party and its representatives regarding execution of work.
g. be responsible for bringing any discrepancy to the notice of the representative of the first
party as it is noticed by the second party;
h. ensure that the work is carried out in accordance with specifications, drawings, and also
within the total sanctioned amount without any cost escalation;
i. keep the Works Sub-Committee and general body of the WUA are informed of the
progress of the works then and there;
j. ensure that there is no misuse of the money and materials during construction;
k. Ensure full compliance of the conditions of the comprehensive insurance policy against
loss of materials/cash/workman compensation. WORK out details of insurance policy and
terms of the premium to be paid by second and first party;
l. Pay all duties, taxes, and other fees levied payable by construction agencies as per law
under the contract (first party will deduct taxes at source as applicable under law in
respect of such taxes).

Dispute Settlement:

If any dispute arises between the two parties, relating to any aspects of this Agreement, the
parties shall attempt to settle the dispute through mutual and amicable consultation. If the dispute
is not settled by means of mutual consultation, the matter maybe referred to the concerned
Superintending Engineer, WRD.

Termination:
(i). The First Party may terminate this contract agreement with at least ten (10) working
days prior written notice to the Second Party after the occurrence of any of the events specified
in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Clause:

a. If the Second Party does not remedy a failure in the performance of its obligations under
the contract agreement within seven (7) working days after being notified, or within any
further period as the First Party may have subsequently approved in writing;

208
 b. If the Second Party finds it necessary to cancel the assignment and/ or shorten or extend
its duration or becomes insolvent or bankrupt;
c. If the Second Party, in the judgment of the First Party or the Bank, has engaged in
corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices (as defined in the
prevailing Bank’s sanctions procedures) in securing or in executing the contract
agreement.
d. If the First Party, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever, decides to
terminate this agreement.

(ii). In the event of termination, the Second Party shall refund to the First Party, all payments
made for providing remaining part of activities and the Second Party shall provide the First Party
any reports or parts thereof, any other information and document gathered under this agreement
prior to the date of termination.

Annexures:
Annexure - l: Terms of Reference and Scope of Services
Annexure - ll: Reporting Obligations of the Second Party
Annexure - lll2: Cost Estimate of Services, Second Party’s Personnel and Schedule of
Rates
OR Annexure – III: Second Party’s Personnel and corresponding Unit Rates

Signatories to Agreement:

Executive Engineer, WRD WUA President

1. Witness 1.Witness

2. Witness 2Witness.

Annex 1: Schedule of quantity for the work “___________________” to ________________

tank under _______TNIAMP__________________ (name of WUA)

Name of item &

Description of
Rate in Rate in
Sl.No. Item Unit Quantity Amount
figure words

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2
Select one of the two Annexure III and delete the other.
‘Annexure – III: Cost Estimate of Services, Second Party’s Personnel and Schedule of Rates’ is for use in case
of assignments where payments to the Second Party are Time based; and
‘Annexure – III: Second Party’s Personnel and corresponding Unit Rates’ is for use in case of assignments
where payments to the Second Party are made on Lump sum basis.

209
 Attachment 3.2

Organogram of WRD PIM Wing

Engineer in Chief, WRD and Chief Engineer (GI), PWD, Chennai

Superintending Engineer (PIM)/ Director PIM Regional Chief Engineer‐ Regional Chief Engineer- Regional Chief Engineer- Regional Chief Engineer-
Chennai Trichy Madurai Coimbatore

Deputy Chief Deputy Chief Deputy Chief Deputy Chief

Executive Engineer (PIM)
Engineer (PIM Engineer (PIM Engineer (PIM Engineer (PIM
Unit Head) Unit Head) Unit Head) Unit Head)

Assistant Assistant
Social Social Social Social Social
Executive Executive Assistant Assistant Assistant Assistant
Development Development Development Development Development
Engineer‐I Engineer‐II Executive Executive Executive Executive
Specialist‐ 2Nos Specialist Specialist Specialist Specialist
(PIM) (Chennai (PIM) (Madurai Engineer Engineer Engineer Engineer
(Hiring) (During (Hiring)(During (Hiring)(During (Hiring)(During (Hiring)(During
& Trichy & Coimbatore (PIM) (PIM) (PIM) (PIM)
the Project) the Project) the Project) the Project) the Project)
Region) Region)

Assistant Assistant Assistant Assistant Assistant Assistant

Engineer‐I Engineer‐II Engineer Engineer Engineer Engineer
(PIM) (PIM) (PIM) (PIM) (PIM) (PIM)

Data Entry Data Entry Data Entry Data Entry Data Entry
Operators‐ Operators‐ Operators‐ Operators‐ Operators‐
2Nos(Hiring) 2Nos(Hiring) 2Nos(Hiring) 2Nos(Hiring) 2Nos(Hiring)

210
 Regional PIM Wing

Regional Chief Engineer

Deputy Chief Engineer

(PIM Unit Head) Superintending Engineer at each Circle level

Social Assistant Deputy Superintending Engineer

Development Executive
Specialist‐1 No Engineer
(During the (PIM)‐1No Assistant Executive Engineer
Project Period) (PIM)‐1No

Assistant Assistant Engineer(PIM)‐1No

Engineer
(PIM)‐1No

Executive Engineer (PIM) at each Divisional level

Data Entry
Operator‐1no
(During the
Project period) Assistant Executive Engineer (PIM)‐
1No

Assistant Engineer (PIM)‐1No

Assistant Executive Engineer (PIM) at each

Sub Divisional level

Assistant Engineer (PIM)‐1No

211
 Attachment 3.3.

Roles and Responsibilities of Staff within PIM Wing

Position Job Description

The Social Development  To help line Department to set up and manage multilevel citizen
Specialist in EIC,WRD engagement and beneficially feedback mechanism including ‘Grievance
office for Social safe Redressal Mechanisms’.
Guard & Gender  Prepare a strategy and action plan for gender equality and social inclusion
Activities  To facilitate horizontal integration, vertical change movement including
preparation of multilevel structures and process so that the members of
community based organizations, interest groups become active members
of movement for social change
 To plan and organize capacity building training programs for members of
community based organizations, interest groups, etc that would include
skills aspects of organizations, such as open and transparent process of
decision making , record keeping, monitoring and evaluation of activities,
out come and impact based specifically designed training Modules
 To ensure social safe guards compliance in accordance with ESMF.
 To set up and manage database of networking community based
organizations and interest groups.
 The database among others, would include cross cutting membership,
social patterns of membership, access to project, benefits and services and
access to other government schemes and services
 Document typical case studies of importance as directed by the
Director(PIM Wing)
 Receive and analyze reports from Regions on Social safeguards and gender
issues
 To provide Capacity Building training to WUAs, competent Authorities
and others as directed by the Director, PIM Wing.
 To collect reports from Regional Social Development Specialist regarding
Social Development Specialist and other issues collate it and submit the
reports to the Director, PIM Wing.
 To assist the PIM Wing in coordinating, communicating and monitoring the
Social Development four Regional PIM units in respect of the discharge of their roles and
Specialist (PIM) at the responsibilities by the respective Nodal Officers and Competent Authorities
state level in Engineer‐in‐ as envisaged in the TNFMIS ACT 2000.
Chief,WRD & CE(Gl)  Conduct monthly visits to each of the four Regional PIM units to oversee
office their activities and provide supervision and guidance to the PIM units in
respect of capacity Building activities to WUAs.
 To assist the PIM wing in extending all assistance to WUAs in the
implementation of PIM as envisaged in the TNFMIS ACT 2000.
 To assist the PIM wing in overseeing the process of conducting elections of
WUAs throughout the project area in accordance with the provisions of the
TNFMIS ACT 2000.
 To assist the PIM Wing in supervising and monitoring the Capacity Building
activities to WUAs by the peer trainers
 To assist the PIM wing in preparing and finalizing performance indicators
for assessment of WUAs
 To assist the PIM wing in overseeing an immediate WUA performance
assessment exercise, monitoring the implementation of the survey at the
Regional levels, gathering of data from all of the Regional units, analysis of
results and scoring of WUAs at the state level, this exercise is then to be

212
 subsequently conducted once a year.
 To assist the PIM wing in collecting, collating and analyzing Quarterly
reports from PIM units in each of the Regions
 Based on the results of the status and performance assessment reports,
assist the PIM wing in identifying the key challenges in the performance of
WUAs in respect of their functioning and implementing corrective action.
 To assist the PIM wing in overseeing the trainings conducted for
Competent Authorities, PIM WRD staff, support staff like MTS and FOS and
Peer Trainers and reporting on the status and quality of trainings to the
state‐level PIM cell including assisting the PIM wing in suggesting new
training programs and exposure visits.
 Provide support to the state PIM wing in overseeing the process of
carrying out social audits of WUAs.
 Develop a WUA database pertaining to WUAs formed in the project with
demographic, organizational, operational details and performance grading
of the WUAs.
 Documentation of Case Studies to highlight the best practices and issues
arising out of WUAs functioning.
 Supervise and monitor the development of WUA charters by liaising with
the regional PIM units including Competent Authorities
 Supervise and monitor and guide the functions and activities of the four
Regional social development specialist assigned to each of the Regional
PIM units.
 To assist the Regional PIM Wing in extending all assistance to all of the
WUAs in the Region in the implementation of PIM as envisaged by TNFMIS
Social Development ACT 2000.
Specialists at the  To assist the Regional PIM Wing in overseeing the process of conducting
Regional level elections of WUAs in that region.
 To assist the PIM Unit in supervising and monitoring the Capacity Building
activities conducted by Peer Trainers.
 To execute an immediate WUA performance assessment exercise in
coordination with the regional Competent Authorities and ensure all data
are compiled and scoring completed at the regional level and sent to the
state level PIM Wing Social Development Specialist.
 To assist the Regional MTS and FOs in the region to conduct two‐day and
one‐day field training exercises for WUAs, to ensure adequate resources
persons are available for consisting trainings and to monitor high quality of
training provided to WUAs by the MTS & FOs.
 To collect data, draft, prepare a Quarterly report of PIM activities within
that region and submit to the Social Development Specialist and the PIM
wing at the state level
 To collect and setup database with all the information about the
demographic and other details, etc. about the WUAs in the region and
provide the data to the social scientist at the state level PIM wing.
 To identify the key challenges in the performance of WUAs with respect to
their overall functioning and quality and developing region‐specific
solutions that can address the challenges
 To assist the Regional PIM units in overseeing and monitoring
performance of MTS & FOs, and evaluate them through quarterly,
monthly and annual reports submitted by them.
 Provide support to the Regional PIM units in overseeing the process of
carrying out social audits of WUAs in that region and other Participatory
Rural Appraisal (PRA) exercises so that the WUAS can function effectively.

213
  To supervise and monitor the preparation of WUA charters for WUAs in the
region.
 To guide and assist the Regional PIM unit to develop methods for effective
conflict management, grievance redress at the village level amongst
farmers of WUAs in the Region.
 To collect details of performance of field staff from the Competent
Authorities and report monthly to the State level PIM wing Social
Development specialist.
 To collect details on social development and gender equality issues
pertaining to the project and submit it to the Social Development
Specialist(PIM) at EIC office periodically as directed by the Regional PIM
Unit head , Deputy Chief Engineer(WRD).
Data specialists JOB DESCRIPTION
Data Entry Operators for  To create a data base of PIM related data pertaining to the Region so as to
PIM Activities for enable processing, analyzing and retrieving as and when required for office
EIC,WRD Office use.
 To create a data base about Irrigation systems under the control of the
Regional along with the particulars of Ayacut area, location, etc.
 Prescribed in Form I of TNFMIS Act 2000 including Hydraulic particulars.
 To create a data base about in Water Users Association along with the
particulars of name of Water Users Association, Village, Extent of hectares,
name of source as prescribed in Form II of TNFMIS Act 2,000.
 To create a data base about the Distributary Committee with the
particulars of Distributary committee, jurisdiction, extent in the names of
Water user Association etc. as prescribed in Form III of TNFMIS Act 2000 if
any.
 To create a data base about the Project Committee with the particulars of
Project committee, its jurisdiction extent in the names of Distributary
committees Water user Association etc. as prescribed in Form III of TNFMIS
Act 2000 if any.
 To create a data base of Land Holders list with the extent of area, survey
no. Village name etc., as prescribed in the Form V of TNFMIS Act 2000
 To create a data base of votes list Village name, extent of area etc ., as
prescribed in Form VA.
 To create a data base of managing committee viz. President and TC
members of each Water User’s Associations along with their Residence
Address, Phone No etc.
 To create a data base of Sub committees on (1) Finance and Finance
Resources 2) Works (3) Water Management (4) Training and Monitoring
and along with the name & Address of convener and other members.
 To create a data base on inventory of each WUAs such as No. of tanks No.
of open wells, no. of bore wells, No. of sluice, etc.,
 To create a data base on particulars of hydraulic particular of structures,
including details of canals with their hydraulic particulars,
 To create a data base of Assets such as Land,
 Buildings, Machineries of each WUA, Distributary committee and Project
Committee.
 To create a data base of WUA hydraulic boundary maps cremating the
boundary of each Territorial contributory members of each WUA, .
 The entire Data base should be stored in a comprehensive manner and
compatible for import and export from MS Office and Vice versa for the
purpose of quarrying Data analysis and Data retrieving preferable in Oracle
/SQL Server.

214
  Regional Data Entry Operators should co‐ordinate with the Data Entry
Operator in PIM Wing, Chennai in all PIM data activities
Data Entry Operators for  All the above data in the Regional PIM Wings to be received from Regional
Regional CE Office PIM Unit and to the compile and Stored in a comprehensive manner at
PIM Wing, Chennai preferable in Oracle / SQL Server .
 To assist in Preparation of Estimates to conduct election to WUAs, create
awareness capacity Building etc., as directed by the PIMWING/Social
Development specialist at PIM Cell.
 Co‐ordinate with the Data Entry Operator from Regional PIM Units in
preparation of detailed State vide data base on PIM activities as and when
required.
 To create a GIS based data base using ARCGIS
 Upload the data at PIM activities in internet and Intranet as and when
required.
 Compile the data on scores of the set up indicators and scoring matrix for
accessing WUAs performance from the Regional PIM Units with the help of
Social Development Specialist at PIM Wing, Chennai.
 To assist in Preparation of guidelines, score cards, bench marking etc., for
training viz., mobilization and training specialist along with the field
organizers.
 Any other activity as directed by the PIM Cell related to PIM activities
 All the above data in the regional PIM Wing as to be received from
Regional PIM Unit and to the compile and Stored in a comprehensive
manner at PIM Wing, Chennai preferable in Oracle / SQL Server
 To create database among others, would include cross cutting
membership, social patterns of membership etc.,

Qualification and Experience

Sl.
Position Eligibility Criteria
No.
1 Social Development Specialist in  Preferably Doctorate degree in Social Science.
E‐in‐C,WRD office for PIM  Post graduate in social work, Sociology and Rural
Activities and Social development and Rural Economics with minimum of 10
Development Specialist in E‐inC, years’ experience in Rural Development / Rural
WRD office for Social Safe Guard Community Development work.
& Gender Activities Experience in Participatory Irrigation / Development
work in World Bank assisted programs is a preferred
one.
2 Social Development Specialist at  Post Graduate in Social work sociology and Rural
the Regional Levels (one person Development with specialization in Rural Community
for each region) Development and with minimum of 5 years’ experience.
 Previous experience in Social / Community oriented
activities.
 Experience in the similar assignments (especially in
Irrigation / Water Resources sector) is preferable.
3 Data Entry Operators for PIM  Candidate should have completed +2 / any Degree with
Activities adequate Computer knowledge (MS office, Excel,
database etc.).

215
 Attachment 3.4.

Job descriptions for Mobilization and Training Specialists and Field Organizers

Position Job Description

Mobilization &  To Familiarize with the project.
Training Specialist  To Collect all the relevant documents related to the WUAs, maps, TNFMIS ACT 2000 & Rules etc.,
(MTS)  To identify key issues (homogeneity of community, gender issues, power relation) and development
of vision for each WUA.
 Attend Four‐day in‐depth Orientation training to obtain knowledge about roles and responsibilities
together with all field organizers and competent authorities and obtain relevant manuals on PIM
training particularly on Water management and O&M practices.
 To identify the potential persons to become peer trainers from the WUAs, leading farmers, retired
Government servants etc., for giving Capacity Building to WUAs in the peer training Model.
 To develop plan and schedule for conducting Peer Trainings to WUAs in coordination with the WUA
development team over a period of 36 months (3 years).
 To Coordinate and finalize training plan in conjunction with Regional Social Development Specialist,
and the Competent Authorities.
 To Organize and facilitate the Peer Trainers for conducting 48 Trainings over a period of 3 years in
conjunction with WUA development team and the Competent Authorities.
 To ensure printing and distribution of essential training materials to the WUAs during the training
sessions.
 To provide feedback and monitoring results from training sessions to Competent Authority and
Regional Social Development Specialist for effective monitoring.
 To Conduct WUA assessment and scoring exercise ofthe WUAs in conjunction with WUA development
team.
 To prepare, analyze and provide results and data from assessment exercise to Regional Social
Development Specialist at the PIM unit.
 To obtain inputs from Regional Social Development Specialist in developing plan to improve
performance of low scoring WUAs.
 To ensure performance of WUAs against following five key areas:
 General management
 Financial management
 Water management and maintenance
 Asset management and maintenance
 Conflict management and dispute resolution
 Operation and Maintenance of the Systems
 To Build Capacity of the WUAs to organize managing committee meetings, general body meetings,
and sub‐committee meetings and mobilize the members to maintain records, office up‐keep etc.,
 To build linkages with WRD and other line department Officials so as to benefit the WUAs in getting
department specific assistance through SWIK Centers.
 To assist all of the field organizers in carrying out on‐the‐ground capacity building activities on a daily
basis
 To Monitor and provide supervision for the work of the field organizer in his/her area to ensure good
performance of WUAs.
 To provide monthly report of all WUA support activities, performance of field organizers, results from
training activities to the appointed Competent Authority and Regional Social Development Specialist.
 To Identify good practices of the WUAs under the command of the WUA development team and share
these practices among the WUAs.
 To assist the Regional Social Development Specialists in conducting Social safe guard and gender
related activities and collect reports regarding Social, Gender and other issues related to Irrigation
Management.
Field Organizers  To assist in carrying out the WUA capacity building activities in their areas and ensure participation of
(FOs) WUA members.
 To Familiarise and understand the topography of the area.
 To identify the socio‐economic and other issues in the area.
 To assist in identifying the potential persons in the village to become the Peer trainers from the
WUAs, leading farmers, opinion makers, retired Government servants etc., for giving capacity building

216
 Position Job Description
to WUAs.
 To assist the eligible farmers to become a Water User of the association by updating the Revenue
records.
 To create awareness amongst the water users to take part in all the activities of WUA.
 To assist in updating the details of WUA members now and then.
 To assist in developing plan and schedule for conducting training programs.
 To Coordinate and finalize training plan in conjunction with MTS and Regional social development
specialist.
 To assist in organizing and conducting the peer Trainings @ 48 Trainings over a period of 3 years in
conjunction with WUA development team.
 To distribute essential training materials to all the WUAs during the training sessions.
 To assist in getting the feedback and monitoring results from training sessions.
 To assist in conducting WUA assessment and scoring exercise for WUAs.
 To ensure farmers getting benefits from SWIKC centers.
 To motivate the office bearers of WUA to attend the Training programmes and make them to
Effectively participate in the deliberations. To Assist the WUAs in Forming Sub‐Committees.
 To motivate and assist the WUAs in convening the meetings regularly.
 To assist the WUAS in opening Joint Account and to maintain various records.
 To build the capacity of the WUAs to sustain the activities
 To collect reports regarding Social, Gender and other issues related to Social activities.
 To assist women participation in election & PIM activities and also collecting such information
 To collect the data of networking community based organization & interest group.

B. Eligibility Criteria and Experience

Sl.
Position Area of Specific Expertise required Eligibility Criteria
No.
1 Field Organizers Community Mobilization and rapport building  Candidates who have
(FO) with both farmers and officials studied up to plus two level
Experience in working with the Community.  Work Experience in similar
Well acquainted with the WUA areas and assignments (especially in
have a very good knowledge about the socio‐ Irrigation/Water Resources
economic and rural development related sector) is most preferable.
issues.  Local person from the
respective village& fulfilling
the Eligibility criteria is
preferable.

2 Mobilization & Person who has expertise in implementing  Post Graduate in Social work/
Training Specialist Capacity Building programs with proven with Specification in Rural
communication and co‐ordination, skills, Community Development
knowledge on participatory approaches. and with minimum of 1
Expertise in designing of training modules and year Experience.
programming preferable.  Experience in similar
assignments (especially in
Irrigation/Water Resources
sector) is preferable.
 Proficiency in Tamil is
required.

217
 Attachment 4.1
Detailed Guidelines for Organizing and Monitoring On-farm Demonstrations
On-farm demonstrations will be the main vehicle for dissemination of improved
technologies in project sub-basins and tanks under TNIAMP and large number of
demonstrations will be organized on the identified crops, vegetables and fruits. The focus of
demonstrations will be on increasing the production and productivity of those varieties and
types of commodities which are demanded by the market and for wider dissemination of high
payoff interventions. Although the demonstrations will be organized on the plots of a small
number of farmers, the objective of demonstrations is to disseminate improved technologies
and practices to large number of farmers in the village/tank command area. As a thumb rule,
in addition to the demonstration farmer a group of about 20-30 farmers should be identified
and involved in the training sessions (about 3-4) organized at the demonstration site.
Careful attention will be paid to the following aspects while planning, organizing and
evaluating the demonstrations:
Focus on high payoff and climate risk resilience enhancing interventions:
The demonstrations will follow the integrated crop management approach from land
preparation to harvesting of the crop, giving special attention to high payoff interventions like
the following:
 Identification of climate risk resilience agricultural practices appropriate for project sub-
basins (e.g. promotion of crops and varieties for minimizing production risks, and climate
smart crop husbandry and water management practices for optimizing land and water
productivity, improving soil quality and mitigating short term climate change risks), and
demonstrating these on farmers’ fields.
 Use of good quality seed of improved variety/hybrid which is suitable/recommended for
cultivation in the area and is demanded by the market..
 Use of soil test based dose of fertilizer (including need based application micro nutrients
like zinc for paddy and maize, and sulfur for mustard) and proper method and stage of
fertilizer application, including Integrated Soil Fertility Management using organic
manures, bio-fertilizers and chemical fertilizers.
 Recommended seed rate and optimum time of sowing to ensure proper plant population.
 Sowing/planting of crops in lines.
 Pest, disease and weed management including integrated pest management practices.
 Need based irrigation of winter crops like maize, pulses and mustard at critical stage of
crop growth.
 Low cost techniques of raising disease free vegetable seedlings.
 Carrying out all crop husbandry practices from land preparation to harvesting of the crop
at optimum stage to obtain highest productivity gains.
 Farm level cleaning, drying, grading and storage of agricultural produce. This list is only
indicative and should be modified to suit local agro-climatic conditions, production and
marketing opportunities. The emphasis should be on 4-5 critical interventions in a
demonstration which have high payoffs rather than thinly spreading resources by going
for too many interventions in a single demonstration. Selection of farmer on whose land
demonstration will be organized:
 A progressive farmer from the community should be selected. It should be ensured that he
has the capability and resources to follow the instructions provided by the experts in a
timely and complete manner.
 He should also be capable of and must agree to disseminate the demonstrated
technologies to fellow farmers in the village(s) and the adjoining areas.
 He must provide labor for carrying out all operations for preparation of land, adoption of
complete package practices (sowing, fertilizer application, water management, pest and
weed management, etc) up to harvesting and marketing of the crop in a timely manner.

218
 He must use all the inputs provided by the project (like seed, fertilizer, IPM, etc.) for the
demonstration plot only, and should neither sell these nor divert their use on his other
land.
 In case of self-pollinated crop demonstrations, he should agree to sell/exchange the seed
produced from the demonstration plot to other farmers in the village/adjoining villages on
the terms decided by the project staff. This may include the prevalent rate in the village
plus small additional amount in view of the good quality of the new variety promoted in
the demonstration.
 He must grow a small control plot by following the farmer’s practice in the area. This is
required for comparison of results with the improved package of practices followed in the
demonstration plot.
 He should preferably be a small or marginal farmer.
 Different farmers should be selected for different demonstrations, ensuring that the
project benefits do not go only to a few farmers.
 He must own the land for organizing the demonstration which meets the following site
selection criteria.

Criteria for selection of demonstration site:

 The plot selected for the demonstration should preferably be on the road side or main
path used by villagers and should be easily accessible. This is necessary for organizing
trainings and field days at the demonstration site as well as for showing the benefits to
the farmers who pass by the demonstration site.
 The soil type of the selected plot should be representative of the area, including head,
middle and tail regions of the command area.
 The exact area of the demonstration plot should be known and should have boundary
bunds.
 The plot should be leveled and should have access to irrigation water.
The project staff should ensure that the above criteria are followed while selecting the
farmer for organizing the demonstration. The wider village community should be informed
about the name of the farmer selected for organizing the demonstration, and it should be done
at least two months before the sowing time so that there is adequate time to complete the
preparatory work, including the completion of soil test report.

Ensure timely supply of inputs for the demonstration:

 All off-farm inputs (like seed, planting material, fertilizer, etc.) to be provided by the
project should be procured well in advance and delivered at the demonstration site about
two weeks before the sowing time.
 If the demonstration involves development of any farm structures and use of pipes, micro-
irrigation structures, etc. these should be procured and installed well in advance so that
sowing of the crop is not delayed due to delay in completion of these works.

Organizing the demonstration:

Although the specific details will be determined by the nature of the demonstration
and will vary from one demonstration to another, the following aspects should be given
adequate attention for organizing good field crop demonstrations:
 Although the demonstration is organized on the land of one farmer, the larger village
community should be informed that it is being organized to disseminate improved
technologies and practices to a large number of famers in the village so that they are able
adopt them in the following years and increase their productivity and income.
 The treatments in the demonstration should be kept simple – one small control plot
showing farmers’ prevalent practice for growing that particular crop, fodder, vegetable,
fruit, etc in the area, and the rest of the plot should have the complete integrated crop

219
 management technology including improved seed, recommended fertilizer dose,
irrigation/rainwater management, weed control, pest management, etc. Special attention
should be given include critical inputs and management practices which have high payoff
but are generally not used by the farmers in the area.
 3-4 training sessions should be organized at the demonstration site probably around the
sowing time and other stages of the crop to educate the farmers about all the critical
inputs and practices which are to be followed for obtaining the highest yield. These
trainings should be given wide publicity in advance to ensure that large numbers of
farmers participate. Simple brochures or handouts (in local language) listing key practices
and operations should be distributed to the all the participating famers.
 Special attention should be given to ensure proper plant population and line sowing since
one of the main reasons for low productivity is poor plant population.
 Soil of the demonstration plot should be tested well in advance so that soil test based
application of fertilizers is done.
 All operations in the demonstration plot should be done at the optimum stage of the crop
to obtain optimum yield.
 All other precautions and steps should be taken so as to demonstrate that the crop in the
demonstration plot is visibly much better than the farmer’s practice control.
 At maturity, the crop should be harvested and the yield of the control plot compared with
the demonstration plot for quantifying increase in productivity and additional income
obtained as a result of adoption of the improved technology demonstrated.

Organize a field day at the demonstration site:

 It should always be kept in mind that an on-farm demonstration is a powerful tool to
demonstrate the benefits of improved technologies to the farmers and not an end in itself.
The objective should be to use the on-farm demonstrations for disseminating improved
technologies to large number of farmers in the tank villages and not only a physical target
for completing certain number of demonstrations.
 As seeing is believing, a field day should be organized at the site of demonstration for
showing the benefits of adopting the improved technologies to the farmers. This should
be done at a stage when marked differences in crop condition and expected yield between
the demonstration plot and the control plot are clearly visible. Normally the appropriate
time for organizing the field day is shortly before the harvesting of the crop.
 The date of the field day should be decided well in advance and this should be given wide
publicity in the tank village (s) and the adjoining villages.
 Steps should also be taken to ensure participation of staff from the concerned line
departments like agriculture, horticulture, animal husbandry, KVK.
 Traders of the area who procure the demonstration commodity from the farmers should
also be invited to the field day.
 Steps should be taken to ensure that large number of farmers attend the field day.
 On the field day the famers should be shown the control and demonstration plots and
encouraged to discuss the likely benefits from the demonstrated technologies. A training
session should be organized by the project staff to educate the farmers about what has
been done in the demonstration plot which is different from the practice normally
followed by them; when was it done, how and why; what are the likely benefits; etc.
Relevant brochures and handouts should also be distributed to the farmers on the field
day. Special attention should be given to educate the farmers about the critical inputs,
operations and practices which they should follow to obtain highest productivity levels. In
addition to short lectures covering specific aspects by the subject matter specialists,
famers should given free time to ask questions so that it is more of an interactive and
question answer session rather than a lecture by an expert.

220
 Special attention should be given to ask the farmers if they would like to adopt the
demonstrated technologies on their farmers in the next crop season, where from they can
obtain various inputs like seed, fertilizer, plant protection and weed control materials,
how they should carry out all the operations at the optimum stage of the crop, wherefrom
they should obtain technical guidance, what are the difficulties they are likely to face in
procuring the required inputs and adopting the improved practices, and how these can be
addressed.
 Since seed is a critical input and acts as a catalyst in the adoption of other practices, in
case of self pollinated crops some arrangements should be made to distribute the seed of
the demonstration plot to other farmers in the village/adjoining villages on payment of
agreed price.
 The date of crop cutting, which will take place sometime after the field day, should be
announced in the field day. The farmers should be invited to come on that day so that they
can actually see the increase in productivity as a result of adoption of improved
technologies demonstrated in the plot.

Facilitating adoption of the demonstrated technologies by large number of farmers:

The objective of the demonstrations is achieved only if large numbers of farmers in
the villages adopt the critical demonstrated technologies on their fields in the years following
the crop season in which the demonstration is organized. In order to accomplish this, the
famers should be encouraged to achieve this by organizing meetings in the village before the
sowing season of the crop in the following year (s). Technical guidance and support should
be provided to enable the farmers to acquire the required inputs by tapping into the ongoing
schemes funded by Govt. of India and the GoTN, like Rashtrya Krishi Vikas Yojana,
National Food Security Mission, Horticulture Mission, State Extension Reforms scheme, etc.
Linkages should also be established with the TN state line departments of Agriculture and
Horticulture, for achieving large scale adoption of the demonstrated technologies by the
farmers. Based on the response, an enhanced target for the subsequent years may be fixed. In
order to promote continuity, demonstrations should be organized in the same village or
adjoining villages in the following years on the land of a different farmer.

Evaluating success of demonstrations:

The success of a demonstration should be assessed at two levels – First in terms of
how well the demonstration was organized to cover all the above steps and the level of gain
in productivity in the demonstration plot vis-à-vis farmer practice in the area; and Second in
terms of adoption rates of the demonstrated technologies by the farmers in the project villages
during the years following the year in which the demonstration was organized and the gains
in productivity achieved by the farmers on their fields.
or measuring the adoption rates in the following years, the following three parameters should
be monitored:
 Number of farmers adopting new technologies. It is likely that most of the farmers may
not adopt all the practices due to various constraints. Efforts should be made to facilitate
adoption of critical practices which will result in substantial gains in productivity.
 Area over which the new technologies have been adopted
 Gains in productivity achieved by the farmers
The focus of the demonstrations should be on maximizing these three parameters.
Obviously the gains in productivity levels achieved by the adopter farmers in most cases will
be lower than those achieved in the on-farm demonstration plot per se, but these are an
excellent indicator of the real success of on-farm demonstration because these benefits will
accrue to large number of farmers (and will not be confined only to the direct beneficiary
who received input support from the project) in the project area. These benefits will also be
sustainable because the farmers will continue to use these improved practices. This will also

221
substantially increase the number of households benefitting from the project, lower the cost
per household, and improve the rate of return to investments under this component.
The O.K. card given on next page should be completed and duly signed by all
concerned and kept for record.

O.K. CARD FOR ON-FARM DEMONSTRATIONS:

1. Nature of demonstrations (crop, variety and theme):
2. Implementing agency and names of the responsible extension worker and officer:
3. Name of farmer:
4. Name of extension worker responsible for organizing the demonstration:
5. Name of support organization and its agriculture expert, if applicable:
6. Name of village:
7. Name of tank, sub-basin and district:
8. Details of organizing demonstration and related activities:

Sr. No. Activity Completion Date

1. Selection of farmer
2. Organization of related training sessions for farmers in the
village:
 Land preparation, critical inputs, and how these are to be
procured, sowing, water management, fertilizer
application, etc.
 Practices like weed control, pest disease and nutrient
management, etc. during crop growth
3. Supply of inputs for the project (must include seed, soil‐test
based fertilizer dose)
4. Sowing of crop
5. Fertilizer application
6. Field day
7. Crop cutting

9. Assessment of key activities:

Sl. No. Activity Yes No

1. Was the demonstration on a roadside/easily accessible plot?
2. Were the inputs supplied before the recommended sowing
time?
3. Was foundation/certified seed supplied by the project?
4. Were 2‐3 training sessions organized in which at least 20
farmers participated?
5. Was a field day organized at the demonstration site in which at
least 50 farmers from the adjoining villages/WUAs
participated?
6. Did the demonstration have a control plot showing the
practices normally followed by the farmers in the area?
7. Was the cropping cutting for recording yield done by following
the prescribed procedure?

222
10. What were the yields (Q/ha) in the control and demonstration plots?

Control:
Demonstration:

11. What is the average yield (Q/ha) of the demonstration crop in the village?
12. What are the main requirements of the farmers for adoption of the technologies
demonstrated?

Signature: ________________ _________________ ________________

Name: _________________ _________________ ________________

Date signed: _________________ ___________________ __________________

Asst, Agricultural Officer / Agricultural Officer / WUA Representative / Asst. Director of

Agriculture

223
 Attachment 4.2 Cost norms to be followed in Demonstrations
1. SRI Crop Demonstration:

a) Green Manure
Sl. Unit Cost Amount
Particulars
No (Rs. /Kg) (Rs.)
Seed cost with seed treatment components ‐ 40 Kg
1 50 2,000
/ Ha
Total Rs.2,000

b) SRI [ Paddy ]

Sl. Unit Cost Amount

Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)

1 Cost of Soil testing 20 20

Seed cost with seed treatment components ‐ 8 Kg
2 150 1,200
/ Ha
3 Cost of nursery raising and Bio‐fertilizers 600
4 Cost of fertilizers (150:50:50 Kg NPK / Ha)
Urea ‐ 330 Kg 6 1,980
Single Super Phosphate ‐ 315 Kg 9 2,835
Muriate of Potash – 80 Kg 16 1,280
ZnSO4 25 Kg 50 1,250
5 IPM ‐ Plant protection charges 1,000 1,000
Rs. 10,165 (Assistance Restricted to)
Total
Rs. 6,000

c) Rice Fallow Pulses

Sl. Unit Cost Amount
Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)
1 Seed cost with seed treatment components ‐ 20
120 2,400
Kg / Ha
2 DAP 20 Kg / Ha @ Rs.25 / Kg 25 500
Total Rs. 2,900 (Restricted to) Rs.2,000
Rs. 15,065(Assistance Restricted to)
Total Cost
Rs.10,000
2 Maize

Sl. Unit Cost Amount

Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)
1 Cost of Soil testing 20 20
Hybrid seed cost with seed treating components ‐
2 320 4,800
15 Kg / Ha
3 Cost of fertilizers (150:75:75 Kg / NPK / Ha) 1,980
Cost of bio fertilizer‐ Azospirillum&Phospho
4 10 200
bacteria @ 10 Nos. each
5 IPM ‐ Plant protection charges 1,000 1,000
Rs. 8,000 (Assistance Restricted to)
Total Cost
Rs.5,000

224
 3. Ragi (Finger Millet)
Sl. Unit Cost Amount
Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)
1 Cost of soil testing 20 20
2 Seed cost with seed treating components 5kgs 75 375
3 Fertilizer cost ‐ (60:30:30 kg N P K ha‐1)
a) Urea ‐130 kg 6 780
b) Super phosphate‐188 kg 9 1,692
c) Muriate of potash‐50 kg 16 800
4 Foliar application of nutrients 2 % DAP‐10 kg 25 250
5 Bio‐fertilizer‐10 packet 20 200
6 IPM ‐ Plant protection charges 1,000 1,000
Rs.5,117 (Assistance Restricted to)
Total Cost
Rs.5,000

4. Minor Millets:
Sl. Unit Cost Amount
Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)
1 Cost of Soil testing 20 20
Seed cost with seed treating components 12.5
2 85 1,063
kgs
3 Fertilizer cost ‐ (44:22:0 kg N P K ha‐1)
a) Urea ‐96 kg 6 576
b) Super phosphate‐138 kg 9 1242
4 Foliar application of nutrients 2 % DAP‐10 kg 25 250
5 Cost of Bio fertilizer‐10 packet 20 200
6 IPM ‐ Plant protection charges 800
Rs. 4,151 (Assistance Restricted to)
Total Cost
Rs.4,000
5. Pulses (Garden Land):
Sl. Unit Cost Amount
Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)
1 Cost of Soil testing 20 20
Seed cost with seed treatment components ‐
2 120 2,400
20 Kg / Ha
3 i.. DAP 20 Kg / Ha 25 500

ii. Single Super phosphate 250 Kg 9 2,250

4 IPM ‐ Plant protection charges 1,000 1,000
Rs.6,170 (Assistance Restricted to)
Total Cost
Rs. 5,000

225
 6. Groundnut:
Sl. Unit Cost Amount
Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)
1 Cost of Soil testing 20 20
2 Cost of fertilizers (17:34:54 NPK + Gypsum 400 Kg / Ha)

i. Gypsum 400 Kg / Ha 4 1,600

ii. Urea ‐ 40Kgs 6 240
iii. SSP ‐ 220 Kg. 9 1,980
iv. MOP ‐ 90 Kg. 16 1,440
3 Micro nutrient spray (DAP–2.5 Kg, Ammonium sulphate – 1
Kg, Borax – 500 gm and planofix–375 Ml) @ Rs.250 for 3 250 750
sprays.
4 Bio fertilizers‐20 Packet 10 200
5 IPM ‐ Plant protection charges 1,000 1,000
Rs. 7,230 (Assistance
Total Cost
Restricted to) Rs.5,000

7. Farmers Field School:

Sl.N Cost Norms

Operationalizing Farmers Field School
o. in Rs.
Frontline demonstration at Farm School on a maximum area
1 of 2 Ha. at same rates as approved under the Guidelines of 7,500
National Food Security Mission for the crops.
2 Grant towards logistics support to Farm School 1,000
3 Contingency 2,000
4 Details of interactions / training at Farm School
Honorarium for maximum two external trainer for
a. 3,000
maximum 6 visit @ maximum of Rs.250 per visit per trainer
Travel expenses for maximum two external trainer for
b. 1,800
maximum 6 visits @ maximum of Rs.150 per trainer per visit
Food expenses for 28 participants @ Rs.30 per participant
c. 5,040
per day for 6 events.
Printed literature @ Rs.50 per participant for 28 participants
d. 1,400
and trainers
Total 21,740
Rs.21,740
(Assistance
Grand Total: Restricted
to)
Rs.20,000

226
 8.a .Integrated Pest Management Villages

Sl.N Production
Name of the content
o. Cost/Unit. (Rs.)

On farm Production ofTrichodermaviridi/fruit fly trap /

1 58,700
Vermicomposting (heap method)

2 On farm Production ofTrichogrammasp. 14,000

On farm Production of Reduvid bugs, Adoption of

3 Ecological Engineering based PHM and AESA based 18,550
IPM
4 Farmers training (with in district) 5,000

5 Farmers training at NIPHM Hyderabad(other state) 11,250

1,07,500(Assistan
Total ce Restricted to)
Rs.1,00,000

8.b. Vermi Compost Demo. (TNAU – Silpaulin method):

Sl. Unit Cost Amount

Particulars
No (Rs. / Kg) (Rs.)

1 Capital cost ‐ Vermi bag (12’ x 4’ x 3’) – 1 No. 2,000 2,000

2 Cost of earth worms ‐10 Kg 150 1,500

Cost of Poles (60’ length with 1½” Dia) and Shade
3 750 750
net (60 Sq.ft.)
4 Cost of FYM (1.5 MT) 1,170 1,750
Capacity Building activities
5 1,000 1,000
(Training by FTC / TNAU / Reputed organization)
Rs. 7,000 (Assistance Restricted to)
Total Cost
Rs.6,000

227
 Attachment 4.3
Guidelines on Implementing Horticulture Demonstrations

3.1. Horticulture crop demonstrations

This intervention will mainly focus on intensification of the existing cropping system
and promotion of market led cropping systems through demonstration of selected
Horticulture interventions such as introduction of HB vegetables, quality planting materials,
integrated nutrient and pest management, improved agronomic and water management
practices depending on emerging market opportunities .In addition to the crop demonstrations
other high-technologies such as Micro Irrigation, promotion of bio pesticides usage
,cultivation under protected condition and mulching technologies are also included in the
interventions in the selected sub basins.

3.2. Demonstration and adoption

The project considers the best way to build capacities of the command area farmers
in terms of orientation on new technologies and adoption of improved technologies is through
demonstration and adoption, i.e through the principles of ‘learning by doing” and “seeing is
believing”. The approach has training, capacity building and demonstrations as integral part
of the system. The demonstrations will be conducted in the fields of selected farmer’s. Some
of the demonstrations and trainings are situation specific.

3.3. Process and Implementation:

Each Horticulture crop demonstration will be provided with inputs from the project
covering seeds/planting materials, fertilizer and pesticides. The demo plots will be identified
by the concerned Horticulture officers and the Assistant Horticulture officers of the block.
These officers will be responsible for conducting the demonstrations and training of farmers
participating in respective demonstrations and review the adoption in their fields through
periodic field visits. . They will conduct trainings on different aspects at the demonstration
area at critical stages of cropping

3.4. Selection criteria for demonstration plot

1. Easy accessibility from identified villages.
2. Road side plot.
3. Plot soil type is representative of majority soil-type in the village.
4. The stake holder who is cooperative and willing to adopt the complete package in a
timely manner.

3.5. Supervision by technical team members:

The project plans to utilize the existing departmental technical officers’ expertise
present in the districts. The district/block level members of line departments will supervise
the demonstrations and trainings conducted at village level. The existing members like
Assistant Directors/ Deputy Directors and Joint Directors of Horticulture department will be
associated in supervision of the field activities. The horticulture department at state and
district level will play an important role in supervision and facilitation of the overall process.
The DLIC will coordinate this at district level. At state level the JDH and ADH in the office
of the Director of Horticulture will monitor and guide the District officers in laying the
demonstrations.

228
3.6. Demonstration‐Roles and responsibilities of stakeholder and Field officers concerned

Position Roles and responsibilities

Stakeholder Conducting the demonstration under the guidance of
the field officers concerned.

Day to day operations of the demonstration plot.

Mobilizing the fellow farmers in the village to the

training and exposure visit time to time.
Coordination between the trainer and the farmer.
Motivating the fellow farmers in the adoption of latest
production technologies to be adopted in the demo
plot.
Trainer/Resource persons Helping in identification of suitable farmers and area in
the sub basin concerned.
Facilitating to conduct the demonstration successfully
and effectively in time.
Motivating and assisting the farmers towards adoption
of the new technologies in full without any omission for
desirable out come.
Designing and using the relevant training methodology
for effective diffusion of technologies to all the farmers
nearby.
Reviewing the adoption of the crop production
Technologies in nearby sub basins also.
Horticulture Extension officers Preparation of Sub basin development plan in time.

Identification of suitable resource persons.

Orientation of resource person and allotment of sub

basins.
Planning the extension activities in the sub basin.
Liaison with farmers and other line department officials
involved for effective convergence.
Coordinate with trainers/ training agencies for effective
conduct of training and laying of demonstrations.
Coordinating the village level training and exposure
visits.
JHQ Cell Coordination with District and sub basin line
department officials for smooth implementation of the
project activities.

229
 3.7. The table below presents the likely demonstration theme and indicative list of sessions to
be conducted. Based on needs the indicative practices will be added/deleted during laying the
demonstrations.
Key Key Actions Selection criteria
Interventions
1. Increase in crop
productivity based on
best management
 The productivity levels are
practices
low compared to district
A) Horticulture crop
average
Demonstrations
 Sufficient availability of water
a) Vegetables
 Soil testing in the entire crop season to
b) Fruits
 Nursery management head and middle farmers and
c) Spices
 Water management insufficient water availability
d) Flowers
 Integrated Nutrient to the tail end farmer
Management  Willingness of the community
 Integrated Pest Management for adoption of new practice
 Cultural practices including  90% command area is
weeding occupied by paddy
B. Promotion of reduced This programme will be
pesticide villages to produce Encouraging the farmers to use only implemented in300IPM villages in
vegetables in clusters bio‐pesticides and fungicides clusters selected by the Agriculture
instead of chemicals. Department
II. Promotion of HI‐Tech Installation of Micro irrigation unit For vegetable crops in selected
irrigation Technologies with fertigation. areas.
III. Promotion of Climate It will be implemented in selected
Erection of Poly green house
resilient technologies sub basins preferably nearer to the
structure including irrigation and
a) Construction of Polygreen big cities exclusively for high value
climate control devices.
house. vegetables and cut flowers through
b). Mulching Technologies Spreading of High density poly out the year.
ethylene mulching sheet to minimize
the water evaporation in the soil and This programme will be
create microclimate around the root implemented in selected sub basins
zone of the crops. exclusively for vegetables, spices
and flowers.

2.8.Outlines of the Key Intervention to be Implemented

I. Increase in crop productivity based on best management practices. (Involving

more women farmers also)
Under this programme, Horticulture crop demonstrations by diversification, to produce
quality / healthy Horticulture crops in clusters will be taken up.

I. A. Horticulture crop demonstrations (By addressing the climate resilient

issues)
 The demonstration plots cover vegetables, fruits, spices and flowers.
 All the latest crop production technologies and the agronomic practices will be
adopted in all the demonstrations.
 Required HB seeds, planting materials and the other required inputs will be
procured and supplied to the stakeholders well before the season.
 The demonstrations will be selected, based on the climate-resilient that promote
sustainable use of land and water resources.

230
  The cost norm per hectare covers HB seeds, seedlings, quality grafts, layers,
manures & fertilizers, bio-fertilizers, bio-pesticides etc.

a. Vegetables.
 This Intervention is to improve the productivity of the existing vegetable crops
nearby and also to increase the area under vegetables.
 The demonstration on intensification of existing vegetable area will help the
farmers to adopt the agronomic practices, nutrient management, and pest control
and value addition.
 Proposed to lay demonstrations in brinjal, Bhendi Tomato, Green Chilies, Onion,
Tapioca, Gourds, watermelon etc., in the farmer’s field in clusters by
diversification.
 Vegetable demonstrations will be taken up in almost all the sub basins.

b. Fruits
 Demonstrations in fruit crops will be taken up in selected areas considering the
suitability.
 Under fruit crops, T.C.Banana, mango, guava and pomegranate are to be taken up
for demonstrations.

c. Spices.
 Dry chilies demonstration is proposed for selected Districts only.
 The cost norms cover the cost of HB seeds and other inputs required.

d. Flowers.
 Tube rose demonstration is proposed for selected Districts.
 The cost norms cover the cost of seed bulbs and other inputs required.

I.B. Promotion of reduced pesticide villages to produce vegetables in clusters.

 This programme encourages the farmers to use only bio-pesticides instead of
chemical pesticides.
 This programme will be implemented in 300 IPM villages in clusters selected by
the Agriculture Department
 Under this programme demonstrations are proposed only for vegetable crops.
 Village campaigns will be organized in the selected villages to educate the farmers
regarding production of pesticide free vegetables, and its market potentials.
 The cost norms cover the cost of bio pesticides and fungicides.

I C. Promotion of HI-Tech irrigation (Micro irrigation-by encouraging women farmers

also)
 About one fourth of vegetable demonstrations proposed in the project will be
covered under micro irrigation with fertigation.
 This programme will be implemented in cluster villages.(Vegetables)
 The provision includes the cost and installation of drip and fertigation equipments
and accessories(head and field units)
 Depends on area, required exclusive agencies will be engaged for providing the
end to end solutions and support to the farmers by following the World Bank
procurement norms towards installation and maintaining the micro irrigation
system in the vegetable fields.

231
 II. Promotion of climate risk resilience technologies
a. Poly Green House ( women farmers also will be involved)

 This provision includes the cost of erection of poly green house structure including
irrigation and climate control devices.
 The financial assistance will be released to the stakeholders as per back ended
subsidy procedure for maximum area of 500 to 1008 sq.mt.
 This programme will be implemented in selected sub basins exclusively for
vegetables and Flowers.
 It is the technique of providing favourable environmental condition for plant growth
besides creating an ideal micro climate around the plants
 It is rather used to protect the plants from the adverse the climatic conditions such as
wind, cold, precipitation, excessive radiation, extreme temperature, Pests and disease
incidence etc.
 Cultivation of high value vegetables and flowers will be taken up throughout the
year.
b. Mulching
 This provision covers the cost of High density poly ethylene mulching sheets and
spreading cost.
 This programme will be implemented in selected sub basins exclusively for
vegetables and Flowers.
 This technology helps to adjust the soil temperature during hot summer and winter
seasons and retains the soil moisture by slowing down the evaporation process.
 Mulching controls soil borne diseases, soil erosion and weed growth by blocking
sunlight to the soil.
 The duration of the crop could be extended to few more months depends on
maintenance.

232
 Attachment 4.4
Cost Norms for Horticulture Demonstrations
Under this Project the operational guidelines on cost norms as envisaged in Mission for Integrated
Development of Horticulture (MIDH), Dept of Agriculture and cooperation, Ministry of Agriculture,
Krishi Bhavan, New Delhi will be adopted.
Assistance
Sl. Cost Assistance
Pattern of Assistance for Ist year
No. Interventions Unit Norms for first Authority Remarks
Assistance (Rs) (Rs.)
(Rs.) year(%)
I Vegetables - Brinjal, Bhendi, Ha 40% cost 50,000 20,000 - 20,000 MIDH Inclusive of
Tomato, Green Chilies, Onion, maximum area of Pg-41 Seeds & other
Tapioca, Water melon and 2ha per beneficiary inputs
Gourds etc.
II Fruits
i)Mango normal spacing Ha 50% cost 25,500 12,750 60% 7,650 MIDH Inclusive of
10x10mts (100 nos.) without maximum area of 4 Pg-41 & 52 Grafts and
integration. ha per beneficiary INM/IPM
ii)Guava High density planting Ha 40% cost 73,330 29,332 60% 17,599 MIDH Inclusive of
3x3mts. (1,111 nos.) without maximum area of 4 Pg-41 & 52 Layers and
integration. ha per beneficiary INM/IPM
iii)Pomegranate High density Ha 40% cost 71,640 28,656 60% 17,193 MIDH Inclusive of
planting 4x3mts. (1,111 nos.) maximum area of 4 Pg-41 & 53 Layers and
without integration. ha per beneficiary INM/IPM
iv)TC Banana without Ha 40% cost 1,25,000 50,000 75% 37,500 MIDH Inclusive of
integration. maximum area of 4 Pg-40 planting
ha per beneficiary materials and
INM/IPM
III Seed Spices
i)Dry Chilies Ha 40% cost 30,000 12,000 - 12,000 MIDH Inclusive of
maximum area of 4 Pg-42 planting
ha per beneficiary materials and
INM/IPM
Sl.no. Interventions Unit Pattern of Cost Assistance Assistance Assistance Authority Remarks
Assistance Norms (Rs) for first for Ist year
(Rs.) year(%) (Rs.)

IV Flowers
i)Tuberose Ha 40% cost(SF/MF) 1,50,000 60,000 - 60,000 MIDH Inclusive of
maximum area of Pg-42 Seed bulbs &
2ha per beneficiary other inputs
V Promotion of IPM
i)Usage of bio fungicides and Ha 30% cost 4,000 1,200 - 1,200 MIDH Cost of IPM
pesticides maximum area of 4 Pg-44 inputs
ha per beneficiary
VI Protected cultivation
i) Poly Green House Sq.mt 50% cost limited to 935 468 - 468 MIDH >500Sq.mts
(Naturally . 4000 Sq.mts .per Pg-43 up to 1008
ventilated system- beneficiary. Sq.mts.
Tubular structure)
ii)Plastic Mulching Ha 50% cost limited to 32,000 16,000 - 16,000 MIDH Cost of plastic
2ha per Pg-44 mulch
beneficiary.
VII Drip irrigation-Vegetable Ha 100% cost for 1,00,000 1,00,000 - 1,00,000 PMKSY <1.2 mt
SM/MF limited to Pg- spacing
1ha per beneficiary
for vegetable
Drip irrigation-Banana Ha -do- 85,603 85,603 - 85,603 PMKSY 1.5×1.5mt.
Pg-6
Sprinkler for Vegetables Ha -do- 19,542 19,542 - 19,542 PMKSYPg-11 63mm

MIDH - Operation Guidelines 0f Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture Ministry of

Agriculture, Krishi Bhavan, New Delhi.
PMKSY-Operational Guidelines for Implementation of Micro Irrigation scheme under Component of
Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana
As per the enlistment finalized by the Horticulture Department (TANHODA) time to time the farmers
will have the choice to choose their agency.

233
 Attachment 4.5
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN FOR IAMWARM II -TAMIL NADU
VETERINARY AND ANIMAL SCIENCES UNIVERSITY

SENSITIZING FARMERS ON “NUTRITIONAL SUPPLEMENTAL

STRATEGY” DEVELOPED AT TANUVAS TO MITIGATE METHANEEMISSION AND
INCREASE PRODUCTIVITY IN DAIRY CATTLE
1. Objectives
a. Critical nutrient supplementation to dairy cattle to mitigate methane production and
increase milk production
b. Popularizing the technology for adoption.

2. Background
There are 35 Lakh of milch cows in Tamil Nadu and majority of them are in the hands
of unorganized dairy farmers. In these unorganized farms, less than four animals are reared
with unbalanced feeding regimen and consequently they yield low milk which is less than
their genetic potential. Survey on the feeding practice adopted by the owners of these animals
indicates that there is a mismatch between energy and protein supply to these animals apart
from undernourishment of nutrients. Thus the critical nutrients limit the performance of these
animals and supplying them as supplement would augment their productivity.
The main thrust of dairy research today is to improve the efficiency of milk
production. This is accomplished by manipulating fundamental biological processes
regulating milk yield. The tremendous progress in the field of rumen microbiology has
enabled us to better understand the complex microbial interactions governing efficient
nutrient utilization by ruminants. Rumen microbes play an important role in digesting feed
and forages consumed by ruminants. In this process the rumen microbes also proliferates and
provides protein to host when they get digested in the lower gut. The microbial processes of
the rumen confer the ability to convert fibrous feeds and low quality protein, and non-protein
nitrogen into valuable nutrients for the ruminant animals. Rumen microbial protein represents
a major source of amino acids to the ruminant animal. Microbial protein contributes about
two thirds of the amino acids absorbed by ruminants. Moreover, increased microbial protein
synthesis leads to methane mitigation.
Manipulating rumen fermentation is a means of mitigating methane emission and
augmenting milk production in low yielding dairy cattle. Critical nutrient supplement
developed by TANUVAS ameliorates nutritional deficiencies, in low yielders, increases
microbial proliferation resulting in improved milk production with methane mitigation. This
supplement increases milk production by 500 ml to 700 ml /day/cow in majority (75%) of
cows.

3. Planning and implementation Structure

• The Vice chancellor (TANUVAS) shall delegate sanction to the officers for the
implementation of the Project at TANUVAS.
• Director of Research (TANUVAS) shall be the Nodal officer in coordinating with
nodal officer identified by Animal Husbandry department and MDPW for
implementation of the project.
• Principal investigator in the cadre of Professor, Animal Nutrition TANUVAS and
Co principal investigator in the cadre of Assistant Professor, Animal Nutrition
TANUVAS shall be responsible for planning and implementation of the project.
• The staff of the various farms, KVK’s, VUTRC’s, FTC’s will coordinate with
Principal investigator, Co-principal investigator, line department staff (VAS) and
farmers for implementing the project.

234
4. Pre Implementation strategies
• On administrative Sanction, Vice Chancellor, TANUVAS will delegate / assign the staff of
VUTRC’s /KVK’s / FTC’s / Farms who will coordinate the work with the Principal
investigator, Co-principal investigator, staff of line department and farmers.
• On administrative Sanction, the principal investigator will prepare the detailed modalities
of implementation and initiate the purchase of the equipment’s involved in setting up of
the production plant as per the guidelines of TANUVAS.
• In concurrence with the nodal officer Animal Husbandry a plan will be laid out in the
selection of beneficiaries.
• The Principal investigator along with Co-principal Investigator will chart out the
modalities on data documentation and providing capacity building program for farmers.

235
5. Implementation
5.1 Production of critical nutrient supplement
The project envisages setting up of a permanent plant with capacity of producing
4000 litres / day of Critical nutrient supplement, developed by TANUVAS. The plant will be
made fully operational in the first year itself.
5.2 Creating Awareness Wide publicity will be given at the Sub basin level to create
awareness among the farmers about critical nutrient supplements and its benefit. Via Village
level meetings, Awareness Campaigns, Local TV network / Radio, Handouts, banners, and
Farmer workshops.

Details Phases in months

0 -12 13 – 24 25 – 36 37 – 48 49 – 60
Setting up of Production Plant
Lactating cattle* and Pre
supplementation data
collection and interpretation
Production and distribution of
supplement at free of cost
Post supplementation data
collection and interpretation
Capacity building of farmers
Report preparation , Preparing
plant for sustainable
production

5.3 Farmers Identification and animal selection

• The Principal investigator and Co principal investigator in coordination with Heads of
the various farms, KVK’s, VUTRC’s, FTC’s and line department staff (VAS) will
identify the beneficiaries (unorganized small dairy farmers). Assistance of nodal officer
animal husbandry will be got for identifying the willing farmers.
• Small unorganized dairy farmers owning less than four animals will be the target
beneficiaries.
• Lactating cattle belonging to small / marginal farmers, fed on low quality crop residues
will be selected. The animals will be grouped as cross bred and indigenous. 35,000 cows
in 1st year, 35,000 cows in 2nd year and 30,000 cows in 3rd year will be selected.
• Data on milk yield and methane production will be assessed pre supplementation of
critical nutrient.

5.4 Distribution of supplement

• Critical nutrient supplement will be distributed free of cost to one lakh animals owned by
the beneficiaries viz small unorganized dairy farmers, in a phased out manner, in
concurrence with nodal officer, Animal husbandry department.
• Critical nutrient supplement will be distributed free of cost to 35,000 cows in 2nd year,
35,000 cows in 3rd year and 30,000 cows in 4th year.

5.5 Post supplementation data collection

Post supplementation productivity level and methane emission from the 1 %
of animals will be documented.
5.6 Database creation
• Pre and post supplementation data will be documented.
• List of farmers who have success stories will be prepared and maintained.

236
 5.7 Capacity building – For changing mindset
Farmer – to – farmer Interaction will be arranged with the successful farmers
for convincing the other farmers who were not covered under the project, so as
to have quick spread of the advantages of the interventions.
6. Reporting Mechanism
• The field level implementing officers in VUTRC / KVK / FTC / Farms will report to the
principal investigator, monthly on the physical progress and the bottlenecks experienced
during implementation. Principal Investigator will sort out bottle neck problems and
facilitate smooth functioning of project and inturn will report to nodal officer for suitable
remedial measures, if any.
• The principal investigator will report to the Nodal Officer, TANUVAS on the Physical and
Financial progress periodically (monthly).
• The Nodal officer shall in turn report to Vice Chancellor, TANUVAS and IAMWARM on
the Physical and Financial progress periodically as prescribed.
7. Post implementation
7.1 Documentation and Evaluation
The project report will be prepared utilizing the data generated and will be submitted
MDPU.
7.2 Economic / Social and Environmental benefits of project

Components of Project Economic Benefits Social Benefits Environmental Benefits

Setting up of Production Production of TANUVAS GRAND ‐ ‐
Plant
Production and distribution Increased economic returns on Improved economic Methane mitigation –
of supplement supplementation Approximately status of farmer 30g less methane per
Rs 12 / day / animal animal per day
Pre and post Quantification of improved Proof provided to Quantification of
supplementation data economic returns farmers methane mitigation
Capacity building of Awareness on increased Awareness on Awareness on
farmers on supplementation economic returns on increasing milk methane mitigation
supplementation production

7.3. Outcome Indicators

• Production of critical nutrient supplement 4000 litres / day
• Increase in 500 ml of milk per animal in at least 50% of cows covered.
• 20% reduction in methane per animal in at least 50% of cows covered.
• Willingness of more farmers to participate.

7.4 Sustainability of Intervention

The production plant will continue to produce the supplement in a self-financing
mode and sell it to dairy farmers of Tamil Nadu in a subsidized mode. TANUVAS GRAND
production = 6800 bottles/day TANUVAS GRAND requirement for one lactation = 10
bottles/cow
period TANUVAS GRAND requirement in Tamil Nadu for = 12 Lakh
every year (one third of 35 Lakh of dairy cows in unorganized sector will be in Lactation)
Ability of farmer to purchase at 50% in Tamil Nadu = 6Lakh
for every year
TANUVAS GRAND requirement for every day = 12000 litres (20ml/day for 6 Lakh) No of
TANUVAS GRAND bottle requirement for = 20000
every day Production plant can supply TANUVAS GRAND = 6800 bottles /day Production
plant can satisfy the 35% of requirement of TANUVAS GRAND in Tamil Nadu every day.

237
 Attachment 6.1
Format / Checklist for preparation of DPR/Sub-basin Development Plans:
Component A:
Irrigation and Water Management:
 Get the Correct sub-basin map from IWS/ SWaRMA with District and Block boundaries
duly marked
 Number the tanks proposed to be rehabilitated carefully avoiding the Panchayat Union Tanks
though they may fall under the chain of tanks
 Get the cultivation data from the records or VAO’s for each tank as fully irrigated, partially
irrigated and gap areas for the last 5 years
 EE,WRD as Nodal Officer to Convene a meeting with all Line Departments’ officers by
addressing the Joint Director Of Agriculture / AHD, Fisheries Department , EE Ground Water
and also TNAU
 Share the sub-basin map with all the officers and get their views
 Propose a date for Joint Walk through surveys for each tank jointly identifying the lead
farmers / ex Members of WUAs
 Under take the Joint walk through survey, establish the ground conditions and ascertain the
demands of the stakeholders including new schemes if any suggested by them and also the
agri-practices etc
 Work out the current water balance position in the sub-basin with current cropping pattern
and Ground Water extraction status
 CE Ground Water shall come out with possible recharge structures in the Water Spread area
of a few tanks by geological survey already available or to be done fresh
 EE WRD shall identify the infrastructure improvements needed in water-bodies including the
feeder channels from one tank to other.
 WRD shall consult the Central Design Office and incorporate their design standards and
specifications as per need.
 Cluster approach to be explored in each sub-basin. There will be convergence table for each
cluster.
 The proposals for regarding of streams/ supply channels shall be validated by CE PF for their
necessity
 CE GW shall prepare the Hydrographs of the sub-basin covering from 2000 to 2015, SPI and
the Rainfall Charts.
 With the revised draft DPR, EE GW shall also work out the projected charts showing the
expected outcome
 A GIS plan incorporating the year wise proposed interventions may also be prepared and
copies exhibited in the prominent places in the sub-basins
 WRD and others may explain to the stakeholders the action proposed for planning major
works which are capital-investment intensive in nature for which separate planning will be
required through planning departments
 Any new bed dam, Check dam or cross masonry proposed shall bear the concurrence of the
District Collector
 Hydrology of each sub-basin may also be furnished with current water balance with reference
to the prevailing cropping system
 EEs shall involve in all these, mutually associating with IWS, SWaRMA and GW and come
up with a technically superior and reliable data basis without any ambiguity to act as a good
decision support system
 In the case of sub-basins spreading over more than one district the concerned jurisdiction EEs
shall discuss and furnish the details to the Nodal EE and associate with him in all
preparations.
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
 A detailed Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) has been completed to assess
potential social and environmental impacts of the project.

238
  For Phase I irrigation infrastructure rehabilitation related investments, the EMPs will be
prepared for top 10% by cost of all packages (estimated at Rs 6.0 crore or higher). For the
remaining 90% of sub-projects with investment costs lower than the threshold of INR 60
million, an ESMF with its own set of mitigation measures and best practice guidelines will be
applicable to address and mitigate any potential adverse environmental impacts.
 Based on the implementation experience of Phase 1, the ceiling of top 10% and minimal
investment threshold of Rs. 6.0 crore for environmental screening and preparation of EMPs
will be revisited for subsequent phase packages/investments.
Component B:
Agriculture Productivity Enhancement, Diversification, improving alternate livelihood sources
through livestock and inland fisheries, Marketing and Value addition, etc.,
 Line Departments’ officers also prepare a note on possible new techniques to be introduced in
the sub-basin with diversification of crops for reducing the water utilization, possible extent
of Micro Irrigation and farm ponds construction bearing in mind to address the adverse
climate change conditions.
 All Departments, especially the TNAU to explore possible research components/topic that
can be included in the Development plans or tie up arrangements for research activities
 The AHD and Fisheries Departments also shall come with possible interventions in the sub-
basin
 The draft proposals shall be shared with the Stakeholders for their views
 The draft proposals shall contain the package distribution for WRD and the Demo extents
with crops , MI , fodder , Marketing value additions etc
 With the revised draft proposals work out the Water Balance in the sub-basin ensuring that
the water consumption for crops is reduced considerably and also the Ground Water
extraction is minimized
Project Management Support:
 The agreed Draft Plan to be discussed in the DLCC meeting and the refinements if any
suggested by the District Collector to be addressed and sent to MDPU through HODs for an
iterative session for further improvements comprising the following (Model)Chapters
Proposed Chapters:
WRD Line Departments
Introduction Introduction
About the sub-basin –Infrastructure data About the sub-basin
Hydrology of the sub-basin- Current Gap area details Current Agri Practices in the sub-basin
..Water Balance W.O.P Cropping pattern in general in the sub-basin
Cluster formations Proposed cropping pattern in Clusters
Joint Walk Through details Demands of stakeholders in Joint Walk through
Matrix of demands , constraints, proposed Matrix of current and proposed cropping pattern
developments
Innovations introduced Innovations introduced
Revised Water Balance W.P Number of Demos/ Interventions proposed
Details of WUAs prevailing and proposed Anticipated yield increase
Model Villages Modalities of working in Model Villages
Impact anticipated Impact anticipated

 The final improved version of DPRs of WRD and Line Departments with cost
estimate prepared in converged mode shall be consolidated as a Sub-basin
Development Plan (SBDP) and the Water Balance in the sub-basin will be assessed
with reference to the interventions proposed in the project to enable monitoring of the
project activities and ensuring sustainable improvements due to project interventions.
 During implementation GIS map showing the interventions of all departments will be
developed and added in the SBDP to synergize the convergence of all line
departments. This consolidated sub-basin development plan will be housed in the
MDPU Library for reference and further monitoring.
 Implementation plans will be also prepared.

239
 Attachment 6.1 A

Contingency Emergency Response

Following an adverse natural event that causes a major natural disaster, the
Government/ Project Implementing Entity may request the Bank to re-allocate project funds
to support response and reconstruction. This component would draw resources from the
Unallocated expenditure category and/or allow the Government/Project Implementing Entity
to request the Bank through MDPU to re-categorize and reallocate financing from other
project components to partially cover emergency response and recovery costs. This
component could also be used to channel additional funds should they become available as a
result of the emergency.

Disbursement condition.
Contingency funding components are designed to disburse only after a calamity has
occurred, or is about to occur. The trigger for disbursement will be declaration of calamity by
State/Union Government in part of the state. As the disbursement Condition, Project
Implementing Entity/Government will inform the Bank in writing of declaration of calamity.
Eligible calamities will cover all disasters including epidemic outbreaks

Disbursement sub-categories.
The component will include the following disbursement sub-categories:
Goods, works and consultant services (including audit costs) for emergency response
and recovery; and
A quick-disbursing component (a positive list of imported and locally-manufactured
goods)

Procurement arrangement. Procurement under this component will follow the

procurement methods suggested for the overall project with improved turnaround of
procurement documents.

Possible list of goods. The possible list of goods has been identified for which
expenditures can be documented. The possible list may also include purchase of second-hand
Goods including leasing charges, where required. The list includes:
i. Fuel and petroleum products;
ii. Construction material;
iii. Prefabricated and temporary structures for providing: shelter and medical services;
iv. Earth-moving machinery and spare parts;
v. Communication equipment;
vi. Emergency rescue equipment;
vii. Critical Agricultural / Livestock / Fisheries Inputs and;
viii. Any other items which may be acceptable to the Bank and agreed to by the
Borrower and the Bank.

Proof of payment and documenting expenditures:

The Implementing Agencies will be responsible for obtaining and maintaining (i)
adequate documentation for expenditures in the form of purchase orders/contract, invoices,
adequate evidence of receipt of goods & services delivered to the project and/or beneficiaries,
where applicable, and proof of payment to suppliers or project bank statements, evidencing
the payments made to suppliers, as well as accounting, reporting and audit of such
expenditures to World Bank through MDPU

240
Monitoring and reporting. The Implementing Agencies will be responsible for providing
weekly updates to MDPU on the use of contingency funding following an emergency to
facilitate reporting to World Bank. Further guidelines are as below:
(a) Implementing Agencies shall prepare and furnish to the Bank through MDPU
for its review and approval, which shall set forth detailed implementation
arrangements for the CER Component, including: (i) criteria for activating the
CER Component; (ii) designation of terms of reference for, and resources to
be allocated to, the entity to be responsible for the coordination and
implementation of the CER Component (the “Coordinating Authority”) (iii)
activities which may be included in the CER Component, Eligible
Expenditures required there for (“Emergency Expenditures”), and any
procedures for such inclusion; (iv) financial management arrangements for the
CER Component; (v) procurement methods and procedures for Emergency
Expenditures to be financed under the CER Component; (vi) documentation
required for withdrawals of Emergency Expenditures; (vii) environmental and
social safeguards instruments, including management frameworks,
assessments and/or plans for the CER Component consistent with the Bank’s
policies on the matter; and (viii) any other arrangements necessary to ensure
proper implementation of the CER Component;
(b) afford the Bank a reasonable opportunity to review the said proposed CERC ;
(c) promptly adopt the CERC Annex for the CER Component as shall have been
approved by the Bank; and
(d) not amend, suspend, abrogate, repeal or waive, whether in whole or in part,
any provision of the CERC Annex without the prior approval by the Bank.
1. After the Borrower and the Project Implementing Entity have both determined that an
Eligible Crisis or Emergency has occurred, the Project Implementing Entity shall
prepare and furnish to the Bank for its review and approval, in accordance with the
provisions set forth in the CERC Annex, a Contingent Emergency Response
Implementation Plan (the “CERIP”) which shall set forth detailed arrangements for
the activation of CER Component, including: (i) specific activities to be financed out
of the Emergency Expenditures; (ii) itemized costs for each expenditure item; (iii)
implementation arrangements for the CER Component, as defined in the CERC
Annex or with proposed amendments; (iv) procurement plan for the CER Component;
(v) details regarding compliance with environmental and social safeguards
instruments; and (vi) any other arrangements necessary to ensure proper
implementation of the CER Component.

2. The Project Implementing Entity shall ensure that the CER Component is carried out
in accordance with the CERC Annex and the CERIP, provided however that in the
event of any inconsistency between any of the provisions of the CERC Annex and/or
the CERIP on one hand, and those of this Agreement and/or the Loan Agreement on
the other hand, the provisions of the latter shall prevail.

3. The Project Implementing Entity shall undertake no activities under the CER
Component (and no activities shall be included in the CER Component) unless and
until the following conditions have been met in respect of said activities:
(a) (i) the Borrower and the Project Implementing Entity have determined that an
Eligible Crisis or Emergency has occurred; (ii) the Project Implementing
Entity has furnished to the Bank a request through the Borrower to include
said activities in the CER Component in order to respond to said Eligible
Crisis or Emergency, and (iii) the Bank has agreed with such determination,

241
 accepted said request and notified the Borrower and the Project Implementing
Entity thereof; and
(b) the Project Implementing Entity has prepared and disclosed all safeguards
instruments required for said activities, in accordance with the CERC Annex,
the Bank has approved all such instruments, and the Project Implementing
Entity has implemented all actions which are required to be taken under said
instruments prior to the commencement of such activities.
(c) Implementing Agencies shall not amend, suspend, abrogate, repeal or waive,
whether in whole or in part, any provision of the CERC Annex without the
prior approval by the Bank.

Procurement Arrangement under the Contingent Emergency Response Component

Selection Methods Procurement Regulations Clause Reference

Consulting services
CQS In accordance with Section VII, paragraphs 7.11 and 7.12 of the Regulations
FAs In accordance with Section VII, paragraph 7.33 and Annex XV of the
Regulations
Direct Selection In accordance with Section VII, paragraphs 7.13–7.15 and 7.39 of the
Regulations
Using a ‘pool of experts’ or a list of ‘preselected’ consulting firms may also be considered as an appropriate
method for supporting counterpart agencies at various steps of project execution, including the procurement
process and the preparation of TOR, shortlists, RFPs, and bidding documents. Remuneration and fees may be
resolved at the time of pre-selection and prescribed in an FA.
Procurement of goods, works, and non-consulting services
RFQ In accordance with Section VI, paragraph 6.7 and Annex XII paragraphs 5.1–
5.3 of the Regulations
FAs In accordance with Section VI, paragraphs 6.57–6.59 and Annex XV of the
Regulations
Direct Selection In accordance with Section VI, paragraph 6.8–6.10 of the Regulations
Simplification of pre- and post-qualification criteria. The pre- and post-qualification criteria requirements
should be set so that to optimize the participation of available local or regional contractors and suppliers. In
particular, the qualification requirements should match the qualifications of available and competent local and
regional contractors and suppliers.
Prequalified suppliers and contractors. Using lists of prequalified suppliers and contractors to whom
periodic invitations are issued can also help accelerate the procurement process. Such approach would be
consistent with Section VI, paragraphs 6.19–6.24 of the Regulations; but instead of being used for large and
complex works or goods, it could be used for a large number of similar simple contracts of any size, as well as
for procurement of commodities, per Section VI, paragraph 6.51 and Annex XII paragraphs 6.7 and 6.8 of the
Regulations. Prequalification documents may use a simplified format that is acceptable to the World Bank.
Suppliers and contractors would be asked to provide quotations for simple unit prices, as for commodities.
Contracts should be awarded on a competitive basis and may be for a duration of up to two years, with a price
escalation clause and the possibility of extension upon mutual agreement between the client and the
supplier/contractor.

242
 Attachment 6.2
Mapping of Sub basin Activities by Water Resources Department
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
 EIC to identify the Executive Engineers for 66 Sub‐basins who
will be the Nodal Officer of the Sub‐basin to facilitate and
monitor the project related activities of all the line departments st
Official 1 week of
in the Sub‐Basin.
Communication April
 The EE will fix a date for Meeting of the Sub‐basin Committee
formed across line Departments.

 EE will coordinate the collection of data regarding the current

state of the irrigation and drainage systems in the Sub‐Basin and
furnish the same (in electronic form where possible) to MDPU
Information for collation into an initial Sub‐basin Atlas. Completed
Collection  The EE will work with MDPU to prepare a power point by April end
presentation on the Sub‐basin (including initial identification of
Pre‐Planning key issues and options)

 EE will convene a Sub‐basin Committee meeting with these

officers, and agencies like “ATMA” Sub‐basin
 EE will, in consultation with other departments, convene an Committee
“TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)Day” in appropriate locations in the meeting in
nd
Sub‐Basin to initiate discussions with Sub‐Basin stakeholder on 2 week
Preliminary
what are the major Sub‐Basin constraints and opportunities and how the Of June
Stakeholder
TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)project could help in this regard
Consultation
 Fix date(s) and location(s) for Joint Walkthrough(s) of the Sub‐Basin Joint
based on discussions held Walkthrough
( ) Develop a Sub‐Basin Joint Walkthrough Report in consultation Report by 1st
with other line agencies to give the preliminary impressions of week of July
the Sub‐Basin and its needs.
 The EE will identify immediate capacity‐building needs (technical,
Training
administrative, other) in the Sub‐Basin and organize such training.

 Based on sound technical analysis as well as effective stakeholder

communication, identify key hardware (construction) and
software (capacity‐building/training) options (all key options
should be considered including a no‐activity option).
 CE, IWS shall also arrange to furnish to the regional Executive
Engineer thematic maps pertaining to the Sub‐basin /basin
Stakeholder nd
 The Regional Executive Engineer will also discuss with the Chief 2 week of
Discussions &
Engineer SGSWRDC on the possible recharge structures to be July
Analysis
constructed in the Sub basin on scientific basis.
 EEs GW shall also plan for preparation of estimates for these for
implementing by the GW Wing with consultations with CE PF on
design aspects.
 The Superintending Engineer WRD of the basin shall also associate
in these activities
Planning
 Develop Draft Sub‐basin Plan and discuss plan with stakeholders,
line agencies and MDPU: The Draft Sub‐basin Plan will then be
placed before the Sub‐basin subcommittee for the professional
judgment and their formal clearance considering all multi‐sectoral
aspects. The minutes of the said meeting will have to be sent to
the Collector, Superintending Engineer WRD, the HODs of Line
Departments and the Project Director, MDPU.
 The draft Sub‐Basin plan will be discussed at a Sub‐basin st
1 week of
Sub‐basin Plan Stakeholder workshop.
August
 With the vetting by MDPU exhaustive reports and estimates will
be prepared jointly by MDPU and the Nodal officers of WRD and
Line Departments.
 HODs forward to MDPU which after finishing touches will place
before the steering committee for clearance and to forward to
World Bank for their clearance
 The Final Sub‐basin Plan shall be agreed with the stakeholders,
line department HODs, MDPU and forwarded for clearance by the

243
 Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
Project Steering Committee (through MDPU).
 After clearance by PSC and the World Bank, the concerned
regional Chief Engineer WRD shall arrange for any required
modifications (if any) as part of clearance.

 EE will develop draft MOU (based on model to be supplied by

Memorandum MDPU) st
1 week of
of  Discuss and agree with stakeholders
Oct.
Understanding  The EE will organize a Signing Ceremony to initiate project
implementation in the Sub‐basin.

 The Regional CE will initiate procurement activities with

appropriate packaging and cost estimation following Bank
procurement processes followed as outlined in project documents

TNIAMP Project and Procurement cell

 This cell shall scrutinize the Sub‐basin development plans and the
hydrology aspects, design of structures, cost estimates with due
clarifications obtained from the Chief Engineers Concerned,
Procurement plans prepared by the Regional Chief Engineer, and
annual work plan before forwarding the Sub basin development
plan to the MDPU
 The cell shall arrange to get the performance data on the
indicators as in the PAD from the regional Chief Engineers and
forward to MDPU

Participatory Irrigation Management cell (PIM, Information

Technology & Training Cell)
 This cell through the Regional Chief Engineers shall arrange for
the elections to WUAs in the project area
Procurement  The cell shall arrange setting up of suitable buildings for WUA or
April to
and Financial a cluster of WUAs, IT kiosks to educate the farmers on the
October
Management market intelligence to enable them for growing diversified crops
 To design the capacity building for the WUAs and all officers of
the departments engaged in the implementation of the project
 This cell will advise on any IT related activities to be undertaken
Implementation to support project implementation in the Sub‐Basin (e.g. IT
networking, information flow, etc.)

Environment/Social Cells (Functioning and Chief Engineer, WRD,

Plan Formulation)

 This cell will facilitate the examination of environmental and

social development opportunities in the Sub‐Basin that can be
enhanced by project activities and ensure adequate mitigation
and management of environmental and social risks associated
with project activities
 The WRD (and all the cells) will assist with monitoring project
activities and feeding information into and utilizing results from
the Project Monitoring Information System being developed.

Participatory Irrigation Management cell (PIM, Information

Technology & Training Cell)
 It shall develop suitable modules for training (CAPACITY
Training/
BUILDING) of officers of WRD and line departments and arrange
Capacity‐
for these through various training centers in and outside states
Building
 International training will also be identified and suitable
nominations for the year program will be finalized at least 3
months in advance,

244
 Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing

 Continuous and close monitoring of project implementation

(Project Monitoring Information System continuously updated)
Implementation
 Quality Management procedures applied (through
Management
stakeholder/WUA social audits, Sub‐Basin committee, WRD
supervision, MDPU agency (line dept.)

 The Regional EE (WRD) as nodal officer of the Sub‐Basin

committee, will, with the support of the other line departments
Documentation
and the Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant, help develop a
& Evaluation
Sub‐basin ICR (integrated across all line dept. activities) and
contribute to project Monitoring & Evaluation.
Post‐
Implementation
 The EE shall Develop an O&M plan for sustainability of project
Sustainability & activities in the Sub‐Basin
Scaling‐Up  The EE shall determine approaches for up‐scaling activities
(including any follow‐up project activities)

245
 Attachment 6.3
Mapping of Sub basin Activities by Tamil Nadu Agricultural University
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
 The Vice Chancellor, Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University has to identify the
Nodal Officer at Head Quarters and the sub
basin nodal officers to facilitate and
monitor the project related activities in the
Sub-Basin.
Official
 The nodal officer will fix date for meeting 1st week
Communication
with the sub basin nodal officer to highlight
the priorities
 Sub basin nodal officers will attend the
meeting of the sub basin committee formed
across the line departments and take stock
of priorities for the sub basin development
o The Scientists at sub
basin level will
coordinate with EE WRD
regarding collection of
data on the current state
of irrigation to MDPU for
Information collation into an initial Completed
Collection Sub-basin Atlas. by 1st month
 The Nodal Officer, TNAU will work with
MDPU to prepare a power point
presentation on the Sub-basin (including
initial identification of key issues and
options) issues along with the sub basin
Pre-Planning nodal officer to have right feedback
 Scientists at sub basin level will attend the
meeting convened by the EE, WRD (Sub-
basin Committee meeting) with the officers
of line departments and agencies like
“ATMA” in the Sub-basin
 The Scientists will attend the “TNIAMP
(IAMWARM II)Day” convened by the
Executive Engineer, WRD in appropriate
locations in the Sub-Basin to initiate Sub-basin
discussions with Sub-Basin stakeholder Committee
(including farmers, traders and reputed and meeting in
responsible civil society /community in the 3rd week
Preliminary
Sub-basin.
Stakeholder
o Fix the date and location for
Consultation
Joint Walkthrough(s) of the Joint
Sub-Basin based on Walkthrough
discussions held Report by 5th
 The Scientist at the sub basin will attend the week
Joint Walkthrough surveys organized by the
Executive Engineer, WRD along with other
line departments and the local stakeholders
to identify key issues and options by making
suitable notations on the Sub-Basin atlas
and other maps
o Develop a Sub-Basin Joint
Walkthrough Report in
246
 Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
consultation with other line
agencies to give the
preliminary impressions of
the Sub-Basin and its needs.
 The Nodal Officer (the Specialist for
training) of TNAU in liaison with the
Scientists of sub basin will identify
immediate capacity-building needs
(technical, administrative, other) among the
Sub-Basin officials and organize such
training.
o This training will include the
identification of appropriate
location for awareness
Training creation / exposure visits
The Scientists concerned will document
this in a brief Training / Capacity Building
Plan. For the line department personnel it is
the single agency for capacity building on
various agricultural technologies and its
allied sciences and the Training specialist is
to pool up the data in this regard.
TNAU is the single and appropriate agency
for imparting training to the line department
personnel on agriculture and allied sectors
and hence its services can be best utilized
 Based on sound technical analysis as well as
effective stakeholder communication,
identify key hardware (Adoption of new
Planning technology like Drip, Sprinkler, Farm
machineries, Precision farming) innovative
technologies emanated from the recent
research findings and software (capacity-
building/training) options (all key options
should be considered including a no-activity
option).
 Preliminary identification of location
Stakeholder specific recent research technologies for
Discussions & large scale demonstrations in consultation
Analysis with stakeholders and the same proven
findings mainstreamed to the DOA based on
the outcome of the large scale
demonstrations
 The Nodal Officer TNAU shall also
associate in these activities of consultations
and guide the Nodal officers / Scientists of
the sub basin in preparing the Sub-Basin
development plans and liaising with other
departments’ officials especially in selection
of crops, input. and introduction
technologies etc
 Develop Draft Sub-basin Plan and discuss
with stakeholders, line agencies (Tamil
Sub-basin Plan
Nadu Agriculture University, horticulture,
agricultural engineering etc.) and MDPU

247
 Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
 The Draft Sub-basin Plan will then be
placed before the Sub-basin committee
constituted for the professional judgment
and their formal clearance considering all
multi-sectoral aspects. The minutes of the
said meeting will have to be sent to the
Collector, the HODs of Line Departments
and the Project Director, MDPU.
 The draft Sub-Basin plan will be discussed
at a Sub-basin Stakeholder workshop
 Submit the Sub-basin Plan to MDPU
for appraisal from technical,
environmental, social, and economic
perspectives and modify as requested)
 The Sub-basin plan will be presented at
MDPU through a well-designed power point
presentation (with assistance of maps,
Google Earth, etc.) and comments solicited.
 The Final Sub-basin Plan shall be agreed
with the stakeholders, line department
HODs, MDPU and forwarded for clearance
by the Project Steering Committee (through
MDPU).
 After clearance by PSC and the World
Bank, the Nodal Officer at head quarters
shall arrange for any required modifications
(if any) as part of clearance.

 Project implementation could be achieved

through the following cells established with
Tamil Nadu Agricultural University. They
are
 Project Cell at Head Quarter of Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University, Coimbatore with
Director, Water Technology Centre as the
Nodal Officer
Mechanism of Establishment
 Project Cell at sub basin level headed by
Implementation of Cells
Professor and Head of Research Stations /
KVKs
 Procurement Cell at Nodal Office of TNAU
 IT cell will be created to implement the
activities of Geo Tagging, Remote sensing,
e- Agriculture, Price forecasting and farm
advisory.

 The Nodal Officer, TNAU will initiate

procurement activities with appropriate
packaging and cost estimation following
Bank procurement processes followed as
Procurement
outlined in project documents
Implementation and Financial
o Works: bid documents prepared
Management
o Goods: specifications developed
o Consultancy : if any required in
respect of Agri- Business
Development activity

248
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
 The Nodal Officer, TNAU will submit the
procurement documents and cost estimates
of each sub basin to the Empowered
Committee for clearance. Once the
empowered committee clears, The Nodal
Officer, TNAU with the support of the staff
of project cells in their offices shall take
appropriate action for getting the GO.

 In the case of post review contracts

according to the powers delegated to the
officers bid documents will be prepared and
bids will be called for following the
procurement guidelines of the bank and
contracts concluded in line with the
procurement plans approved

 At this stage the District Collectors will be

informed to monitor the implementation
through the District Level Co-ordination
Committee, Regional Coordination
Committee established in TNAU regional
centers for that purpose
 MDPU will examine the work plans
received from the TNAU and line agencies
on the modifications required in the ongoing
packages and for the next years budget
requirements and forward the budget
demands to the finance department for
inclusion in the state annual budget

In addition, each of the cells mentioned below

will facilitate smooth project implementation as
indicated below:

TNIAMP Cell
 The Director, Water Technology Centre,
TNAU will be the Nodal Officer for
implementing TN-IAMP of TNAU
components by forming a separate Cell at
Nodal office WTC TNAU to monitor the
physical and financial progress besides
documenting the activities.
 The HODS of KVK/Research stations will
be sub basin Nodal officer with one scientist
in the cadre of not less than Assistant
Professor will be the in charge of TNAU
activities at sub basin. The unemployed
agricultural graduates/Diploma Holders will
be employed by out sourcing to work
closely with the farmers at sub basin. A
coordination committee will be formed
under the chairmanship of Vice Chancellor
TNAU with technical directors as members
to review the progress periodically.

249
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
Domestic and export market intelligence:
 This cell through the Vice Chancellor, and
Director, CARDS, TNAU shall predict the
prices and demanding markets for the farm
produce and communicate with the user
groups for getting fair price
 All along, the production risks that would
surface the basin crops suggested are
addressed and proper TNAU interventions
to counter these challenges are briefed. Next
being the market risk, this would
significantly influence the farm profitability
and viability. Basin farmers are given with
narrow choice of crops and facing both
monsoon risks and market risks at tandem.
So, they should be addressed with proper
market signals so that when the signals are
positive, the farmers should reap better
profits and at the time of negative signals,
they should minimize price risks. Hence,
delivering and disseminating market
intelligence at appropriate time especially
prior to sowing and prior to harvest will
help the basin farmers to have appropriate
farm decisions to choose their crop choices
in sowing, selling and stocking the farm
produce. With this intention, price forecasts
would be generated and disseminated at
proper time using print and electronic media
to enable the farmers’ information
symmetric about market signals. In addition
to price intelligence, product and place
intelligence such as consumer preferences,
quality standards for domestic and export
markets, potential markets etc., will also be
provided and validated.
 The cell shall have possible convergence
with Department of Agricultural Marketing
 The cell shall arrange for the publication of
market information through dailies and
television network
Monitoring GHG Emission in 66 sub
basins
 TNAU will estimate GHG emissions
from different land use systems in all
sub basins. The impact of demonstration
technologies on GHG emissions will be
assessed using satellite data combined
with EX-ACT model spatially. MODIS
data will be acquired and analyzed for
GHG emissions. At ground level
portable GC will be used to analyzed
GHGs collected through field glass
chambers.
250
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
Remote sensing and GIS application for
Impact Assessment
 The impact on water resources and crop
area and diversification will be studied
using Remote Sensing and GIS as a tool in
TN-IAMP. For effective assessment
Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) data from
Sentinel 1A and RISAT will be utilized
along with optical data during the cropping
season. Besides, developmental activities in
the PWD tanks and interventions from line
department viz., Agriculture, Horticulture
etc., under IAMP will be Geo- tagged.
 A mobile based Application will be
developed for monitoring progress of
technology demonstrations and impact in
TN-IAMWARM project area. During the
implementation phase, the following
activities will be carried out by Department
of Remote Sensing and GIS, TNAU.
 It shall develop suitable modules for
training (CAPACITY BUILDING) of
officers of line departments and arrange for
these through various Research Stations /
KVKs / Agricultural /Horticultural Colleges
Training/ which are spread over in 35 locations across
Capacity- the state
Building  International training will also be identified
and suitable nominations for the year
program will be finalized at least 3 months
in advance, in consultation with the Project
Director, IAMP and the heads of Line
departments
 Continuous and close monitoring of project
implementation (Project Monitoring
Information System continuously updated)
 Quality Management procedures applied
(through stakeholder/WUA social audits,
Sub-Basin committee, , MDPU and quality
management and monitoring consultants)
 Documentation of implementation status
and issues for resolution – for example, any
contract variation, performance of
Implementation demonstrated technologies, etc. should be
Management well supervised and documented and
appropriate approvals sought.
 The Nodal Officer shall be responsible for:
o Updating Project Monitoring
Information System
o Monthly Sub-basin Project Status
Summary by Line Agency
o Quality Management and
Monitoring Reports
o Monthly & Quarterly Progress
Report (collated by MDPU)
251
 Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
o Final Completion Report by
implementing agency (line dept.)
 The Nodal Officer at Head Quarters as
nodal officer of the Sub-Basin committee,
will, with the support of the other line
Documentation departments and the Monitoring and
& Evaluation Evaluation Consultant, help develop a Sub-
basin ICR (integrated across all line dept.
activities) and contribute to project
Monitoring & Evaluation.
The Nodal Officer, TNAU will forward
suggestions to MDPU to:
 Develop an O&M plan for sustainability of
Post-
project activities in the Sub-Basin
Implementation
 Develop any further Sub-basin Partnerships
o Continue post-
implementation monitoring
Sustainability
 Determine approaches to
& Scaling-Up
address any identified gaps in
ensuring sustainability of
project investments
 Determine approaches for up-
scaling activities (including
any follow-up project
activities)

Attachment 6.4
Summary Mapping of Sub basin Level Activity by Agriculture Department
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
 The Director of Agriculture to identify District
JDAs for 66 Sub‐basins who will be the District
Official
level Nodal Officer for the Project / 1st week
Communication
Procurement Officer for the Sub‐basin
concerned.
Pre‐Planning
 The JDA / District Nodal Officer will co
Complete
ordinate the collection of data on current
Information by 1st
agriculture scenario by the Sub‐basin Nodal
Cultivation month
Officers / implementing Officers and furnish
the same (in electronic form also).
 The Sub‐basin Nodal Officer / implementing
officer should participate in the multiple
Sub‐basin
stakeholder meeting at Sub‐basin, village and
committee
tank levels convened by the EE WRD
Preliminary meeting in
 In the meeting a date for joint walk survey
stakeholder 3rd week
will be decided
consultation Join walk
 The Sub‐basin Nodal Officer / implementing
through by
officer should participate in the joint walk
5th week
through and get the feedback on their needs
/ expectation of the WUAs,
 The Sub‐basin Nodal Officer should identify Completed
Planning Training immediate capacity ‐ building needs by 2nd
(technical, administrative and others) in the month

252
 Sub‐basin and should organize such trainings
/ demonstrations. The Sub‐basin Nodal
Officer should document this in a brief
training / capacity building plan.
 The Sub‐basin Nodal Officer should identify
key countermeasures / solutions to address
the issues / constraints taken into account.
Stakeholder
 The Sub‐basin Nodal Officer and nd
discussion & 2 month
implementing staff to do preliminary
Analysis
identification of fields & farmers tank wise
and development components of activities
wise in consultation with stakeholders & line
department officers concerned if necessary.
 Based on the field visit and the needs
expressed by the stakeholders and on the
basis of water potential in the Sub‐basin as
Implementation assessed by WRD, designs on the
introduction of new technologies for
increasing crop area, productivity and the
Completed
Sub‐basin plan possible diversification of crops to less water
by 3rd
intensive can be prepared.
month
 The above draft plan should be iterated
based on consultation with the Agricultural
Marketing Department, AED, Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University, WRD, Horticulture
Department officials of the Sub‐basin and
also with Multi Disciplinary Project Unit.
 The location of demonstration plots to be
identified and consultations with the EE,
WRD and the concerned WUAs on the
prospects of assured delivery of water to the
proposed area are to be ascertained. The
Sub‐Basin development plan and the cost
estimate will then be forwarded to the World
Bank and clearance obtained by MDPU.
 Agriculture Department has to prepare
detailed technical designs and cost
estimates.
 The Sub‐basin plan will be presented at
MDPU through a well designed power point
presentation (with assistance of maps,
Google Earth, etc) and comments solicited.
 The final Sub‐basin plan shall be agreed with
the stakeholders, line department HODs,
MDPU and forwarded for clearance by the
project steering committee (through MDPU).
After clearance by PSC and the World Bank,
the concerned District JDA shall arrange for
any required modifications (if any) as part of
clearance.

253
  In connection with laying of Demonstrations,
Memorandum
the JDA shall discuss in details with WUAs
of 4th month
and fix the fields and type of
Understanding
Demonstrations.
Procurement  The District JDA will initiate procurement
and financial activities with appropriate packaging and cost
management estimates following Bank Procurement
Processes followed as outlined in project
documents.
 The District JDA will submit the procurement
documents and cost estimates to the
Empowered Committee through DOA for
clearance. Once the empowered committee
clears, the DOA with the support of the project
cell in his office shall take appropriate action
for preparation of bid documents as per
procurement guidelines of the bank and
contracts concluded in line with the
procurement plans approved.
 After signing of the Agreement by the
contractor, the District Collector will be
informed to monitor the implementation
through the District Level Coordination
Committee.
 MDPU will examine the work / supply plans
received of line agencies on the ongoing
packages and for the next year’s budget
requirements and forward the budget
2nd month
demands to the finance department for
inclusion in the state annual budget.
 The JDA will report to the HODs, District level
Coordination Committee and to MDPU on the
physical and financial progress periodically.
 The District Collector shall review
implementation convening meeting often and
resolve the issues.
 The JDA should ensure that the works are
completed as per time schedule agreed in the
contract with the suppliers as well as in the
approved procurement plan.
 Simultaneously the JDA shall take up macro
level impact caused by these demonstrations
with frequent WUAs meetings and document
them for perusal by the monitoring and
evaluation consultant to be employed by the
Multi Disciplinary Project Unit.
 The accounts section of the DOA office should
get the accounts reconciled periodically with
AG and arrange to file reimbursement of claims
promptly and follow it up till reimbursement
communication from the World Bank as well as
from the Government of India is received.

254
  Quality Management procedures applied (of
Implementation implementation by department and 1st to 12th
Management stakeholders) month
o Final completion report.
 The District JDA as Nodal Officer of the Sub‐
Basin committee, with the support of
Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant, helps
develop a Sub‐Basin ICR (integrated across all
Post Documentation 1st to 12th
line department activities) and contribute to
Implementation & Evaluation month
project monitoring and evaluation.
 The District JDA should note that the Sub‐
Basin atlas and Sub‐Basin plans are to be
revised every year.
 The JDA shall submit to the Director of
Agriculture (who will forward to MDPU)
Sustainability & suggestions to develop suitable plan for 1st to 12th
Scaling‐UP sustainability of project activities in the Sub‐ month
Basin.

255
 Attachment 6.5
Summary Mapping of Sub basin Level Activity by Horticulture Department
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
 Director of Horticulture & Plantation Crops to identify
the Deputy Directors of Horticulture for 66 Sub‐basins as
Official
Nodal Officer to facilitate, monitor the project with line 1st week
Communication
departments
Pre‐
Planni
 DDH will collect data on cropping pattern and cultivation
ng
packages in the Sub‐Basin in electronic form where
Information
possible to MDPU for collation into an initial Sub‐basin
Collection
Atlas.

 DDH to participate in the Sub‐basin Committee meetings

by EE WRD with line depts., “ATMA” in the Sub‐ basin,
PIM, Training and environment/Social Cells of Water
Preliminary Resources Organization
Stakeholder
Consultation  DDH along with the concerned ADH will join an “TNIAMP
(IAMWARM II)Day” in the Sub‐Basin to initiate
discussions with Sub‐Basin stakeholder

 The DDH to identify capacity‐building needs (technical,

Training
administrative, other) in the Sub‐Basin and organize such
training.
 Based on technical analysis & effective stakeholder
Stakeholder communication, identify key hardware (construction)
Discussions & and software (capacity‐building/training) options (all key
Analysis options should be considered including a no‐activity
option).
Planni
 Develop Draft Sub‐basin Plan, discuss with stakeholders,
ng
line agencies and MDPU on cultivation packages, suitable
Sub‐basin Plan crop diversification and possibility of the mechanization
of farming in the Sub‐Basin areas and demonstration on
new crop technologies

Memorandum of  DDH will develop draft MOU (based on model to be

Understanding supplied by MDPU)

 The District JDH/DDH will initiate procurement activities

with appropriate packaging and cost estimate as per
Bank procurement processes followed as outlined in
project documents
Imple Procurement and
TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)Cell and Procurement cell
menta Financial
 To scrutinize contract documents and evaluation reports from
tion Management
JDH/ DDHs before sending to Tender Award Committee
 After approval of bid document/evaluation ‐ reports with
minutes of tender award committee to be sent to MDPU for
onward transmission to World Bank for their clearance
 Once the NOC is received from the bank through MDPU, JDH/

256
Stage Activity Type Key Activities Timing
DDHs will finalize agreements and commence the works
according to the procurement plans which will be monitored
by this cell
 Budget unit of cell shall arrange necessary funds to be issued
to concerned DDHs through DHPC.
 Annual budget plans on budget allocation needed as RE for
current year and BE for the next year will be compiled and
sent to the Project Director. PD will send them to finance
department by November middle of every year

Training/ Capacity‐ TRAINING CELL :

Building  To develop suitable modules for training inside & outside of
state (CAPACITY BUILDING) for officers of DOHPC, stake‐
Implementation holders. Also, frequent field‐days involving stake‐holders &
Management line depts. will be devised & conducted.

 District JDH/DDH is the nodal officer of the Sub‐Basin

committee He will develop a Sub‐Basin (Implementation
Documentation & Completion Report) ICR with the help of Monitoring and
Post‐ Evaluation Evaluation Consultant & line depts. and contribute to project
Imple M & Evaluation.
menta
tion  The DDH shall submit suggestions to develop an O&M Plan
Sustainability & through DOHPC to MDPU for sustainability in the Sub‐Basin
Scaling‐Up Development activities.

257
 Attachment 6.6
Summary Mapping of Sub basin Level Activity by Agriculture Marketing Department
Stage Activity type Key Activities Timing
1. Official DAM & AB to identify the Marketing Nodal officers for
1st week
Communication all the 66 Sub basins
2. Information collection The Nodal officer will collect the data on current
Completed
scenario of the marketing activities to prepare a sub
by 1st
Pre planning basin atlas / details and furnish the same to MDPU.
month
3. Preliminary At sub basin level, a Sub basin Committee will be
stakeholder consultation constituted by Executive Engineer with all Nodal
officers as members and agencies like ATMA will be
coordinated.
Sub basin
committee
4. Project Day The Sub basin committee will convene an “TNIAMP
meeting in
(IAMWARM II) Day” in the sub basin to initiate
3rd week
discussion with sub basin stakeholders, traders, agro
processors, agro‐ entrepreneurs and other civil society
associations.

5. Interactions The interactions at Sub Basin level would include the

following.
 Presentation of TNIAMP (IAMWARM II)
Project objective and marketing information.
Discussions with stakeholders on what are the
major sub basin constraints and opportunities
 A date for joint walk through survey will be
decided.
Joint walk
 Document the list of stakeholders met and
through
minutes of these meetings.
Report by
 Zone of influence:
5th week
 The location of marketing infrastructure sites
are to be identified.
 To develop a sub basin Joint walk through
report in consultation with other line
agencies.
(iv) From the marketing perspective the walk
through report should include the existing
scenario (Vide 4:2:2:2 of Part B)
6. Training (v) The Nodal officer will identify immediate
II. Planning capacity‐building needs in the sub basin and
6th week
organize such training.

7. Stakeholder (vi) Based on sound technical analysis as well as

Discussions & Analysis effective stakeholder communication, identify
key hardware (construction) and software 8th week
(capacity‐building / training) options including
a no activity option.

258
 8. Sub basin (vii) Marketing Nodal officer to develop a draft Sub
development plan (Vide basin development plan and discuss the plan
4:2:2:4 of with stakeholders, other line agencies and
Part B) MDPU
(viii) The final Sub basin development plan
shall be agreed with the stakeholders, Line
Department HODs, MDPU and forwarded, for
clearance by the Project Steering Committee.
9. Memorandum of (ix) The Executive Engineer, WRD will develop a
understanding draft MOU inclusive of all Departments
concerned
III. 10. Procurement and The Directorate of Marketing and Agribusiness will
Implementation financial management initiate procurement activities with appropriate
Vide Annexure II of packaging and cost estimation following Bank 9th week
Part B. procurement processes as outlined in project
documents.
11. Implementation (x) Continuous and close monitoring of project
management implementation (Project Monitoring
Information System continuously updated)
(xi) Quality management procedures applied.
- Conduct of Farmers Meets at different stages
of crop cultivation and harvest, involving
farmers, traders, agro processors and other
marketing personnel.
12. Documentation and (xii) Nodal officer to help the sub basin Executive
Evaluation Engineer to develop a sub basin ICR and
contribute to project monitoring and
evaluation.
(xiii) Sub basin Atlas and Sub basin
development plans are to be revised every
year.
13. Sustainability and (xiv) The Nodal officer shall submit
scaling up proposals to
- Develop an O&M plan for.
- Further sub basin partnerships
- Continue post implementation monitoring.
- Approaches for up scaling activities.

259
 Attachment 6.6.a
Template for release of project grant to FPOs for creation of CSCs
(To be prepared and signed on a Stamp Paper)
Group
photograph of
the members

1) This Grant Agreement is made on the day ………………………………………………….. of

……………………………………….. 20……,
……....………………………………………………………………………………………….District (Name of the project district)
of Tamil Nadu.

a. BETWEEN
2) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(Name of the Farmer Producer Organization under
……………………………………………………………………………………………. Cluster/Block), at
……………………………...................................................................... District (Name of the project district) of
Tamil Nadu, herein referred to as “First Party”.
a. AND
3) Commissioner of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business herein referred to as “Second Party”.
4) This agreement is drawn up for the purpose of releasing the grant for setting up of Common Service
Centre, which will help the members of the Farmer Producer Organizations and the farmers as a
whole from the project districts in post harvest management and market linkage for the project
commodities.
5) Out of the total cost of setting up the Common Service Centres, initially……………(percentage of the
grant) will be borne by the First Party and…………(percentage of the grant) will be the grant from the
project to the First Party as per World Bank agreement.
6) Terms and Conditions:
 The First Party shall have to invest an amount of Rs.…………................................(write in numbers)
(Rupees…………………………………………....................................................................................................
.........write the amount in words) as their initial share portion in the form of cash/kind on the
activity.
 The First Party shall have to follow the Departmental Procedure as set out in World Bank
Procurement Regulations for IPF borrowers July 2016 for procurement activity in satisfaction with
the Party of Second.
 The First Party shall have to produce documentary evidence of their investment and contribution
from the members made on the activity to the Second Party.
 Maintenance of the Common Service Centres established from the grant will lie with the First
Party and will record the status of utilization of the centres in a log book on daily basis.
 Department of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business will have every right to monitor the
utilization of the grant at any time and take action for illegal utilization.
 Proper utilization registers will be maintained by the First Party and the Second Party will have
every right to monitor and audit them.
 Status of utilization of the assets created shall be provided to the second party by the first party
on a monthly basis and whenever demanded.
 Charging of user fees against utilization of the Common Service Centres lies at the discretion of
the First Party in consultation with the Second Party.
 The First Party shall be liable for timely submission of Utilization Certificates and Statement of
Expenditures along with the vouchers to the Second Party.
 The expenditure of the First Party in relation to grants shall be audited through Internal Audit
appointed by the MDPU
 The Second Party shall have the right to suspend or terminate the right of a beneficiary FPO to
withdraw and use the proceeds of the Grant in the following circumstances: i) upon any failure of
the FPO to perform its obligations in accordance with respect to the Grant; or ii) upon the Bank
declaring the FPO ineligible.

260
  The First Party shall consent to the Tamil Nadu and/or the Borrower’s right to restitution of any
amounts of the Grant disbursed with respect to which fraud and corruption has occurred, or with
which an ineligible expenditure has been paid.
 Any dispute between First Party and Second Party will be resolved amicably by the Arbitration
appointed by the Second Party.

Name and Signature of the First Party Name and Signature of the Second Party
(President/Secretary of the FPO) (Commissioner of Agricultural Marketing and
Agri Business)

Witnesses:
 Nodal Officer of the sub‐basin.
 Signature of the Deputy Director of Agriculture (Agri Business).
 Two members from the General Body (one preferably to be women)

261
 Photograph of
Attachment 6.6.b the Women
Template for release of project grant to Women Entrepreneur
Entrepreneur
(To be prepared and signed on a Stamp Paper)

1. This Grant Agreement is made on the day ………………………………………………….. of ………………………………………..

20……, ……....………………………………………………………………………………………….District (Name of the project
district) of Tamil Nadu.
BETWEEN
2. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… (Name
of the Women Entrepreneur)……………………………………………………………………………………………. (Address) at
……………………………...................................................................... District (Name of the project district) of
Tamil Nadu, herein referred to as “First Party”.
AND
3. Commissioner of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business herein referred to as “Second Party”.
4. This agreement is drawn up for the purpose of releasing the grant to women entrepreneur for small scale
business for the project commodities.
5. Out of the total cost, initially……………(percentage of the grant) will be borne by the First Party
and…………(percentage of the grant) will be the grant from the project to the First Party as per World Bank
agreement.
6. Terms and Conditions:
 The First Party shall have to invest an amount of Rs.…………................................(write in numbers)
(Rupees…………………………………………............................................................................................................
.write the amount in words) as their initial share portion in the form of cash/kind on the activity.
 The First Party shall have to follow the Departmental Procedure as set out in World Bank Procurement
Regulations for IPF borrowers July 2016 for procurement activity in satisfaction with the Party of
Second.
 The First Party shall have to produce documentary evidence of their investment and contribution from
the members made on the activity to the Second Party.
 Department of Agricultural Marketing and Agri Business will have every right to monitor the utilization
of the grant at any time and take action for illegal utilization.
 Proper utilization registers will be maintained by the First Party and the Second Party will have every
right to monitor and audit them.
 Status of utilization of the assets created shall be provided to the second party by the first party on a
monthly basis and whenever demanded.
 Charging of user fees against utilization of the machineries/post harvest equipments lies at the
discretion of the First Party in consultation with the Second Party
 The First Party shall be liable for timely submission of Utilization Certificates and Statement of
Expenditures along with the vouchers to the Second Party.
 The expenditure of the First Party in relation to grants shall be audited through Internal Audit
appointed by the MDPU
 The Second Party shall have the right to suspend or terminate the right of a Women Entrepreneur to
withdraw and use the proceeds of the Grant in the following circumstances: i) upon any failure of the
Women Entrepreneur to perform its obligations in accordance with respect to the Grant; or ii) upon
the Bank declaring the Women Entrepreneur ineligible.
 The First Party shall consent to the Tamil Nadu and/or the Borrower’s right to restitution of any
amounts of the Grant disbursed with respect to which fraud and corruption has occurred, or with
which an ineligible expenditure has been paid.
 Any dispute between First Party and Second Party will be resolved amicably by the Arbitration
appointed by the Second Party.

Name and Signature of the First Party Name and Signature of the Second Party
(Women Entrepreneur) (Commissioner of Agricultural Marketing and Agri
Business)

Witnesses:
 Nodal Officer of the sub‐basin.
 Signature of the Deputy Director of Agriculture (Agri Business).

262
 Attachment 11.1
Results Framework and Monitoring

Frequency
Cumulative Target Values
Responsibility
Baseline Data Source/

Core
PDO Level Results Indicators unit PY1 PY2 PY3 PY4 PY5 PY6
3
PY7 for Data
Methodology
Collection

1.Area provided with improved

Revenue Line Dept, and
irrigation and drainage services Hectare ‐ 1,600 16,000 56000 88,000 112,000 136,000 160,000 Annually
Department MDPU
(ha)4
2.A. Yields of agriculture crops Kgs/Ha Average of Annually Departmental Line depts.
Previous Reports
5 years –
i). Rice 3390 3750 3850 3950 4050 4150 4200 4250
ii). Maize 4943 5400 5560 5720 5880 6040 6150 6200
iii). Pulses 520 540 550 560 570 580 590 600
2.B. Yields of horticulture crops MT/Ha Average of Annually Departmental Line depts.
Previous 5 Reports
years
i). Vegetables (Brinjal, Bhendi 9.216 10.500 10.950 11.400 11.860 12.310 12.650 12.759
& Tomato)
ii). T.C Banana 42.000 50.000 52.600 55.200 57.800 60.400 62.000 63.000
3.Area under climate resilient Annually Departmental Line depts.
technologies (SRI, RCT, etc.) Hectare ‐ 15000 30000 45000 50000 60000 70000 75000 Reports
4.Area under non-paddy crops Departmental
Hectare ‐ 10000 15000 25000 35000 50000 60000 75000 Annually Line depts.
Reports
5. Share of selected commodities
Departmental
sold through new marketing Percent ‐ 0 1 5 10 15 20 20 Annually Line depts.
Reports
channels
6.A.Project Beneficiaries Departmental
(including female) 5,000 50,000 100,000 Line depts.
Number ‐ 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000 Annually Reports
2,250 22,500 45,000
6.B. Female Project Beneficiaries 90,000 135,000 180,000 225,000

3
Year 7 values are the cumulative total of achievements of all previous years
4
Reduction in partially irrigated and gap areas.

263
 Frequenc
Cumulative Target Values Responsibility
Baseline Data Source/

Core
5
PDO Level Results Indicators unit PY1 PY2 PY3 PY4 PY5 PY6 PY7 for Data

y
Methodology
Collection
7.Staff trained in water resources
planning and management,
Numbers Annual
improved service delivery both ‐ 50 200 400 550 700 850 1,000 Annually Line dept
Reporting
within WRD &allied departments
and agencies
Updating Updating Updating
8.Sub‐basin development plans of sub‐ of sub‐ of sub‐
jointly prepared, agreed and basins basins basins Annual Line Dept and
Numbers ‐ 18 36 56 66 Annually
under implementation by and and and Reporting MDPU
multiple agencies impleme impleme impleme
nted nted nted
9.Tank Irrigation system Annual
Numbers 59 150 350 1100 2000 3000 4000 4800 Half Yearly WRD
modernized Reporting
10.Staffing and operationalizing
Annual
PIM wing in EIC office and Numbers 13 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 Annually WRD
Reporting
Regional offices
11.Operational water users
associations created and/or
strengthened
11 A Operational water users Annual
Number ‐ ‐ 800 800 1600 2400 3200 ‐ Annually WRD
associations created Reporting
11B i)WUAs Annual
Percentage 25 25 25 25 25 Annually WRD PIM Wing
undertaking OFD works Reporting
ii) WUAs conducting rotational
Annual
water supply or utilizing other Number 100 200 300 400 500 Annually WRD PIM Wing
Reporting
water management practice
12.Multi Sectoral Convergence
and Vision building trainings, with Annual WRD & Line
Number ‐ 18 36 56 66 132 Annual
officers etc. and community Reporting Depts
involvement on a single platform

5
Year 7 values are the cumulative total of achievements of all previous years

264
 Data

Frequency
Cumulative Target Values
Base‐ Source/ Responsibility for Data

Core
Intermediate Results Indicators unit PY1 PY2 PY3 PY4 PY5 PY6 PY7
line Methodolo Collection
gy
Line Dept
13.Area under micro irrigation Department
Hectare ‐ 1,500 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 12,000 Annually
al report

14.Area under improved Department Line Dept

Hectare ‐ 5,000 30,000 60,000 70,000 90,000 100,000 100,000 Annually
agronomic practices al report
15.Area covered by Department Line Dept
Ha ‐ 1000 2500 3500 5000 7000 8000 8000 Annually
IPM/INM/Organic farming al report
5 Lts / Sample
16.Increase in milk productivity Lts / cow /
cow / ‐ ‐ 5.25 5.5 5.75 6 6.25 Annually milk AHD
by dairy cow Day
day6 recording
AHD
17. Production of Heifer calves No 20,000 41,000 73,000 116,000 160,000 Annually AHD
records
Fisheries
18.Area under improved fish
Hectare ‐ ‐ ‐ 10,800 14,400 18,000 21,600 25,100 Annually Dept Fisheries Dept
production
Records
19.Number of FPOs formed and Department
Number ‐ ‐ 20 40 70 90 120 120 Annually Dept of Agri. Marketing
strengthened al report
20. MDPU adequately staffed and Annual
functioning effectively
Number 27 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Annual
report
MDPU

6
Based on IAMWARMP baseline plus 10%

265
Attachment 11.2
Results Chain

266